of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle (or of_node_get) has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If tx timeout event occur, kernel will call rtl8139_tx_timeout_task() to reset
hardware. But in this function, driver does not stop tx and rx function before
reset hardware, that will cause system hang.
In this patch, add stop tx and rx function before reset hardware.
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -EINVAL instead of 0 when EQ elements is
too larger, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge drm updates from Dave Airlie:
"This is the main drm pull request for 4.8.
I'm down with a cold at the moment so hopefully this isn't in too bad
a state, I finished pulling stuff last week mostly (nouveau fixes just
went in today), so only this message should be influenced by illness.
Apologies to anyone who's major feature I missed :-)
Core:
Lockless GEM BO freeing
Non-blocking atomic work
Documentation changes (rst/sphinx)
Prep for new fencing changes
Simple display helpers
Master/auth changes
Register/unregister rework
Loads of trivial patches/fixes.
New stuff:
ARM Mali display driver (not the 3D chip)
sii902x RGB->HDMI bridge
Panel:
Support for new panels
Improved backlight support
Bridge:
Convert ADV7511 to bridge driver
ADV7533 support
TC358767 (DSI/DPI to eDP) encoder chip support
i915:
BXT support enabled by default
GVT-g infrastructure
GuC command submission and fixes
BXT workarounds
SKL/BKL workarounds
Demidlayering device registration
Thundering herd fixes
Missing pci ids
Atomic updates
amdgpu/radeon:
ATPX improvements for better dGPU power control on PX systems
New power features for CZ/BR/ST
Pipelined BO moves and evictions in TTM
GPU scheduler improvements
GPU reset improvements
Overclocking on dGPUs with amdgpu
Polaris powermanagement enabled
nouveau:
GK20A/GM20B volt and clock improvements.
Initial support for GP100/GP104 GPUs, GP104 will not yet support
acceleration due to NVIDIA having not released firmware for them as of yet.
exynos:
Exynos5433 SoC with IOMMU support.
vc4:
Shader validation for branching
imx-drm:
Atomic mode setting conversion
Reworked DMFC FIFO allocation
External bridge support
analogix-dp:
RK3399 eDP support
Lots of fixes.
rockchip:
Lots of small fixes.
msm:
DT bindings cleanups
Shrinker and madvise support
ASoC HDMI codec support
tegra:
Host1x driver cleanups
SOR reworking for DP support
Runtime PM support
omapdrm:
PLL enhancements
Header refactoring
Gamma table support
arcgpu:
Simulator support
virtio-gpu:
Atomic modesetting fixes.
rcar-du:
Misc fixes.
mediatek:
MT8173 HDMI support
sti:
ASOC HDMI codec support
Minor fixes
fsl-dcu:
Suspend/resume support
Bridge support
amdkfd:
Minor fixes.
etnaviv:
Enable GPU clock gating
hisilicon:
Vblank and other fixes"
* tag 'drm-for-v4.8' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux: (1575 commits)
drm/nouveau/gr/nv3x: fix instobj write offsets in gr setup
drm/nouveau/acpi: fix lockup with PCIe runtime PM
drm/nouveau/acpi: check for function 0x1B before using it
drm/nouveau/acpi: return supported DSM functions
drm/nouveau/acpi: ensure matching ACPI handle and supported functions
drm/nouveau/fbcon: fix font width not divisible by 8
drm/amd/powerplay: remove enable_clock_power_gatings_tasks from initialize and resume events
drm/amd/powerplay: move clockgating to after ungating power in pp for uvd/vce
drm/amdgpu: add query device id and revision id into system info entry at CGS
drm/amdgpu: add new definition in bif header
drm/amd/powerplay: rename smum header guards
drm/amdgpu: enable UVD context buffer for older HW
drm/amdgpu: fix default UVD context size
drm/amdgpu: fix incorrect type of info_id
drm/amdgpu: make amdgpu_cgs_call_acpi_method as static
drm/amdgpu: comment out unused defaults_staturn_pro static const structure to fix the build
drm/amdgpu: enable UVD VM only on polaris
drm/amdgpu: increase timeout of IB test
drm/amdgpu: add destroy session when generate VCE destroy msg.
drm/amd: fix deadlock of job_list_lock V2
...
Assigning NULL to parmeter dcb has no effect outside of the
inlined function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not write random bytes from the kernel stack when
calling qed_wr.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable length is not used after the deleted line.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(!A || (A && B)) is equivalent to (!A || B)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i is defined as unsigned.
So print it with %u.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add and val are read with
sscanf(kern_buf, "%x:%x", &addr, &val);
and used as arguments for bna_reg_offset_check and writel
so they have to be unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
addr and len are read with
sscanf(kern_buf, "%x:%x", &addr, &len);
and used as arguments for
bna_reg_offset_check.
So they have to be unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If dev_get_platdata has failed pd is null.
Do not dereference a null pointer.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i has been defined as unsigned int.
So use %u for output.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If platform_get_resource fails, mem2 is null.
Do not dereference null.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is no AC power, NIC may not work after changing mac address.
Please refer to following link.
http://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg356572.html
This issue is caused by runtime power management. When there is no AC
power, if we put NIC down (ifconfig down), the driver will be in runtime
suspend state and hardware will be put into D3 state. During this time,
driver cannot access hardware regisers. So if you set new mac address
during this time, it will not be set to hardware. After resume, NIC will
keep using the old mac address and the network will not work normally.
In this patch I add detecting runtime pm status when setting mac address.
If driver is in runtime suspend state, it will skip setting mac address, keep
the new mac address, and set the new mac address during runtime resume.
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not to call rtl8169_update_counters() to dump tally counter when driver
is in runtime suspend state.
Calling rtl8169_update_counters() in runtime suspend state will produce
warning message "rtl_counters_cond == 1 (loop: 1000, delay: 10)".
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NIC will be put into D3 state during runtime suspend state. When set or
get hardware wol setting, driver will write or read hardware registers.
If we set or get hardware wol setting in runtime suspend state, because
NIC will in D3 state, the hardware registers read by driver will return all
0xff. That will let driver thinking register flag is not toggled and
then prints the warning message "rtl_counters_cond == 1 (loop: 1000,
delay: 10)" to kernel log.
For fixing this issue, add checking driver's pm runtime status in
rtl8169_get_wol() and rtl8169_set_wol().
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial fix to spelling mistake in printk message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of_platform_depopulate() in cpsw_remove() instead of
of_device_unregister(), because CSPW child devices will not be
recreated otherwise on next insmod. of_platform_depopulate() is
correct way now as it will ensure that all steps done in
of_platform_populate() are reverted, including cleaning up of
OF_POPULATED flag.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The L3 error will be generated and system will crash during unloading
of CPSW driver if CPSW is used as module and ethX devices are down.
This happens because CPSW can be power off by PM runtime now when ethX
devices are down.
Hence, ensure that CPSW powered up by PM runtime before performing any
deinitialization actions which require CPSW registers access. In case
of PM runtime error just leave cpsw_remove() as we can't do anything
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix deadlock in cpdma_ctlr_destroy() which is triggered now on
cpsw module removal:
cpsw_remove()
- cpdma_ctlr_destroy()
- spin_lock_irqsave(&ctlr->lock, flags)
- cpdma_ctlr_stop()
- spin_lock_irqsave(&ctlr->lock, flags);
- cpdma_chan_destroy()
- spin_lock_irqsave(&ctlr->lock, flags);
The issue has not been observed before because CPDMA channels have
been destroyed manually by CPSW until commit d941ebe88a ("net:
ethernet: ti: cpsw: use destroy ctlr to destroy channels") was merged.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 637d3e9973 ("cxgb4: Discard the packet if the length is
greater than mtu") introduced a regression in the VLAN interface
performance when Tx VLAN offload is disabled.
Check if skb is tagged, regardless of whether it is hardware accelerated
or not. Presently we were checking only for hardware acclereated one,
which caused performance to drop to ~0.17Mbps on a 10GbE adapter for
VLAN interface, when tx vlan offload is turned off using ethtool.
The ethernet head length calculation was going wrong in this case, and
driver ended up dropping packets.
Fixes: 637d3e9973 ("cxgb4: Discard the packet if the length is greater than mtu")
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each PF/VF has a limited number of vlan filters for
configuration purposes; This information is passed to qede
and is used to prevent over-usage - once a vlan is to be
configured and no filter credit is available, the driver
would switch into working in vlan-promisc mode.
Problem is the credit pool is shared by both PFs and VFs,
and currently PFs aren't deducting the filters that are
reserved for their VFs from their quota, which may lead
to some vlan filters failing unknowingly due to lack of credit.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses reverse logic when checking if minimum
bandwidth configuration applied, causing it to
configure the guarantee only on the first hw-function.
Fixes: a0d26d5a4f ("qed*: Don't reset statistics on inner reload")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding the necessary logic to prevet statistics reset
on inner-reload introduced a bug, and now statistics
are reset only when re-probing the driver.
Fixes: a0d26d5a4f ("qed*: Don't reset statistics on inner reload")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before requesting the firmware to start Rx queues,
driver goes and sets the queue producer in the device to 0.
But while the producer is 32-bit, the driver currently clears 64 bits,
effectively zeroing an additional CID's producer as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver has reverse logic for checking the result of the
spoof-checking configuration. As a result, it would log that
the configuration failed [even though it succeeded], and will
no longer do anything when requested to remove the configuration,
as it's accounting of the feature will be incorrect.
Fixes: 6ddc760825 ("qed*: IOV support spoof-checking")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid() implementation,
qede is requesting firmware to remove the vlan filter.
This currently happens even if the vlan wasn't previously
added [In case device ran out of vlan credits].
For PFs this doesn't cause any issues as the firmware
would simply ignore the removal request. But for VFs their
parent PF is holding an accounting of the configured vlans,
and such a request would cause the PF to fail the VF's
removal request.
Simply fix this for both PFs & VFs and don't remove filters
that were not previously added.
Fixes: 7c1bfcad9f ("qede: Add vlan filtering offload support")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Unified UDP encapsulation offload methods for drivers, from
Alexander Duyck.
2) Make DSA binding more sane, from Andrew Lunn.
3) Support QCA9888 chips in ath10k, from Anilkumar Kolli.
4) Several workqueue usage cleanups, from Bhaktipriya Shridhar.
5) Add XDP (eXpress Data Path), essentially running BPF programs on RX
packets as soon as the device sees them, with the option to mirror
the packet on TX via the same interface. From Brenden Blanco and
others.
6) Allow qdisc/class stats dumps to run lockless, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add VLAN support to b53 and bcm_sf2, from Florian Fainelli.
8) Simplify netlink conntrack entry layout, from Florian Westphal.
9) Add ipv4 forwarding support to mlxsw spectrum driver, from Ido
Schimmel, Yotam Gigi, and Jiri Pirko.
10) Add SKB array infrastructure and convert tun and macvtap over to it.
From Michael S Tsirkin and Jason Wang.
11) Support qdisc packet injection in pktgen, from John Fastabend.
12) Add neighbour monitoring framework to TIPC, from Jon Paul Maloy.
13) Add NV congestion control support to TCP, from Lawrence Brakmo.
14) Add GSO support to SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo Leitner.
15) Allow GRO and RPS to function on macsec devices, from Paolo Abeni.
16) Support MPLS over IPV4, from Simon Horman.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1622 commits)
xgene: Fix build warning with ACPI disabled.
be2net: perform temperature query in adapter regardless of its interface state
l2tp: Correctly return -EBADF from pppol2tp_getname.
net/mlx5_core/health: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
net: ipmr/ip6mr: update lastuse on entry change
macsec: ensure rx_sa is set when validation is disabled
tipc: dump monitor attributes
tipc: add a function to get the bearer name
tipc: get monitor threshold for the cluster
tipc: make cluster size threshold for monitoring configurable
tipc: introduce constants for tipc address validation
net: neigh: disallow transition to NUD_STALE if lladdr is unchanged in neigh_update()
MAINTAINERS: xgene: Add driver and documentation path
Documentation: dtb: xgene: Add MDIO node
dtb: xgene: Add MDIO node
drivers: net: xgene: ethtool: Use phy_ethtool_gset and sset
drivers: net: xgene: Use exported functions
drivers: net: xgene: Enable MDIO driver
drivers: net: xgene: Add backward compatibility
drivers: net: phy: xgene: Add MDIO driver
...
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c: In function 'xgene_enet_phy_connect':
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c:759:22: warning: unused variable 'adev' [-Wunused-variable]
Fixes: 8089a96f60 ("drivers: net: xgene: Add backward compatibility")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The be2net driver performs fw temperature queries on be_worker() routine,
which is executed each second for each be_adapter. There is a frequency
threshold to avoid fw query to happens at each call to be_worker();
instead, currently a fw query occurs once in 64 runs of the procedure.
Nevertheless, this fw temperature query is invoked only for adapters which
interface is up, so we can see I/O errors on read of hwmon counters from
userspace (from tools like lm-sensors) in case we have adapters' functions
which interface is down.
This patch moves the fw query code to be invoked even if interface is down.
No functional changes were introduced.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The workqueue health->wq was used as per device private health thread.
This was done to perform delayed work.
The workqueue has a single workitem(&health->work) and
hence doesn't require ordering. It is involved in handling the health of
the device and is not being used on a memory reclaim path.
Hence, the singlethreaded workqueue has been replaced with the use of
system_wq.
Work item has been flushed in mlx5_health_cleanup() to ensure that
there are no pending tasks while disconnecting the driver.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXlRXSAAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGG/gH/0Z8O4zWOsrwO+X1mRToRDBH
joFOjAmCVe83T1VpF5LYNB+9+owL/dEDt6+ZIswnhH7AfQPjs4RqwS4PcuMbCDVO
+mDm0PmfcKaYcQZrB2Z2OwIzRNnfCTVcsDPhIHwuIHk0m4z/xuGZonD8KoAj0+tO
3yJF6sbE1KubDVjOb+lmZZSP3cXA0pDXrNhkYhE4Tsr8fiihGjeXSNJ8t2zPLjxo
W3MPqo0rzDvQsOwoF4TWHHagVaFSJlhLBBgqu33fI7uO3jtfQD2G8wG68JCND1j3
qbMoBfTLFV/yQmSIJUt0Wv1axaCcwnjpweEB35A/GEeZ0mNB1rDdoBeI1eKEQkc=
=DGFC
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Backmerge tag 'v4.7' into drm-next
Linux 4.7
As requested by Daniel Vetter as the conflicts were getting messy.
Changed SGMII 1G get_settings to use phy_ethtool_gset.
Changed SGMII 1G set_settings to use phy_ethtool_sset.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reuses the mdio read/write and phy_register functions
and removed the local definitions.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables MDIO driver by,
- Selecting MDIO_XGENE
- Changed open and close to use phy_start and phy_stop
- Changed to use mac_ops->tx(rx)_enable and tx(rx)_disable
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds xgene_enet_check_phy_hanlde() function that checks whether
MDIO driver is probed successfully and sets pdata->mdio_driver to true.
If MDIO driver is not probed, ethernet driver falls back to backward
compatibility mode.
Since enum xgene_enet_cmd is used by MDIO driver, removing this from
ethernet driver.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes clock reset sequence.
- Added clock reset sequence for ACPI
- Added delay in clock reset sequence to make sure pulse is generated
- Added clk_unprepare_disable() in port shutdown to make sure
clock increment/decrement counts are matching
- Removed MII_MGMT_CONFIG programming, since it is not required
- Fixed programming XGENET_CONFIG_REG to enable SGMII mode
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver is configured as kernel module and when it gets
unloaded and reloaded, kernel crash was observed. This patch
addresses the software cleanup by doing the following,
- Moved register_netdev call after hardware is ready
- Since ndev is not ready, added set_irq_name to set irq name
- Since ndev is not ready, changed mdio_bus->parent to pdev->dev
- Replaced netif_start(stop)_queue by netif_tx_start(stop)_queues
- Removed napi_del call since it's called by free_netdev
- Added dev_close call, within remove
- Added shutdown callback
- Changed to use dmam_ APIs
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver is configured as kernel module and when it gets
unloaded and reloaded, kernel crash was observed. This patch
address the hardware resource cleanups by doing the following,
- Added mac_ops->clear() to do prefetch buffer clean up
- Fixed delete freepool buffers logic
- Reordered mac_enable and mac_disable
- Added Tx completion ring free
- Moved down delete_desc_rings after ring cleanup
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since mac_init is too heavy to be called when the link changes,
moved the speed_set configuration to a new function and added
mac_ops->set_speed function pointer. This function will be
called from adjust_link callback.
Added cases for 10/100 support for SGMII based 1G interface.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 5741X/5731X NPAR device IDs and dual media SFP/10GBase-T device IDs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there are not enough resources to enable ntuple filtering,
log a warning message.
v2: Use single message and add missing newline.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include the destination MAC address in the ntuple filter structure. The
current code assumes that the destination MAC address is always the MAC
address of the NIC. This may not be true if there are macvlans, for
example. Add destination MAC address checking and configure the filter
correctly using the correct index for the destination MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slowpath completion handling is incorrectly changing
SPQ_RING_SIZE bits instead of a single one.
Fixes: 76a9a3642a ("qed: fix handling of concurrent ramrods")
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"This update provides the following changes:
- The rework of the timer wheel which addresses the shortcomings of
the current wheel (cascading, slow search for next expiring timer,
etc). That's the first major change of the wheel in almost 20
years since Finn implemted it.
- A large overhaul of the clocksource drivers init functions to
consolidate the Device Tree initialization
- Some more Y2038 updates
- A capability fix for timerfd
- Yet another clock chip driver
- The usual pile of updates, comment improvements all over the place"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (130 commits)
tick/nohz: Optimize nohz idle enter
clockevents: Make clockevents_subsys static
clocksource/drivers/time-armada-370-xp: Fix return value check
timers: Implement optimization for same expiry time in mod_timer()
timers: Split out index calculation
timers: Only wake softirq if necessary
timers: Forward the wheel clock whenever possible
timers/nohz: Remove pointless tick_nohz_kick_tick() function
timers: Optimize collect_expired_timers() for NOHZ
timers: Move __run_timers() function
timers: Remove set_timer_slack() leftovers
timers: Switch to a non-cascading wheel
timers: Reduce the CPU index space to 256k
timers: Give a few structs and members proper names
hlist: Add hlist_is_singular_node() helper
signals: Use hrtimer for sigtimedwait()
timers: Remove the deprecated mod_timer_pinned() API
timers, net/ipv4/inet: Initialize connection request timers as pinned
timers, drivers/tty/mips_ejtag: Initialize the poll timer as pinned
timers, drivers/tty/metag_da: Initialize the poll timer as pinned
...
Verify that the device state is registered before un-registering it.
This check is required to prevent an OOPS on flows that do
re-registration of the device and its previous state was
unregistered.
Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT isn't set 'struct tcf_exts' has no member named
'actions' and we therefore must not access it. Otherwise compilation
fails.
Fix this by introducing a new macro similar to tc_no_actions(), which
always returns 'false' if CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT isn't set.
Fixes: 763b4b70af ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add support in matchall mirror TC offloading")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Such a big dump of register values is hardly useful on a production
system.
Another downside of the now removed functions is that calling
emac_dump_regs resulted in at least 87 calls to dev_info while holding a
spinlock and having irqs off which is a big source of latency.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for query the minimum inline mode from the Firmware.
It is required for correct TX steering according to L3/L4 packet
headers.
Each send queue (SQ) has inline mode that defines the minimal required
headers that needs to be copied into the SQ WQE.
The driver asks the Firmware for the wqe_inline_mode device capability
value. In case the device capability defined as "vport context" the
driver must check the reported min inline mode from the vport context
before creating its SQs.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each send queue (SQ) has inline mode that defines the minimal required
inline headers in the SQ WQE.
Before sending each packet check that the minimum required headers
on the WQE are copied.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-22
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf only.
Emil fixes the NACK check in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf() for instances where
the index is not equal to zero. Fixes an issue where mac->ops.setup_fc
can be NULL for backplanes which can cause the driver to crash on load.
Don fixes the second parameter of the LED functions, which is the index to
the LED we are interested in affecting. Fixed variable to store register
reads to unsigned integer. Adds support for the new x553 hardware into
ixgbevf. Fixed a missing rtnl lock around ixgbevf_reinit_locked().
Fixed an issue where in ixgbevf_reset_subtask() was not verifying that
the port has been removed. Cleans up the initial crosstalk fix, since
the SFP that indicates the presence of a SFP+ module changes between
hardware types.
Babu Moger fixes typo in freeing IRQ, since the array subscript increments
after the execution of the statement.
Wei Yongjun adds the missing destroy_workqueue() before returning from
ixgbe_init_module() in the error handling case.
Tony adds range checking for setting the MTU from the VF, where the PF can
return a NACK but this was not passed on to the VF, so propagate the
results from the PF to the VF so errors can be reported. Consolidates
mailbox read and write functions, since the recent changes to
ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack(), other functions are performing the same
operations done here.
Colin Ian King removes a redundant check on ret_val, since ret_val has
not changed since the previous check.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-22
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Heinrich Schuchardt found a possible null pointer being dereferenced in
i40e_debug_aq(), fixed the issue by doing the variable assignment after
we are sure the pointer is not null.
Avinash fixed an issue when link was down, we were not showing the
correct advertised link modes.
Mitch cleans up a useless initializer since the variable is assigned
right away. Refactors the receive filter handling to properly track
filter adds and deletes so the driver will not lose filters during a
reset and up/down cycles. Also added a tracking mechanism so that the
driver knows when to enter and leave promiscuous mode.
Catherine removes a device id which is not needed (or used). Moves
a mutex lock since we need to lock the client list around the
i40e_client_release() call to prevent the release from interrupting
the client instances while they are being added.
Joshua adds Hyper-V specific VF device ids.
Amitoj Kaur Chawla cleans up a redundant memset() call before a memcpy().
Stefan Assmann adds the missing link advertise for some x710 NICs.
Tushar Dave fixes and issue found on SPARC, where a PF reset clears MAC
filters and if a platform-specific MAC address is used, the driver has
to explicitly write default MAC address to MAC filters otherwise all
incoming traffic destined to the default MAC address will be dropped
after reset.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export cxgbi_ppm_release() to release
ppod manager and cxgbi_tagmask_set() to
set tag mask, they are used by cxgb3i, cxgb4i
and cxgbit.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add common library module(libcxgb.ko) for
Chelsio drivers to remove duplicate code.
Code for iSCSI DDP Page Pod Manager is moved
from cxgb4.ko to libcxgb.ko. Earlier only cxgbit.ko
was using this code, now cxgb3i and cxgb4i will
also use common Page Pod manager code.
In future this module will have common connection
management and hardware specific code that can be
shared by multiple Chelsio drivers.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch offloads port mirroring directives to hw using the matchall TC
with action mirror. It includes both the implementation of the
ndo_setup_tc function for the spectrum driver and the spectrum hardware
offload configuration code.
The hardware offload code is basically two new functions which are capable
of adding and removing a new mirror ports pair. It is done using the MPAT,
MPAR and SBIB registers:
- A new Switch-Port Analyzer (SPAN) entry is added using MPAT to the 'to'
port.
- The 'to' port is bound to the SPAN entry using MPAR register.
- In case of egress SPAN, the 'to' port gets a new internal shared
buffer using SBIB register.
In addition, a new database was added to the mlxsw_sp struct to store all
the SPAN entries and their bound ports list. The number of supported SPAN
entries is determined by resource query.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MPAR register is used to bind ports to a SPAN entry (which was
created using MPAT register) and thus mirror their traffic (ingress /
egress) to a different port.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MPAT register is used to query and configure the Switch Port Analyzer
(SPAN) table. This register is used to configure a port as a mirror output
port, while after that a mirrored input port can be bound using MPAR
register.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBIB register configures per port buffer for internal use. This
register is used to configure an egress mirror buffer on the egress port
which does the mirroring.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add max span resources to resources query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add resources query implementation. If exists, query the HW for its
builtin resources instead of having them as consts in the code.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch address a few issues with the initial crosstalk fix. Most
important of which is the SDP that indicates the presents of a SFP+
module changes between HW types. With this change that is taken in
to consideration
It also moves the check closer to the base code that checks link. This
makes it so we only need to do the check in one spot.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The last check on ret_val is redundant since ret_val has not changed
since the previous check, so remove it as it is extraneous.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With changes to ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack(), other functions are
performing the same operations done here; change those functions to
utilize ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack().
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently when setting the VF's MTU, the PF can return a NACK but this
isn't passed on to the VF. Propagate the results from the PF to the VF
so errors can be reported.
In ixgbevf_change_mtu, return an error and reject the change.
For ixgbevf_configure_rx, log the error for debugging purposes since
the function is buried in a series of Rx config routines that are void.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In ixgbevf_reset_subtask We weren't verifying that the port haven't
been removed, we are with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the missing destroy_workqueue() before return from
ixgbe_init_module() in the error handling case.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function ixgbevf_reinit_locked() assumes you have the rtnl lock
however we didn't when calling from the service task. This patch
corrects that.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
mac->ops.setup_fc can be null for backplanes which can cause the driver
to crash on load.
Reported-by: Patrick McLean <patrickm@gaikai.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch add VF support for the new X553 hardware.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The array subscript increments after the execution of the statement.
So there is no issue here. However it helps to read the code better.
Signed-off-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I noticed this variable used for register reads wasn't an unsigned
so this patch corrects that. I don't believe this was causing any
issue as is but this is more consistent with the rest of the driver.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump the version number to more closely match the function included
in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The second parameter of these functions is the index to the led we
are interested in affecting. However we were mistakenly passing
the offset in the register. This patch corrects that and adds some
bonds checking which would hopefully make bugs like this more noticeable
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix the NACK check in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf() for instances where
index != 0.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e PF reset clears mac filters. If platform-specific mac address
is used, driver has to explicitly write default mac address to mac
filters otherwise all incoming traffic destined to default mac
address will be dropped after reset.
This issue was found on SPARC while toggling i40e ntuple via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adding the missing link advertise for some X710 NICs.
This can be observed by simply calling ethtool on the interface.
root@rhel7:~ # ethtool eth0
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 10000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Advertised link modes: Not reported
[...]
With fix applied.
root@rhel7:~ # ethtool eth0
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 10000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Advertised link modes: 10000baseT/Full
[...]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to lock the client list around the i40e_client_release call to
prevent the release from interrupting the client instances while they are
being added.
Change-Id: I99993f20179aaf8730207833e7d0869d2ccffa1d
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove redundant call to memset before a call to memcpy.
The Coccinelle semantic patch used to make this change is as follows:
@@
expression e1,e2,e3,e4;
@@
- memset(e1,e2,e3);
memcpy(e1,e4,e3);
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Properly track filter adds and deletes so the driver doesn't lose filters
during resets and up/down cycles. Add a tracking mechanism so that the
driver knows when to enter and leave promiscuous mode.
Implement a simple state machine so the driver can track the status of
each filter throughout its lifecycle. Properly manage the overflow promiscuous
state for the each VSI, and provide a way for the driver to detect when to exit
overflow promiscuous mode.
Remove all possible default MAC filters that the firmware may have set up so
that the driver can manage these correctly, particularly when VLANs come into
play. Remove the LAA flag for filters; instead just send whatever we get through
set_mac to the firmware as the LAA for wakeup purposes.
Finally, add the state of each filter to debugfs output so we can see what's
going on inside the driver's pointy little head.
Change-ID: I97c5e366fac2254fa01eaff4f65c0af61dcf2e1f
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the Hyper-V specific VF device ids.
Change-ID: I9c4fe6d8dfd34f7f68ebc9fdae225c8768439c89
Signed-off-by: Joshua Hay <joshua.a.hay@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This device ID is not needed, so take it out.
Change-ID: I148d29f68a1f58b03980ecd83047a1b440f4f74d
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This initializer isn't needed because the variable is assigned right
away.
Change-ID: I6ce3edb3f4e0364db248a7a0bcc62ca95c01d941
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When link is down, Advertised Link Modes was wrongly displaying full
supported link modes instead of Advertised link mode. Added conditional
checks in order to make sure correct Advertised link modes are
displayed when the link is down.
Change-ID: I8a61413f9ee174149c7a33157b5f0b0a8da9842d
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In function i40e_debug_aq parameter desc is assumed to be
possibly NULL. Do not dereference it before checking the
value.
Fixes: f905dd62be ("i40e/i40evf: add max buf len to aq debug print helper")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For consistency, and in order to hint at the synchronous nature of the
xdp_prog field, use READ_ONCE in the destroy path of the ring. All
occurrences should now use either READ_ONCE or xchg.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-20
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Ngai-Mint provides a fix to clear PCIE_GMBX bits to ensure the proper
functioning of the mailbox global interrupt after a data path reset.
Jake provides most of the patches in the series, starting with a early
return from fm10k_down() if we are already down to prevent conflict with
other threads. Fixed an issue where fm10k_update_stats() could cause
a null pointer dereference, specifically if it is called when we are going
down and the rings have been removed. Cleans up and fixes the data path
reset flow, Tx hang routine and stop_hw(). Re-worked the fm10k_reinit()
to be more maintainable and fixed several inconsistencies with the work
flow. Implemented fm10k_prepare_suspend() and fm10k_handle_resume()
which abstract around the now existing fm10k_prepare_for_reset and
fm10k_handle_reset. The new functions also handle stopping the service
task, which is something that the original re-init flow does not need.
Fixed an issue where if an FLR occurs, VF devices will be knocked out of
bus master mode, and the driver will be unable to recover from the reset
properly, so ensure bus master is enabled after every reset. Fixed an
issue where a reset will occur as if for no reason, regularly every few
minutes until the switch manager software is loaded, which is caused
by continuously requesting the lport map so only do the request after
we have verified the switch mailbox is tx_ready.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial MAC address is retrieved from hardware if it's not
provided by device-tree. The reserved MAC address from hardware
will be used if non-reserved MAC address is invalid. It will
cause mismatched MAC address seen by hardware and software.
This disallows using the reserved hardware MAC address to avoid
the mismatched MAC address seen by hardware and software.
Fixes: 113ce107af ("net/faraday: Read MAC address from chip")
Suggested-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Suggested-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
memset the command buffers rather than the pointers to them.
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ("net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pci_enable_msix_range() function returns a positive value of the
number of allocated vectors if it succeeds. On failure it returns
a negative error code. Return this code properly so that the error
message printed by the driver will show the actual error code instead of
being masked by -ENOMEM.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we resume from an AER recovery with many active VFs, the PF sees
many spurious link up and link down events. Prevent this by delaying
link down for at least one second after the resume event.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the fm10k interface is brought up, but the switch manager software is
not running, the driver will continuously request the lport map every
few seconds in the base driver watchdog routine. Eventually after
several minutes the switch mailbox Tx fifo will fill up and the mailbox
will timeout, resulting in a reset. This reset will appear as if for no
reason, and occurs regularly every few minutes until the switch manager
software is loaded.
Prevent this from happening by only requesting the lport map after we've
verified the switch mailbox is tx_ready. In order to simplify code logic
and reduce code duplication, implement this as a new function pointer
"mac.ops.request_lport_map" which the VF will not implement. Otherwise,
we have to duplicate the tx_ready check outside of
fm10k_get_host_state_generic, or re-implement most of
fm10k_get_host_state_generic in the pf version.
The resulting code is simpler and easier to understand, and prevents the
PF from continuously requesting lport map and filling the Tx fifo of
a switch mailbox that isn't ready.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Sometimes, a VF driver will lose PCIe address access, such as due to
a PF FLR event. In fm10k_detach_subtask, poll and check whether the
PCIe register space is active again and restore the device when it has.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If an FLR occurs, VF devices will be knocked out of bus master mode, and
the driver will be unable to recover from the reset properly, resulting
in malicious driver events and an infinite reset loop. In the normal
case, the bus master mode will already be enabled and this call will
essentially be a no-op. Since we're doing this every reset, it is
possible we could remove the other calls to pci_set_master() but it
seems not harmful to just leave them in place.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Continuing the effort to commonize the similar suspend/resume flows,
finish up by using the new fm10k_handle_suspand and fm10k_handle_resume
functions for the standard suspend/resume flow.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a function level PCI reset is triggered using sysfs, it calls the
driver's .reset_notify error handler. Implement a handler based on the
now split fm10k_prepare_for_reset and fm10k_handle_reset functions, so
that we fully reset the driver when the PCI function level reset occurs.
This also ensures the reset is handled in a clean way by first disabling
all the driver bits first and then restoring them after the function
reset. Previously the stack simply performed a blind function reset and
our driver didn't take any part in the process.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we have extracted the necessary steps for a split
suspend/resume flow, re-use these functions instead of using the current
open coded flow. This ensures that we don't miss any steps. It also
ensures that we have the correct driver states set.
Since we'll be handling all of the reset flow ourselves, we no longer
need to request a reset in the io_slot_reset() function.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement fm10k_prepare_suspend and fm10k_handle_resume functions which
abstract around the now existing fm10k_prepare_for_reset and
fm10k_handle_reset. The new functions also handle stopping the service
task, which is something that the original re-init flow does not need.
Every other location that does a suspend/resume type flow is expected to
use these functions, because otherwise they may have conflicts with the
running watchdog routines. This also has the effect of preventing
possible surprise remove events during handling of FLR events and PCIe
errors.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are several flows in the driver which perform the similar function
of tearing down software and restoring software to recover from certain
errors or PCIe events, including:
* fm10k_reinit
* fm10k_suspend/resume
* fm10k_io_error_detected/fm10k_io_resume
In addition, we want to implement a .reset_notify() handler as well
which will also perform similar function.
Rework how the driver codes reset and resume flows by separating out the
reinit logic into two functions "fm10k_prepare_for_reset" and
"fm10k_handle_reset". This first step will allow us to re-use this
functionality in the similar blocks of code instead of re-coding the
same sequence of events slightly different.
The end result should be more maintainable and correct, fixing several
inconsistencies with the work flow.
The new functions expect to take the rtnl_lock() themselves, and it does
have the unfortunate side effect of having the reinit flow take then
release then take the rtnl_lock. However, this minor downside is
out weighted by the benefits of code reduction and reducing needless
difference between these flows.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It turns out that sometimes during a reset the Tx queues will be
temporarily stuck longer than .stop_hw() expects. Work around this issue
by attempting to .stop_hw() first. If it tails, wait a number of
attempts until the Tx queues appear to be drained. After this, attempt
stop_hw() again. This ensures that we avoid waiting if we don't need to,
such as during the first initialization of a VF, and give the proper
amount of time necessary to recover from most situations. It is possible
that the hardware is actually stuck. For PFs, this is usually fixed by
a datapath reset. Unfortunately the VF cannot request a similar reset
for itself.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When stop_hw() routine fails with FM10K_ERR_REQUESTS_PENDING, this
indicates that the Tx or Rx queues did not shutdown within the time
limit. Print a more suitable message at the dev_info level instead of
dev_err.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A while ago, an additional check for the switch being ready was added to
reset_hw. A recent refactor accidentally made this check return an error
code on failure which caused fm10k_probe to fail when the switch wasn't
brought up first. The original reasoning for the check was to prevent
additional data path reset when the fabric wasn't ready yet. However,
there isn't a compelling reason to keep the check, as the data path
reset will restore hardware to a known good state. Remove the check and
perform the data path reset regardless of the switch manager state.
An alternative fix is to return FM10K_SUCCESS instead, and bypass the
actual data path reset. This should be fine as we will perform
a reset_hw once the switch is active. However, since data path reset
will reset many parts of the hardware it seems better to just perform
the reset regardless of switch state.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't report FM10K_ERR_REQUESTS_PENDING when we fail to disable queues
within the timeout. This can occur due to a hardware Tx hang, or when
the switch ethernet fabric is resetting while we are transmitting
traffic. It can sometimes take up to 500ms before the Tx DMA engine
gives up. Instead, just skip the DMA engine check and perform
a data-path reset anyways. Add a statistic counter to keep track of the
number of resets occurring while we have pending DMA on the rings.
In order to prevent having to re-assign err to 0, re-order the
last few items of the reset_hw_pf function so that we don't perform
"return err" at the end.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a data path reset is initiated, write control to the PCIE_GMBX is
yanked from the switch manager. The switch manager writes to this
register to clear mailbox global interrupt bits as part of its mailbox
interrupt handling routine. When the device recovers from the data path
reset and these bits are not cleared, it will prevent future mailbox
global interrupts from being triggered. Upon confirming that the device
has exited from a data path reset, clear these bits to ensure the proper
functioning of the mailbox global interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Also prevent updating stats while the interface is down. If we're
already updating stats, just return doing nothing. When we take the
device down, block stat updates until we come back up. This ensures that
we avoid tearing down rings when we're updating statistics, and prevents
updating statistics until we're up.
We can't re-use the __FM10K_DOWN for this because it wouldn't prevent
multiple threads from accessing statistics. Neither does it prevent the
case where we start updating stats and then start going down in another
thread.
The fm10k_get_stats64 is except from this, because it has a completely
different flow which does not suffer from the same issues as
fm10k_update_stats might.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It's currently possible for fm10k_update_stats to be called during the
window when we go down and the rings are removed. This can result in
a null pointer dereference. In fm10k_get_stats64 we work around this by
using ACCESS_ONCE and a null pointer check inside the loop. Use this
same flow in the fm10k_update_stats to avoid the potential null pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Return early from fm10k_down() when we are already down, since that
means another thread is either already finished or has started going
down, so shouldn't conflict with them.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Expose the transmit queue length of each traffic class and the amount of
unicast packets discarded due to insufficient room in the shared buffer.
The first counter allows us to debug user priority to traffic class
mapping, whereas the drop counter is useful when determining shared buffer
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose per-priority bytes / packets / PFC packets counters via ethtool.
These counters are very useful when debugging QoS functionality and
provide a better insight into the device's forwarding plane.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the missing free_netdev() before return from function
cpmac_probe() in the error handling case.
This patch revert commit 0465be8f4f ("net: cpmac: fix in
releasing resources"), which changed to only free_netdev
while register_netdev failed.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO rather than if(IS_ERR(...)) + PTR_ERR.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/ptr_ret.cocci
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ops->reset() error handling case, clk_disable_unprepare() is missed
before return from this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error, the function of_parse_phandle() returns NULL
pointer not ERR_PTR(). The IS_ERR() test in the return value
check should be replaced with NULL test.
Fixes: 46aa27df88 ('net: axienet: Use devm_* calls')
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A user will now be able to loop packets back out of the same port using
a bpf program attached to xdp hook. Updates to the packet contents from
the bpf program is also supported.
For the packet write feature to work, the rx buffers are now mapped as
bidirectional when the page is allocated. This occurs only when the xdp
hook is active.
When the program returns a TX action, enqueue the packet directly to a
dedicated tx ring, so as to avoid completely any locking. This requires
the tx ring to be allocated 1:1 for each rx ring, as well as the tx
completion running in the same softirq.
Upon tx completion, this dedicated tx ring recycles pages without
unmapping directly back to the original rx ring. In steady state tx/drop
workload, effectively 0 page allocs/frees will occur.
In order to separate out the paths between free and recycle, a
free_tx_desc func pointer is introduced that is optionally updated
whenever recycle_ring is activated. By default the original free
function is always initialized.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for writing the tx descriptor from multiple functions,
create a helper for both normal and blueflame access.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlx4 driver by default allocates order-3 pages for the ring to
consume in multiple fragments. When the device has an xdp program, this
behavior will prevent tx actions since the page must be re-mapped in
TODEVICE mode, which cannot be done if the page is still shared.
Start by making the allocator configurable based on whether xdp is
running, such that order-0 pages are always used and never shared.
Since this will stress the page allocator, add a simple page cache to
each rx ring. Pages in the cache are left dma-mapped, and in drop-only
stress tests the page allocator is eliminated from the perf report.
Note that setting an xdp program will now require the rings to be
reconfigured.
Before:
26.91% ksoftirqd/0 [mlx4_en] [k] mlx4_en_process_rx_cq
17.88% ksoftirqd/0 [mlx4_en] [k] mlx4_en_alloc_frags
6.00% ksoftirqd/0 [mlx4_en] [k] mlx4_en_free_frag
4.49% ksoftirqd/0 [kernel.vmlinux] [k] get_page_from_freelist
3.21% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] intel_idle
2.73% ksoftirqd/0 [kernel.vmlinux] [k] bpf_map_lookup_elem
2.57% swapper [mlx4_en] [k] mlx4_en_process_rx_cq
After:
31.72% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] intel_idle
8.79% swapper [mlx4_en] [k] mlx4_en_process_rx_cq
7.54% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] poll_idle
6.36% swapper [mlx4_core] [k] mlx4_eq_int
4.21% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] tasklet_action
4.03% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] cpuidle_enter_state
3.43% swapper [mlx4_en] [k] mlx4_en_prepare_rx_desc
2.18% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] native_irq_return_iret
1.37% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] menu_select
1.09% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] bpf_map_lookup_elem
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the BPF_PROG_TYPE_XDP hook in mlx4 driver.
In tc/socket bpf programs, helpers linearize skb fragments as needed
when the program touches the packet data. However, in the pursuit of
speed, XDP programs will not be allowed to use these slower functions,
especially if it involves allocating an skb.
Therefore, disallow MTU settings that would produce a multi-fragment
packet that XDP programs would fail to access. Future enhancements could
be done to increase the allowable MTU.
The xdp program is present as a per-ring data structure, but as of yet
it is not possible to set at that granularity through any ndo.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bogus PHY interrupts are observed. This masks the PHY interrupt
when the interface works in NCSI mode as there is no attached
PHY under the circumstance.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This matches the driver with devices compatible with "faraday,ftgmac100"
declared in the device tree. Originally, device's name from device
tree for it.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes ftgmac100 driver support NCSI mode. The NCSI is enabled
on the interface if property "use-nc-si" or "use-ncsi" is found from
the device node in device tree.
* No PHY device is used when NCSI mode is enabled.
* The NCSI device (struct ncsi_dev) is created when probing the
device while it's enabled/started when the interface is brought
up.
* Hardware IP checksum dosn't work when NCSI mode is enabled. It
is disabled on enabled NCSI.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device is assigned with random MAC address. It isn't reasonable.
An valid MAC address might have been provided by (uboot) firmware by
device-tree or in chip. It's reasonable to use it to maintain consistency.
This uses the MAC address from device-tree or that in the chip if it's
valid. Otherwise, a random MAC address is given as before.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces two helper functions to create or destroy MDIO
interface. No logical changes introduced except the proper MDIO
names are given when having more than one MDIO bus.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
txr->dev_state was not consistently manipulated with the acquisition of
the per-queue lock, after further inspection the lock does not seem
necessary, either the value is read as BNXT_DEV_STATE_CLOSING or 0.
Reported-by: coverity (CID 1339583)
Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the lost of Ethernet port on low memory system,
when driver frees its resources and fails to allocate new resources.
Issue could happen while changing number of channels, rings size or
changing the timestamp configuration.
This fix is necessary because of removing vmap use in the code.
When vmap was in use driver could allocate non-contiguous memory
and make it contiguous with vmap. Now it could fail to allocate
a large chunk of contiguous memory and lose the port.
Current code tries to allocate new resources and then upon success
frees the old resources.
Fixes: 73898db043 ('net/mlx4: Avoid wrong virtual mappings')
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Filters cleanup should be done once before destroying net device,
since filters list is contained in the private data.
Fixes: 1eb8c695bd ('net/mlx4_en: Add accelerated RFS support')
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A bridge device in NS2 has the same device ID as the ethernet controller.
Add check to avoid probing the bridge device.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate special vnic for dropping packets not matching the RX filters.
First vnic is for normal RX packets and the driver will drop all
packets on the 2nd vnic.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate napi for special vnic, packets arriving on this
napi will simply be dropped and the buffers will be replenished back
to the HW.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware is unable to drop rx packets not matching the RX filters. To
workaround it, we create a special VNIC and configure the hardware to
direct all packets not matching the filters to it. We then setup the
driver to drop packets received on this VNIC.
This patch creates the infrastructure for this VNIC, reserves a
completion ring, and rx rings. Only shared completion ring mode is
supported. The next 2 patches add a NAPI to handle packets from this
VNIC and the setup of the VNIC.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nitro A0 has a hardware bug in the rx path. The workaround is to create
a special COS context as a path for non-RSS (non-IP) packets. Without this
workaround, the chip may stall when receiving RSS and non-RSS packets.
Add infrastructure to allow 2 contexts (RSS and CoS) per VNIC. Allocate
and configure the CoS context for Nitro A0.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nitro is the embedded version of the ethernet controller in the North
Star 2 SoC. Add basic code to recognize the chip ID and disable
the features (ntuple, TPA, ring and port statistics) not supported on
Nitro A0.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently 'ifconfig' for the Ethernet devices handled by this driver shows
"DMA chan: ff" while the driver doesn't use any DMA channels. Not assigning
a value to 'net_device::dma' causes 'ifconfig' to correctly not report a
DMA channel.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently 'ifconfig' for the Ethernet devices handled by this driver shows
"DMA chan: ff" while the driver doesn't use any DMA channels. Not assigning
a value to 'net_device::dma' causes 'ifconfig' to correctly not report a
DMA channel.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In 'cpmac_open', 'dma_alloc_coherent' has been used to allocate some
resources, so we need to free them using 'dma_free_coherent' instead
of 'kfree'.
Also, we don't need to free these resources if the allocation has failed.
So I have slighly modified the goto label in this case.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
There was a check on CAP_NET_ADMIN in bfin_mac_ethtool_setsettings,
but this check is already done in dev_ethtool, so no need to repeat
it before calling the generic function.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem viz
lp->txtimeout_reinit is involved in reinitialization if a TX timeout
occurs, which is necessary to guarantee forward progress in packet
processing. As a network device can be used during memory reclaim, the
workqueue needs forward progress guarantee under memory pressure.
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to ensure this.
Since there is only a single work item, explicit concurrency limit is
unnecessary here.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The label lio_xmit_failed is used 3 times through liquidio_xmit() but it
always makes a call to dma_unmap_single() using potentially
uninitialized variables from "ndata" variable. Out of the 3 gotos, 2 run
after ndata has been initialized, and had a prior dma_map_single() call.
Fix this by adding a new error label: lio_xmit_dma_failed which does
this dma_unmap_single() and then processed with the lio_xmit_failed
fallthrough.
Fixes: f21fb3ed36 ("Add support of Cavium Liquidio ethernet adapters")
Reported-by: coverity (CID 1309740)
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case nb8800_receive() fails to allocate a fragment, we would leak the
SKB freshly allocated and just return, instead, free it.
Reported-by: coverity (CID 1341750)
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should be using a logical check here instead of a bitwise operation
to check if the device is closed already in et131x_tx_timeout().
Reported-by: coverity (CID 146498)
Fixes: 38df6492eb ("et131x: Add PCIe gigabit ethernet driver et131x to drivers/net")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the Hisilicon Fast Ethernet MAC(FEMAC) driver.
The FEMAC supports max speed 100Mbps and has been used in many
Hisilicon SoC.
Signed-off-by: Dongpo Li <lidongpo@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiancheng Xue <xuejiancheng@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TI_CPSW_PHY_SEL depended on TI_CPSW and was selected by the latter. So
there is no reason to have this symbol visible.
A further optimisation would be to put the code for both symbols into a
single module which would allow to not export at least cpsw_phy_sel()
and simplify the module load process.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
There was a check on CAP_NET_ADMIN in cpmac_set_settings, but this
check is already done in dev_ethtool, so no need to repeat it before
calling the generic function.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
There was a check on CAP_NET_ADMIN in au1000_set_settings, but this
check is already done in dev_ethtool, so no need to repeat it before
calling the generic function.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nothing is decrementing the index "i" while we are cleaning up the
fragments we could not successful transmit.
Fixes: 9cde94506e ("bgmac: implement scatter/gather support")
Reported-by: coverity (CID 1352048)
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets entering the switch are mapped to a Switch Priority (SP)
according to their PCP value (untagged frames are mapped to SP 0).
The packets are classified to a priority group (PG) buffer in the port's
headroom according to their SP.
The switch maintains another mapping (SP to IEEE priority), which is
used to generate PFC frames for lossless PGs. This mapping is
initialized to IEEE = SP % 8.
Therefore, when mapping SP 'x' to PG 'y' we create a situation in which
an IEEE priority is mapped to two different PGs:
IEEE 'x' ---> SP 'x' ---> PG 'y'
IEEE 'x' ---> SP 'x + 8' ---> PG '0' (default)
Which is invalid, as a flow can use only one PG buffer.
Fix this by mapping both SP 'x' and 'x + 8' to the same PG buffer.
Fixes: 8e8dfe9fdf ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qaz ETS support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of supported traffic classes that can have ETS and PFC
simultaneously enabled is not subject to user configuration, so make
sure we always initialize them to the correct values following a set
operation.
Fixes: 8e8dfe9fdf ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qaz ETS support")
Fixes: d81a6bdb87 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qbb PFC support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't have PAUSE frames and PFC both enabled on the same port, but
the fact that ieee_setpfc() was called doesn't necessarily mean PFC is
enabled.
Only emit errors when PAUSE frames and PFC are enabled simultaneously.
Fixes: d81a6bdb87 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qbb PFC support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device supports link autonegotiation, so let the user know about it
by indicating support via ethtool ops.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When setting a new speed we need to disable and enable the port for the
changes to take effect. We currently only do that if the operational
state of the port is up. However, setting a new speed following link
training failure will require us to explicitly set the port down and then
up.
Instead, disable and enable the port based on its administrative state.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the q_vector initialization routine sets the affinity_mask
of a q_vector based on v_idx value. Meaning a loop iterates on v_idx,
which is an incremental value, and the cpumask is created based on
this value.
This is a problem in systems with multiple logical CPUs per core (like in
SMT scenarios). If we disable some logical CPUs, by turning SMT off for
example, we will end up with a sparse cpu_online_mask, i.e., only the first
CPU in a core is online, and incremental filling in q_vector cpumask might
lead to multiple offline CPUs being assigned to q_vectors.
Example: if we have a system with 8 cores each one containing 8 logical
CPUs (SMT == 8 in this case), we have 64 CPUs in total. But if SMT is
disabled, only the 1st CPU in each core remains online, so the
cpu_online_mask in this case would have only 8 bits set, in a sparse way.
In general case, when SMT is off the cpu_online_mask has only C bits set:
0, 1*N, 2*N, ..., C*(N-1) where
C == # of cores;
N == # of logical CPUs per core.
In our example, only bits 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56 would be set.
This patch changes the way q_vector's affinity_mask is created: it iterates
on v_idx, but consumes the CPU index from the cpu_online_mask instead of
just using the v_idx incremental value.
No functional changes were introduced.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the function ixgbe_poll() returns 0 when it clean completely
the rx rings, but this foul budget accounting in core code.
Fix this returning the actual work done, capped to weight - 1, since
the core doesn't allow to return the full budget when the driver modifies
the napi status
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Venkatesh Srinivas <venkateshs@google.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch sets VSI broadcast promiscuous mode during VSI add sequence
and prevents adding MAC filter if specified MAC address is broadcast.
Change-ID: Ia62251fca095bc449d0497fc44bec3a5a0136773
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are a couple of issues I found in i40e_rx_checksum while doing some
recent testing. As a result I have found the Rx checksum logic is pretty
much broken and returning that the checksum is valid for tunnels in cases
where it is not.
First the inner types are not the correct values to use to test for if a
tunnel is present or not. In addition the inner protocol types are not a
bitmask as such performing an OR of the values doesn't make sense. I have
instead changed the code so that the inner protocol types are used to
determine if we report CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY or not. For anything that does
not end in UDP, TCP, or SCTP it doesn't make much sense to report a
checksum offload since it won't contain a checksum anyway.
This leaves us with the need to set the csum_level based on some value.
For that purpose I am using the tunnel_type field. If the tunnel type is
GRENAT or greater then this means we have a GRE or UDP tunnel with an inner
header. In the case of GRE or UDP we will have a possible checksum present
so for this reason it should be safe to set the csum_level to 1 to indicate
that we are reporting the state of the inner header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
'vr' should be a valid pointer here, so returning 'PTR_ERR(vr)' is wrong.
Return an explicit error code (-ENOENT) instead.
Fixes: 61c503f976 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement fib4 add/del switchdev obj ops")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VF representors support only TC filter/action offloads
(not mqprio) and this is enabled for them by default.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance the TC offload code such that when the eswitch exists and it's
mode being SRIOV offloads, we do TC actions parsing and setup targeted
for eswitch. Next, we add the offloaded flow to the HW e-switch (fdb).
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the setup code that parses the TC actions needed to support offloading drop
and mirred/redirect for SRIOV e-switch. We can redirect between two devices if
they belong to the same HW switch, compare the switchdev HW ID attribute to
enforce that.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Towards reusing the TC offloads code for an SRIOV use-case, change some of the
helper functions to have _nic in their names so it's clear what's NIC unique
and what's general. Also group together the NIC related helpers so we can easily
branch per the use-case in downstream patch.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows for upper levels in the driver, e.g the TC offload code to add
e-switch offloaded steering rules. The caller provides the rule spec for
matching, action, source and destination vports.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the offloads mode, some slow path rules are added by the driver (e.g
send-to-vport), while offloaded rules are to be added from upper layers.
The slow path rules have lower priority and we don't want matching on
offloaded rules to suffer from extra steering hops related to the slow
path rules.
We use two priorities, one for offloaded rules (fast path), and one for
the control rules (slow path). To allow for that, we enable two priorities
for the FDB namespace in the FS core code.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currenly, the code that programs the flow actions into the firmware
doesn't check if was actually asked to offload the statistics, fix that.
Fixes: aad7e08d39 ('net/mlx5e: Hardware offloaded flower filter statistics support')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit utilize the ability of ConnectX-4 to bulk read flow counters.
Few bulk counter queries could be done instead of issuing thousands of
firmware commands per second to get statistics of all flows set to HW,
such as those programmed when we offload tc filters.
Counters are stored sorted by hardware id, and queried in blocks (id +
number of counters).
Due to hardware requirement, start of block and number of counters in a
block must be four aligned.
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to use bulk counters, we need to have counters sorted by id.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add inline function that checks if there is a pending tx packet.
Signed-off-by: Elad Kanfi <eladkan@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a error message within devm_ioremap_resource
already, so remove the dev_err call to avoid redundant
error message.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a error message within devm_ioremap_resource
already, so remove the dev_err call to avoid redundant
error message.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Start all tx queues (including inactive ones) when opening the netdev.
Stop all tx queues (including inactive ones) when closing the netdev.
This is a workaround for the tx timeout watchdog false alarm issue in
which the netdev watchdog is polling all the tx queues which may include
inactive queues and thus once lowering the real tx queues number
(ethtool -L) it will generate tx timeout watchdog false alarms.
Fixes: 3947ca1859 ('net/mlx5e: Implement ndo_tx_timeout callback')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change netif_tx_queue_stopped to netif_xmit_stopped. This will show
when queues are stopped due to byte queue limits.
Fixes: 3947ca1859 ('net/mlx5e: Implement ndo_tx_timeout callback')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even though the hardware can be doing zero padding, we want the SKB to
be going out on the wire with the appropriate size. This fixes packet
truncations observed with e.g: ARP packets.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case any operation fails before we can successfully go the point
where we would register a MDIO bus, we would be going to an error label
which involves unregistering then freeing this yet to be created MDIO
bus. Update all error paths to go to label free which is the only one
valid until either the clock is enabled, or the MDIO bus is allocated
and registered. This fixes kernel oops observed while trying to
dereference the MDIO bus structure which is not yet allocated.
Fixes: a170285772 ("net: Add support for the OpenCores 10/100 Mbps Ethernet MAC.")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trace EMAD messages going down to HW and up from HW. Devlink needs to be
registered before EMAD init so the trace function can be called
with valid devlink handle.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
v1->v2:
- Use trace_devlink_hwmsg directly
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During commit b54b8c2d6e
("net: ezchip: adapt driver to little endian architecture")
adapting to little endian architecture,
zeroing of controller was left out.
Signed-off-by: Elad Kanfi <eladkan@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix missing clk_disable_unprepare() call before return
from dwceqos_probe() in the error handling case of invalid
fixed-link.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:79:5: warning:
symbol '_mtk_mdio_write' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:98:5: warning:
symbol '_mtk_mdio_read' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PTR_ERR should access the value just tested by IS_ERR, otherwise
the wrong error code will be returned.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error, the function devm_ioremap_resource() returns ERR_PTR()
and never returns NULL. The NULL test in the return value check should be
replaced with IS_ERR().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
idx can be returned as -ENOSPC, so we should check for this first
before using it as an index into nn->vxlan_usecnt[] to avoid an
out of bounds array offset read.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable lan91x adapters in some ARM machines and models
when booted with an ACPI kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some comments weren't updated to reflect the renaming of ndo's and the
change of arguments.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 4386f5662e ("net: ethernet: bcmgenet: use
phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings")
This patch is wrong, the function phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
don't check if the device is running, but the driver bcmgenet need this
check.
The function {get|set}_settings need to access the mdio bus, and this
bus may only be used when the device is running. Otherwise, the clock
is disable and a mdio access will fail.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rc is not initialized so it can contain garbage if it is not
set by the call to bnxt_read_sfp_module_eeprom_info. Ensure
garbage is not returned by initializing rc to 0.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for TSE PCS that uses SGMII adapter when the phy-mode of
the dwmac is set to sgmii.
Signed-off-by: Tien Hock Loh <thloh@altera.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bcma portion of the driver has been split off into a bcma specific
driver. This has been mirrored for the platform driver. The last
references to the bcma core struct have been changed into a generic
function call. These function calls are wrappers to either the original
bcma code or new platform functions that access the same areas via MMIO.
This necessitated adding function pointers for both platform and bcma to
hide which backend is being used from the generic bgmac code.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bgmac driver is using the bcma provides device ID and revision, as
well as the SoC ID and package, to determine which features are
necessary to enable, reset, etc in the driver. In anticipation of
removing the bcma requirement for this driver, these must be changed to
not reference that struct. In place of that, each "feature" has been
given a flag, and the flags are enabled for their respective device and
SoC.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the BCMA MDIO phy into a separate file, as it is very tightly
coupled with the BCMA bus. This will help with the upcoming BCMA
removal from the bgmac driver. Optimally, this should be moved into
phy drivers, but it is too tightly coupled with the bgmac driver to
effectively move it without more changes to the driver.
Note: the phy_reset was intentionally removed, as the mdio phy subsystem
automatically resets the phy if a reset function pointer is present. In
addition to the moving of the driver, this reset function is added.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dma buffer allocation, etc references a dma_dev device pointer from
the bcma core. In anticipation of removing the bcma requirement for
this driver, these must be changed to not reference that struct. Add a
dma_dev device pointer to the bgmac stuct and reference that instead.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bgmac_* print wrappers call dev_* prints with the dev pointer from
the bcma core. In anticipation of removing the bcma requirement for
this driver, these must be changed to not reference that struct. So,
simply change all of the bgmac_* prints to their dev_* counterparts. In
some cases netdev_* prints are more appropriate, so change those as
well.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some cases, if there is no VNIC server available during the driver
probe, the driver should wait until it receives an initialization
request from the VNIC Server to start the login process. Recent testing
has show that this is incorrectly handled in the current driver.
The proposed solution handles this initialization request by scheduling
a task in the shared workqueue that completes the login process and
registers the net device.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates a function that handles sub-CRQ IRQ creation
separately from sub-CRQ initialization. Another function is then needed
to release sub-CRQ resources prior to sub-CRQ IRQ creation.
These additions allow the driver probe function to be simplified,
specifically during the VNIC Server login process. A timeout is also
included while waiting for completion of the login process in case
the VNIC Server is not available or some other error occurs.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IRQ mappings were not being properly disposed when releasing sub-CRQ's.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ibmvnic uses multiple tx queues, start and stop all queues when
opening and closing devices.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code generates as static checker warning because htons(ETH_P_IPV6)
is always true. From the context it looks like the && was intended to
be !=.
Fixes: 94758f8de0 ('bnxt_en: Add GRO logic for BCM5731X chips.')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit aebea2ba0f ("net: mvneta: fix Tx interrupt delay") intended to
set coalescing threshold to a value guaranteeing interrupt generation
per each sent packet, so that buffers can be released with no delay.
In fact setting threshold to '1' was wrong, because it causes interrupt
every two packets. According to the documentation a reason behind it is
following - interrupt occurs once sent buffers counter reaches a value,
which is higher than one specified in MVNETA_TXQ_SIZE_REG(q). This
behavior was confirmed during tests. Also when testing the SoC working
as a NAS device, better performance was observed with int-per-packet,
as it strongly depends on the fact that all transmitted packets are
released immediately.
This commit enables NETA controller work in interrupt per sent packet mode
by setting coalescing threshold to 0.
Signed-off-by: Dmitri Epshtein <dima@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.10+
Fixes aebea2ba0f ("net: mvneta: fix Tx interrupt delay")
Acked-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pinned timers must carry the pinned attribute in the timer structure
itself, so convert the code to the new API.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net>
Cc: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: rt@linutronix.de
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160704094341.376394205@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Remove .owner field since calls to module_platform_driver() will
set it automatically.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
All three conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- A patch series including both cpuidle and FEC driver changes to
disable deeper idle states when FEC is active while board level
workaround for ERR006687 is not available
- A number patches to fix sparse warnings and spell errors
- A fix for TZIC FIQ translation from VIRQ to HWIRQ
- Support compatible of i.MX7 Solo SoC which has a subset of i.MX7 Dual
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXcmFTAAoJEFBXWFqHsHzOxXoH/A5B4yRv82dM9L6KcCYqxc8B
UL8Rt11mMsezj/mSoikPjdDV7rKRcbSyY7ujUs0g9jhdKzl2sCCu9rXtYN+oeDpH
iJrndyQ8+Y0UDitmvZGwyW5HImUKuoMvFjJpg7D3WGs/2wACj9TVrrNl+AWawZXR
B+mNO6vT3MEnflzFKkcZmYhwtMXPmaGDc732pS6sgqBLjAJp8X37wWoWJ2lVG9zf
8fjEfUcB3jqWFr6YYJk/adWEjFwRBQ1QayY994Cxeym9kSo3BXfDJ3wcnG1sdOvF
jsM0fsV75gMQNCy8VqiHTNhLk5DGM5PYKQLrQ8r0yoAwvXLLAbu+gPXJSWrACig=
=yWZX
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'imx-soc-4.8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/shawnguo/linux into next/soc
The i.MX SoC changes for 4.8:
- A patch series including both cpuidle and FEC driver changes to
disable deeper idle states when FEC is active while board level
workaround for ERR006687 is not available
- A number patches to fix sparse warnings and spell errors
- A fix for TZIC FIQ translation from VIRQ to HWIRQ
- Support compatible of i.MX7 Solo SoC which has a subset of i.MX7 Dual
* tag 'imx-soc-4.8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/shawnguo/linux:
ARM: imx: add support for i.MX 7Solo
ARM: i.MX: Disable supervisor protect for i.MX51
ARM: imx6: fix missing <soc/imx/cpuidle.h> in cpuidle-imx6q.c
ARM: i.MX: Fix FIQ interrupt handling for TZIC
ARM: imx6: fix static declaration in include/soc/imx/cpuidle.h
ARM: imx6q: export cpuidle functions needed by fec driver
ARM: imx: fix missing include of common.h
ARM: imx: fix missing includes
ARM: imx6: disable deeper idle states when FEC is active w/o HW workaround
ARM: mach-imx6q: fix spelling mistake in error message
Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
Change t4fw_version.h to update latest firmware version number
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GCC complains on unused-but-set-variable, clean this up.
Fixes: 23898c763f ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Modify node guid on vf set MAC')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error, function devm_ioremap_resource() returns ERR_PTR()
and never returns NULL. The NULL test in the return value check should
be replaced with IS_ERR().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now, the driver sends arp probes for all unresolved neighbours that are
currently a nexthop for some route on the system. The job is set
periodically every 5 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For nexthop neighbours we need to make kernel to think there is a traffic
flowing to them preventing it from going to stale state. Otherwise
kernel would stale it and eventually the neigh would be removed from HW
and nexthop as well. That would reduce ECMP group in HW.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement next-hop routing offload including ECMP. To make it possible,
introduce next-hop group entity. This entity keeps track of resolved
neighbours and updates HW adjacency table accordingly. Note that HW
next-hops are stored in this adjacency table, in form of MAC.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RALEU register is used to mass update remote action adjacency index
and ecmp size.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RATR register is used to configure the Router Adjacency (next-hop)
Table.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a very simple manager for KVD linear area. Currently, the
allocator will either allocate a single entry from pre-defined sub-area,
or in case more than one entry is needed, it will allocate 32-entry chunk
in other pre-defined sub-area.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Override the defaults and define the area sizes ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we only used hash-based tables in the device, but we are
going to use the linear table for remote routes adjacency lists.
Add the configuration fields that control the size of the linear table.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Listen to any NEIGH_UPDATE events sent and program the device
accordingly. If NUD state is VALID and neighbour isn't yet offloaded,
then program it into the device's table. Otherwise, just edit its
parameters.
If NUD state machine transitioned neighbour out of VALID state and it's
present in the device's table, then remove it.
Note that the device is programmed in delayed work, as the netevent
notification chain is atomic and prevents us from going to sleep.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As previously explained, the driver should periodically poll the device
for neighbours activity according to the configured DELAY_PROBE_TIME.
This will prevent active neighbours from staying in STALE state for long
periods of time.
During init configure the polling interval according to the
DELAY_PROBE_TIME used in the default table. In addition, register a
netevent notification block, so that the interval is updated whenever
DELAY_PROBE_TIME changes.
Using the computed interval schedule a delayed work, which will update
the kernel via neigh_event_send() on any active neighbour since the last
delayed work.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RAUHTD register allows dumping entries from the Router Unicast Host
Table.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RAUHT register is used to configure and query the Unicast Host Table
in devices that implement the Algorithmic LPM. In other words, it is
used to configure neighbour entries in the device.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to hold some private data for every neigh entry. It would be
possible to do it using neigh_priv_len/ndo_neigh_construct/
ndo_neigh_destroy however only for the port device itself. That would not
work for stacked devices like bridge/team/bond. So introduce a private
neigh table. Hook onto ndos neigh_construct/destroy and add/remove
table entry according to that.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the following patch will allow upper devices to follow the call down
lower devices, we need to add dev here and not rely on n->dev.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump version to 0.28 and date to 4th of July 2016.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update my email address in the driver and MAINTAINERS file.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We maintain how much work we did in NAPI context, so provide that with
napi_complete_done().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are already in hard IRQ context, so we can use
__napi_schedule_irqoff() to save a few operations.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kick the transmission only if this is the last SKB to transmit or the
queue is not already stopped.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of taking one interrupt per packet transmitted, re-use the same
NAPI context to free transmitted buffers. Since we are no longer in hard
IRQ context replace dev_kfree_skb_irq() by dev_kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pad the SKB to the minimum length of ETH_ZLEN by using skb_put_padto()
and take this operation out of the critical section since there is no
need to check any HW resources before doing that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
r6040_xmit() is increasing transmit statistics during transmission while
this may still fail, do this in r6040_tx() where we complete transmitted
buffers instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of open coding our own version utilize the library provided
function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like per prio counters, the global flow counters are queried from
per priority counters register.
Global flow control counters are stored in priority 0 PFC counters.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the needed descriptors to expose RoCE RDMA counters.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance the existing get_rxnfc callback:
1. Get flow rule of specific ID.
2. Get all flow rules.
3. Get number of rules.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to add flow steering rules with ethtool
of L3/L4 flow types (ip4/tcp4/udp4).
Those rules will be in higher priority than l2 flow rules, in order
to prefer more specific rules.
Mask is not supported for l3/l4 flow types.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement etrhtool set_rxnfc callback to support ethtool flow spec
direct steering. This patch adds only the support of ether flow type
spec. L3/L4 flow specs support will be added in downstream patches.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of explicitly cleaning up the well known parts of the steering
tree, we use the generic tree structure to traverse for cleanup.
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having all steering private name spaces and
steering module fields flat in mlx5_core_priv, we wrap
them in mlx5_flow_steering for better modularity and
API exposure.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the set of arguments passed to mlx5_add_flow_rule
by introducing flow_spec structure.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8067302973 ("net-next: mediatek: add support for IRQ grouping")
adds handling for irq 1 and 2 to the uninit function but did not remove
irq 0 which is not used since irq grouping was introduced. Fix this by
removing the superfluous call to free_irq().
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit f786f3564c ("net: ethernet: lpc_eth: use phydev
from struct net_device") the 'pldat' variable became unused, so
just remove it.
Reported-by: Olof's autobuilder <build@lixom.net>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As with the previously introduced L3 interfaces, listen to 'inetaddr'
notifications sent for bridges devices configured on top of the port
netdevs and create / destroy router interfaces (RIFs) accordingly.
This also includes VLAN devices configured on top of the VLAN-aware
bridge.
The RIFs will be destroyed either when the last IP address is removed or
when the underlying FID is is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before introducing support for L3 interfaces on top of the VLAN-aware
bridge we need to add some missing infrastructure.
Such an interface can either be the bridge device itself or a VLAN
device on top of it. In the first case the router interface (RIF) is
associated with FID 1, which is created whenever the first port netdev
joins the bridge. We currently assume the default PVID is 1 and that
it's already created, as it seems reasonable. This can be extended in
the future.
However, in the second case it's entirely possible we've yet to create a
matching FID. This can happen if the VLAN device was configured before
making any bridge port member in the VLAN.
Prevent such ordering problems by using the VLAN device's CHANGEUPPER
event to configure the FID. Make the VLAN device hold a reference to the
FID and prevent it from being destroyed even if none of the port netdevs
is using it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous commit deprecated the vFIDs used to get traffic to the CPU
('port_vfids'). Thus, we now use the vFIDs as god intended and the
artificial split is no longer needed.
Rename functions and variables to reflect that.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we only supported bridged interfaces. Packets ingressing
through the switch ports were either classified to FIDs (in the case of
the VLAN-aware bridge) or vFIDs (in the case of VLAN-unaware bridges).
The packets were then forwarded according to the FDB. Routing was done
entirely in slowpath, by splitting the vFID range in two and using the
lower 0.5K vFIDs as dummy bridges that simply flooded all incoming
traffic to the CPU.
Instead, allow packets to be routed in the device by creating router
interfaces (RIFs) that will direct them to the router block.
Specifically, the RIFs introduced here are Sub-port RIFs used for VLAN
devices and port netdevs. Packets ingressing from the {Port / LAG ID, VID}
with which the RIF was programmed with will be assigned to a special
kind of FIDs called rFIDs and from there directed to the router.
Create a RIF whenever the first IPv4 address was programmed on a VLAN /
LAG / port netdev. Destroy it upon removal of the last IPv4 address.
Receive these notifications by registering for the 'inetaddr'
notification chain. A non-zero (10) priority is used for the
notification block, so that RIFs will be created before routes are
offloaded via FIB code.
Note that another trigger for RIF destruction are CHANGEUPPER
notifications causing the underlying FID's reference count to go down to
zero. This can happen, for example, when a VLAN netdev with an IP address
is put under bridge. While this configuration doesn't make sense it does
cause the device and the kernel to get out of sync when the netdev is
unbridged. We intend to address this in the future, hopefully in current
cycle.
Finally, Remove the lower 0.5K vFIDs, as they are deprecated by the RIFs,
which will trap packets according to their DIP.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are just about to introduce router interfaces (RIFs), but before that
we need to be able update the device with the correct RIF attributes
whenever they change for the netdev the RIF is backing. Two such
attributes are MTU and MAC.
The MAC is used both to set the source MAC of packets egressing from the
RIF and also to program an FDB rule that will direct packets to the
router block.
Use the existing netdevice notification block and respond to CHANGEADDR
and CHANGEMTU accordingly. Store both attributes in the RIF struct
in case we need to revert to old attributes following a failed update.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add functions that iterate over lower devices and find port device.
As a dependency add netdev_for_each_all_lower_dev and
netdev_for_each_all_lower_dev_rcu macro with
netdev_all_lower_get_next and netdev_all_lower_get_next_rcu shelpers.
Also, add functions to return mlxsw struct according to lower device
found and mlxsw_port struct with a reference to lower device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ipv4 FIB entries addition and removal. Initially, we support
local and broadcast routes using "ip2me" trap action.
Also, unicast routes without nexthop are supported using "local" action.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Serves for adding, updating and removing fib entries.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Virtual router is a construct used inside HW. In this implementation
we map kernel tables to virtual routers one to one. Introduce management
logic to create virtual routers when needed and destroy in case they are
no longer in use. According to that, call into LPM tree management.
Each virtual router is always bound to one LPM tree.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce basic LPM tree management allowing to share the trees in
between tables if the used prefixes in the tables are the same.
Build the tree structure according to the used prefixes. Although it is
not optimal for many use cases, this initial implementation does only
simple linear left-tree. More advanced structures will be introduced
later on, possibly including mechanisms to change trees on the fly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This register is used to bind virtual router and protocol to an
allocated LPM tree.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Serves to build LPM tree structure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register serves for allocation and deallocation of LPM search tree.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Shadow FIB is needed in order to hold additional information for FIB
entries and keep track of used prefixes. That is needed for the LPM tree
construction to be introduced later on in this set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit a788a4a040.
This patch is wrong, the type returned doesn't fit
what the error pointer macros expect.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is likely that checking 'fman->fifo_offset' instead of
'fman->cam_offset' is expected here.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes response header to be able to communicate
with new firmware interface.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes redundant file includes and conditions.
Provides some meaningful comments and code alignment.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes redudant droq num validation.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch limits the MTU between 68 bytes and 16000 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the issue of proper freeing of queue
memory resources during free device. It also has fix for
correct pcie error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the dependency of number of iq/oq's on
number of cpus.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the delay constant for softcommands in
accrodance with new requirements.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch tries to protect against bh preemption with
sc_buf_pool. It also modifies the syncronization primitives
during input queue processing.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch has minor replacements of ACCESS_ONCE macros with
WRITE_ONCE and replacement of BUG_ON with polite version WARN_ON.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for Vxaln offloads in liquidio driver.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Silent a few smatch warnings about indentation.
This include the removal of a 'return' statement in 'resource_tracker.c'.
This 'return' will still be performed when breaking out of the
corresponding 'switch' block.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 8067302973 ("net-next: mediatek: add support for IRQ grouping")
failed to properly update the irq handling inside mtk_poll_controller()
causing compile errors if netconsole was enabled. Fix this by updating
the code to use the new separated irq handler function for RX.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip2me:
To instruct HW to send trapped ip2me traffic to kernel, we have to add
this trap. Selection ip2me traffic is introduced later on in this set.
ARPs:
We are going to stop flooding to CPU port when netdev isn't bridged and
only get packets destined to the netdev's IP address and certain control
packets.
Add traps for ARP request (broadcast) and response (unicast) in order to
get these to the CPU and resolve neighbours.
host miss:
If a packet is routed through a directly connected route and its
destination IP is not in the device's neighbour table, then we need to
trap it to CPU. This will cause the host to resolve the MAC of the
neighbour, which will be eventually programmed to the device's table.
router ingress:
In order to trap packets in router part.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing packet traps we should use action 'discard' instead of
'forward', as some trap IDs we'll add cannot be configured with the
later. However, result is the same, as packets are not trapped to the
CPU.
In the future we will be able to reverse the operation properly by
detaching the trap group from the CPU.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the Router Interface Table Register (RITR), which allows us to
create and configure router interfaces (RIFs).
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incoming packets are directed to the router when they match an FDB
entry with action forward to IP router.
Add this action, which was mistakenly named "TRAP".
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When enabling the router in the device we will represent L3 netdevs
using router interfaces (RIFs). These will be specified whenever
programming routes or neighbours on the netdev.
Introduce the basic RIF infrastructure which allows one to lookup a RIF
by its netdev. Later patches in the series will extend this, but the
basic routines are needed now in order to direct traffic to CPU.
Pointers to the RIF structs are stored in an array indexed by the RIF's
number. This will allow us to efficiently update the kernel's neighbour
table when regularly dumping the device's table.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a skeleton router file and do basic HW initialization of router.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During ports initialization a net device is registered for each
available port, which implies the port is usable. However, a port is
only usable after the different parts of the device (e.g. flooding,
buffers) are initialized. This is especially important now, when we must
initialize the router before the ports, as otherwise the device can't be
initialized.
Solve that by initializing the switch ports at the end of init sequence.
Also, remove an unnecessary warning about port up/down events, which
would otherwise be invoked whenever removing the driver, as ports are
removed before unregistering the listener for these events.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the Router General Configuration Register (RGCR), which allows us to
enable the router in the device and configure its various parameters.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to assign router interfaces (RIFs) to netdevs if an IPv4
address was assigned to them. If one was assigned to a port netdev, this
will translate to the PVID vPort being member in a RIF.
While it's possible for a LAG slave to have an IP address, we can't have
a vPort being member in two FIDs (assuming the LAG device will be
put in bridge / assigned an IP address).
Solve that by making the PVID vPort leave any FID it might be a member
in when joining / leaving LAG.
Note that the PVID vPort is the only vPort that can be present on the
port when it's put under LAG.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When VLAN devices are created on top of LAG, their underlying vPorts are
configured correctly with LAG membership.
However, the PVID vPort is implicit and already present when the port
netdev is put under LAG, so its LAG membership is never set. Set it
correctly when joining / leaving LAG.
This didn't matter until now, but we are going to introduce support for
router interfaces (RIFs), which need to take into account LAG membership.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When port isn't bridged it is still possible to invoke switchdev ops and
configure the device's VLAN filters.
However, this will require us to use different Router InterFaces (RIFs)
for the same netdev, instead of one per-netdev as with any other
configuration.
Taking the above into account and the fact that this functionality is
questionable with regards to the device's normal use-case, remove it and
instead return an error.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Port netdevs (e.g. swXpY) that are not bridged are represented in the
device using a vPort with VID=PVID=1 (the PVID vPort), as untagged
packets entering the switch are internally tagged with the PVID VLAN.
When these packets are routed through a different port netdev they
should egress untagged.
This wasn't a problem until now, as non-bridged traffic only originated
from the CPU, which transmits packets out of the port as-is.
When a vPort is created with VID 1 mark it as egress untagged.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The allowable range is 0.25 seconds to 1 second interval. Default is
1 second.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is useful for multi-function devices.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a default VLAN, the VF has its own VLAN domain and it can receive
all traffic within that domain.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For correctness, the MRU enables bit must be set when passing the
MRU to firmware during vnic configuration.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to the Ethtool FLASHDEV command handler for additional
firmware types to cover all the on-chip processors.
Signed-off-by: Rob Swindell <rob.swindell@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon successful mgmt processor firmware update, request a self
reset upon next PCIe reset (e.g. system reboot).
Signed-off-by: Rob Swindell <rob.swindell@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support Secure Firmware Update, we must be able to allocate
a staging area in the Flash. This patch adds support for the
"update" type to tell firmware to do that.
Signed-off-by: Rob Swindell <rob.swindell@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling the firmware to do function reset on the PF will kill all the VFs.
To prevent that, we call function reset on the 1st PF open before any VF
can be activated. On subsequent PF opens (with possibly some active VFs),
a bit has been set and we'll skip the function reset. VF driver will
always do function reset on every open. If there is an AER event, we will
always do function reset.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadocm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Returning 0 for doing nothing is confusing to the user.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interrupt worker code for the enc28j60 relies only on the TXIF flag to
determinate if the packet transmission was completed. However the datasheet
specifies in section 12.1.3 that TXERIF will clear the TXRTS after a
transmit abort. Also in section 12.1.4 that TXIF will be set
when TXRTS transitions from '1' to '0'. Therefore the TXIF flag is enabled
during transmission errors.
This causes a race condition, since the worker code will invoke
enc28j60_tx_clear() -> netif_wake_queue(), potentially invoking the
ndo_start_xmit function to send a new packet. The enc28j60_send_packet function
uses a workqueue that invokes enc28j60_hw_tx(). In between this function is
called, the worker from the interrupt handler will enter the path for error
handler because of the TXERIF flag, causing to invoke enc28j60_tx_clear() again
and releasing the packet scheduled for transmission, causing a kernel crash with
due a NULL pointer.
These crashes due a NULL pointer were observed under stress conditions of the
device. A BUG_ON() sequence was used to validate the issue was fixed, and has
been running without problems for 2 years now.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dompe <dompe@hpe.com>
Acked-by: Sergio Valverde <sergio.valverde@hpe.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the relevant profile functions to create mlx5e driver instance
serving as VF representor. When SRIOV offloads mode is enabled, each VF
will have a representor netdevice instance on the host.
To do that, we also export set of shared service functions from en_main.c,
such that they can be used by both NIC and repsresentors netdevs.
The newly created representor netdevice has a basic set of net_device_ops
which are the same ndo functions as the NIC netdevice and an ndo of it's
own for phys port name.
The profiling infrastructure allow sharing code between the NIC and the
vport representor even though the representor has only a subset of the
NIC functionality.
The VF reps and the PF which is used in that mode to represent the uplink,
expose switchdev ops. Currently the only op supposed is attr get for the
port parent ID which here serves to identify net-devices belonging to the
same HW E-Switch. Other than that, no offloading is implemented and hence
switching functionality is achieved if one sets SW switching rules, e.g
using tc, bridge or ovs.
Port phys name (ndo_get_phys_port_name) is implemented to allow exporting
to user-space the VF vport number and along with the switchdev port parent
id (phys_switch_id) enable a udev base consistent naming scheme:
SUBSYSTEM=="net", ACTION=="add", ATTR{phys_switch_id}=="<phys_switch_id>", \
ATTR{phys_port_name}!="", NAME="$PF_NIC$attr{phys_port_name}"
where phys_switch_id is exposed by the PF (and VF reps) and $PF_NIC is
the name of the PF netdevice.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce E-Switch registration/unregister representors functions.
Those functions are called by the mlx5e driver when the PF NIC is
created upon pci probe action regardless of the E-Switch mode (NONE,
LEGACY or OFFLOADS).
Adding basic E-Switch database that will hold the vport represntors
upon creation.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow support in representor netdevices where we create more than one
netdevice per NIC, add profiles to the mlx5e driver. The profiling
allows for creation of mlx5e instances with different characteristics.
Each profile implements its own behavior using set of function pointers
defined in struct mlx5e_profile. This is done to allow for avoiding complex
per profix branching in the code.
Currently only the profile for the conventional NIC is implemented,
which is of use when a netdev is created upon pci probe.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current driver implementation two types of receive queue
tables (RQTs) are in use - direct and indirect.
Change the driver to mark each new created RQT (direct or indirect)
as "enabled". This behaviour is needed for introducing new mlx5e
instances which serve to represent SRIOV VFs.
The VF representors will have only one type of RQTs (direct).
An "enabled" flag is added to each RQT to allow better handling
and code sharing between the representors and the nic netdevices.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current refresh tirs self loopback mechanism, refreshes all the tirs
belonging to the same mlx5e instance to prevent self loopback by packets
sent over any ring of that instance. This mechanism relies on all the
tirs/tises of an instance to be created with the same transport domain
number (tdn).
Change the driver to refresh all the tirs created under the same tdn
regardless of which mlx5e netdev instance they belong to.
This behaviour is needed for introducing new mlx5e instances which serve
to represent SRIOV VFs. The representors and the PF share vport used for
E-Switch management, and we want to avoid NIC level HW loopback between
them, e.g when sending broadcast packets. To achieve that, both the
representors and the PF NIC will share the tdn.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow creating more than one netdev over the same PCI function, we
change the driver such that global NIC resources are created once and
later be shared amongst all the mlx5e netdevs running over that port.
Move the CQ UAR, PD (pdn), Transport Domain (tdn), MKey resources from
being kept in the mlx5e priv part to a new resources structure
(mlx5e_resources) placed under the mlx5_core device.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement handlers for the devlink commands to get and set the SRIOV
E-Switch mode.
When turning to the switchdev/offloads mode, we disable the e-switch
and enable it again in the new mode, create the NIC offloads table
and create VF reps.
When turning to legacy mode, we remove the VF reps and the offloads
table, and re-initiate the e-switch in it's legacy mode.
The actual creation/removal of the VF reps is done in downstream patches.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The devlink interface is initially used to set/get the mode of the SRIOV e-switch.
Currently, these are only stubs for get/set, down-stream patch will actually
fill them out.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the API to create vport rx rules of the form
packet meta-data :: vport == $VPORT --> $TIR
where the TIR is opened by this VF representor.
This logic will by used for packets that didn't match any rule in the
e-switch datapath and should be received into the host OS through the
netdevice that represents the VF they were sent from.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Belongs to the NIC offloads name-space, and to be used as part of the
SRIOV offloads logic to steer packets that hit the e-switch miss rule
to the TIR of the relevant VF representor.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new namespace (MLX5_FLOW_NAMESPACE_OFFLOADS) to be populated
with flow steering rules that deal with rules that have have to
be executed before the EN NIC steering rules are matched.
The namespace is located after the bypass name-space and before the
kernel name-space. Therefore, it precedes the HW processing done for
rules set for the kernel NIC name-space.
Under SRIOV, it would allow us to match on e-switch missed packet
and forward them to the relevant VF representor TIR.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the API to create send-to-vport e-switch rules of the form
packet meta-data :: send-queue-number == $SQN and source-vport == 0 --> $VPORT
These rules are to be used for a send-to-vport logic which conceptually bypasses
the "normal" steering rules currently present at the e-switch datapath.
Such rule should apply only for packets that originate in the e-switch manager
vport (0) and are sent for a given SQN which is used by a given VF representor
device, and hence the matching logic.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the sriov offloads mode, packets that are not matched by any other
rule should be sent towards the e-switch manager for further processing.
Add such "miss" rule which matches ANY packet as the last rule in the
e-switch FDB and programs the HW to send the packet to vport 0 where
the e-switch manager runs.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike the legacy mode, here, forwarding rules are not learned by the
driver per events on macs set by VFs/VMs into their vports, but rather
should be programmed by higher-level SW entities.
Saying that, still, in the offloads mode (SRIOV_OFFLOADS), two flow
groups are created by the driver for management (slow path) purposes:
The first group will be used for sending packets over e-switch vports
from the host OS where the e-switch management code runs, to be
received by VFs.
The second group will be used by a miss rule which forwards packets toward
the e-switch manager. Further logic will trap these packets such that
the receiving net-device as seen by the networking stack is the representor
of the vport that sent the packet over the e-switch data-path.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define three modes for the SRIOV e-switch operation, none (SRIOV_NONE,
none of the VF vports are enabled), legacy (SRIOV_LEGACY, the current mode)
and sriov offloads (SRIOV_OFFLOADS). Currently, when in SRIOV, only the
legacy mode is supported, where steering rules are of the form:
destination mac --> VF vport
This patch does not change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(resent due to overhelpful mail client corrupting patch)
At least on Meson GXBB, the CORE_IRQ_MTL_RX_OVERFLOW interrupt is thrown
with the stmmac1000 driver, which does not support set_rx_tail_ptr. With
this patch and the clock fixes, 1G ethernet works on ODROID-C2.
Signed-off-by: Matt Corallo <git@bluematt.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXcHi9AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGSJ0H/2o4t9VWYmhyPC1sdIHoCExJ
P4tBrcZYBmKcsOmIfnJDa5g/+IdhouEUM0v0fHPogS2UUWT9eRuJWYD3sY+HpEQ+
heKTli8X73gsFB25odeIbIt0jAoSiiMYWDrWqLNsuUV1tjEYVA8rH0SM94FiOC/5
7WVWXLTuH+Rm7JHP18BnKxmMMbzrTFmwisLMqFKyfZRRSlS+/ix7iLUNO9AFa39B
YHxNPihLrZ0oONyCOAQoHTIXXrw0cQbxV2utg3vnMcCZdme2xOn+iXMntTSKfZ39
iC9/T0vsO3R6OrRo2aDZAnCPUAniXnMEIhrKG37WMyXpj6cucZ/2QiNXcXviGV4=
=iLte
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Back-merge tag 'v4.7-rc5' into drm-next
Linux 4.7-rc5
The fsl-dcu pull needs -rc3 so go to -rc5 for now.
Since the registers of subctrl may be different, it is better to
mv the registers from hns mdio driver routine to device tree node.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is PORT_TP type if the service port is GE mode. It is wrong to
judge the port type by using if it is service port. Adding the media
type to know port type.
Reported-by: Jinchuan Tian <tianjinchuan1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sequence of hns_mac_dev_to_enet_if() is the same as
hns_get_enet_interface(), and hns_get_enet_interface() is called
by initialization to get the mac mode. And the mode is not changed
anywhere. Thus add hns_mac_dev_to_enet_if() function to get the mac
mode is obviously redundant.
Reported-by: Jinchuan Tian <tianjinchuan1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two approaches to assign data, one does 2 loops, another
does 1 loop. This patch normalize the different methods to 1 loop.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In comment line, some time miss a space before */, so this
patch adds a space before */.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the previous review comments from Andy, this patch
deletes the redundant parens in the patch.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the code style in hns driver. Change it from
"buff = buff + xxx" to "buff += xxx". The reveiw comments is
from andy.
Reviewed-by: Andriy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes code sytle of hns driver to make it
simple.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 64bits kernels, device stats are 64bits wide, not 32bits.
Fixes: 80105befdb ("net: systemport: add Broadcom SYSTEMPORT Ethernet MAC driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Link UP/Down prints to kernel log when link state changes
Signed-off-by: Shaker Daibes <shakerd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Valid weight assigned to ETS TClass values are 1-100
Fixes: 08fb1dacdd ('net/mlx5e: Support DCBNL IEEE ETS')
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default fallback function used by mlx5e select queue can return
any TX queues in range [0..dev->num_real_tx_queues).
The current implementation assumes that the fallback function returns
a number in the range [0.. number of channels). Actually
dev->num_real_tx_queues = (number of channels) * dev->num_tc;
which is more than the expected range if num_tc is configured and could
lead to crashes.
To fix this we test if num_tc is not configured we can safely return the
fallback suggestion, if not we will reciprocal_scale the fallback
result and normalize it to the desired range.
Fixes: 08fb1dacdd ('net/mlx5e: Support DCBNL IEEE ETS')
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ConnectX4-Lx uses an inline wqe mode that currently defaults to
requiring the entire L2 header be included in the wqe.
This patch fixes mlx5e_get_inline_hdr_size() to account for
all L2 headers (VLAN, QinQ, etc) using skb_network_offset(skb).
Fixes: e586b3b0ba ("net/mlx5: Ethernet Datapath files")
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a timeout to avoid an infinite loop waiting for RQ's to flush. This
occurs during AER/EEH and will also happen if the device stops posting
completions due to internal error or reset, or if moving the RQ to the
error state fails. Also cleanup posted receive resources when closing
the RQ.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add callback to handle TX timeouts.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid an infinite loop by timing out waiting for the SQ to flush. Also
clean up the TX descriptors if that happens.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current implementation does not handle timeout in case of command
with callback request, and this can lead to deadlock if the command
doesn't get fw response.
Add delayed callback timeout work before posting the command to fw.
In case of real fw command completion we will cancel the delayed work.
In case of fw command timeout the callback timeout handler will be
called and it will simulate fw completion with timeout error.
Fixes: e126ba97db ('mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call command completion handler in case of timeout when working in
interrupts mode.
Avoid flushing the commands workqueue after acquiring the semaphores to
prevent a potential deadlock.
Fixes: e126ba97db ('mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device ID for VFs is in a different location than PFs. This results
in the poll always timing out for VFs. There's no good way to read the
VF device ID without using the PF's configuration space. Switch to waiting
for the health poll to start incrementing. Also remove the 1s sleep
at the beginning.
fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core
driver')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change page cleanup flow when in internal error to properly decrement
the page counts when reclaiming pages. The prevents timing out waiting
for extra pages that were actually cleaned up previously.
fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core driver')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In internal error state the health poll thread will eventually call
synchronize_irq() (to safely trigger command completions) which might
sleep, so we are calling sleeping function from atomic context which is
invalid.
Here we move trigger_cmd_completions(dev) to enter error state which is
the earliest stage in error state handling.
This way we won't need to wait for next health poll to trigger command
completions and will solve the scheduling while atomic issue.
mlx5_enter_error_state can be called from two contexts, protect it with
dev->intf_state_lock
Fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core driver')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of internal error state we will simulate the commands status
through the return value translation function, but we need to simulate
all the teardown fw commands as successful so we will not have fw
command failure prints.
This also fix memory leaks that happen because we skip teardown stages
due to failed fw commands.
Fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core driver')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses xmit_more optimization to reduce
number of TX doorbells write per packet.
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups qede_poll() routine a bit
and allows qede_poll() to do single iteration to handle
TX completion [As under heavy TX load qede_poll() might
run for indefinite time in the while(1) loop for TX
completion processing and cause CPU stuck].
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When handling IP fragmented packets with csum in their
transport header, the csum isn't changed as part of the
fragmentation. As a result, the packet containing the
transport headers would have the correct csum of the original
packet, but one that mismatches the actual packet that
passes on the wire. As a result, on receive path HW would
give an indication that the packet has incorrect csum,
which would cause qede to discard the incoming packet.
Since HW also delivers a notification of IP fragments,
change driver behavior to pass such incoming packets
to stack and let it make the decision whether it needs
to be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call wmb() to ensure writes are complete before
hardware fetches updated Tx descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-06-29
This series contains updates and fixes to e1000e, igb, ixgbe and fm10k. A
true smorgasbord of changes.
Jake cleans up some obscurity by not using the BIT() macro on bitshift
operation and also fixed the calculated index when looping through the
indir array. Fixes the issue with igb's workqueue item for overflow
check from causing a surprise remove event. The ptp_flags variable is
added to simplify the work of writing several complex MAC type checks
in the PTP code while fixing the workqueue.
Alex Duyck fixes the receive buffers alignment which should not be L1
cache aligned, but to 512 bytes instead.
Denys Vlasenko prevents a division by zero which was reported under
VMWare for e1000e.
Amritha fixes an issue where filters in a child hash table must be
cleared from the hardware before delete the filter links in ixgbe.
Bhaktipriya Shridhar simply replaces the deprecated create_workqueue()
with alloc_workqueue() for fm10k.
Tony corrects ixgbe ethtool reporting to show x550 supports hardware
timestamping of all packets.
Emil fixes an issue where MAC-VLANs on the VF fail to pass traffic due
to spoofed packets.
Andrew Lunn increases performance on some systems where syncing a buffer
for DMA is expensive. So rather than sync the whole 2K receive buffer,
only synchronize the length of the frame.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Point the ethtool .get_link() callback to the standard
ethtool_op_get_link() implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_write_mac_addr() always writes to the BAR the current
device address taken from netdev struct. The address given
as parameter is actually ignored. Since all callers pass
netdev->dev_addr simply remove the parameter.
While at it improve the function's kdoc a bit.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Spell abbreviation of control as ctrl not crtl.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"num_vec" needs to be signed for the error handling to work.
Fixes: e261768e9e ('be2net: support asymmetric rx/tx queue counts')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethernet core has 3 IRQs. Using the IRQ grouping registers we are able
to separate TX and RX IRQs, which allows us to service them on separate
cores. This patch splits the IRQ handler into 2 separate functions, one for
TX and another for RX. The TX housekeeping is split out into its own NAPI
handler.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code that enables and disables IRQs is missing proper locking. After
adding the IRQ grouping patch and routing the RX and TX IRQs to different
cores we experienced IRQ stalls. Fix this by adding proper locking.
We use a dedicated lock to reduce the latency if the IRQ code.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code currently uses variables to store and never modify the bit masks
of interrupts. This is legacy code from an early version of the driver
that supported MIPS based SoCs where the IRQ bits depended on the actual
SoC. As the bits are the same for all ARM based SoCs using this driver we
can remove the intermediate variables.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver was originally written for MIPS based SoC. These required the
IRQ mask register to be read after writing it to ensure that the content
was actually applied. As this version only works on ARM based SoCs, we can
safely remove the 2 reads as they are no longer required.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some platforms, syncing a buffer for DMA is expensive. Rather than
sync the whole 2K receive buffer, only synchronise the length of the
frame, which will typically be the MTU, or a much smaller TCP ACK.
For an IMX6Q, this gives around 6% increased TCP receive performance,
which is cache operations bound and reduces CPU load for TCP transmit.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When setting spoofing, both VLAN and MAC need to be set together.
This change resolves an issue where MAC-VLANs on the VF fail to pass
traffic due to spoofed packets.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update ixgbe_ethtool_get_ts_info() to show that x550 supports hardware
timestamping of all packets.
Reported-by: Guy Harris <guy@alum.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem (viz
fm10k_service_task, which manages and runs other subtasks) is involved in
normal device operation and requires forward progress under memory
pressure.
create_workqueue has been replaced with alloc_workqueue with max_active
as 0 since there is no need for throttling the number of active work
items.
Since network devices may be used in memory reclaim path,
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee forward progress.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty. Hence the call to flush_workqueue() has been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Properly stop the extra workqueue items and ensure that we resume
cleanly. This is better than using igb_ptp_init and igb_ptp_stop since
these functions destroy the PHC device, which will cause other problems
if we do so. Since igb_ptp_reset now re-schedules the work-queue item we
don't need an equivalent igb_ptp_resume in the resume workflow.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make igb_ptp_stop take advantage of this new function to reduce code
duplication.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Modify igb_ptp_init to take advantage of igb_ptp_reset, and remove
duplicated work that was occurring in both igb_ptp_reset and
igb_ptp_init.
In total, resetting the TSAUXC register, and resetting the system time
both happen in igb_ptp_reset already. igb_ptp_reset now also takes care
of starting the delayed work item for overflow checks, as well.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't continue to use complex MAC type checks for handling various cases
where we have overflow check code. Make this code more obvious by
introducing a flag which is enabled for hardware that needs these
checks.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Upcoming patches will introduce new PTP specific flags. To avoid
cluttering the normal flags variable, introduce PTP specific "ptp_flags"
variable for this purpose, and move IGB_FLAG_PTP to become
IGB_PTP_ENABLED.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For u32 classifier filters, avoid overwriting existing filter
in a hardware location without removing it first, to clean up
inconsistencies due to duplicate values for filter location.
Verified with the following filters:
Create child hash tables:
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
handle 2: u32 divisor 1
Link to the child hash table from parent hash table:
handle 800:0:11 u32 ht 800: link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 6 ff match ip dst 15.0.0.1/32
handle 800:0:12 u32 ht 800: link 2: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 17 ff match ip dst 16.0.0.1/32
Add filter into child hash table:
handle 1:0:3 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 22 ffff action drop
Add another filter to the same location:
handle 2:0:3 u32 ht 2: \
match tcp src 33 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On deleting filters which are links to a child hash table, the filters
in the child hash table must be cleared from the hardware if there
is no link between the parent and child hash table.
Verified with the following filters:
Create a child hash table:
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
Link to the child hash table from parent hash table:
handle 800:0:10 u32 ht 800: link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 6 ff match ip dst 15.0.0.1/32
Add filters into child hash table:
handle 1:0:2 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 22 ffff action drop
handle 1:0:3 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 33 ffff action drop
Delete link filter from parent hash table:
handle 800:0:10 u32
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Users report that under VMWare, er32(TIMINCA) returns zero.
This causes division by zero at init time as follows:
==> incvalue = er32(TIMINCA) & E1000_TIMINCA_INCVALUE_MASK;
for (i = 0; i < E1000_MAX_82574_SYSTIM_REREADS; i++) {
/* latch SYSTIMH on read of SYSTIML */
systim_next = (cycle_t)er32(SYSTIML);
systim_next |= (cycle_t)er32(SYSTIMH) << 32;
time_delta = systim_next - systim;
temp = time_delta;
====> rem = do_div(temp, incvalue);
This change makes kernel survive this, and users report that
NIC does work after this change.
Since on real hardware incvalue is never zero, this should not affect
real hardware use case.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The index calculated when looping through the indir array passed to
fm10k_write_reta was incorrectly calculated as the first part i needs to
be multiplied by 4.
Fixes: 0cfea7a65738 ("fm10k: fix possible null pointer deref after kcalloc", 2016-04-13)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While reviewing the i40e driver changes to support page based receive I
realized that I had overlooked the fact that the fm10k hardware required a
512 byte alignment for Rx buffers. This patch is meant to address that by
changing the alignment for Rx buffers to 512 bytes instead of allowing it
to be L1 cache aligned.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The FM10K_MAX_DATA_PER_TXD is really just using a bitshift as a power of
2 operation in an efficient manner. We shouldn't represent this as a BIT()
because that obscures the intention of the operation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now ixgbevf_write/read_posted_mbx use -IXGBE_ERR_MBX as the initiative
return value, but it's incorrect, cause in ixgbevf_vlan_rx_add_vid(),
it use err == IXGBE_ERR_MBX, the err returned from mac.ops.set_vfta,
and in ixgbevf_set_vfta_vf, it return from write/read_posted. so we
should initialize err with IXGBE_ERR_MBX, instead of -IXGBE_ERR_MBX.
With this fix, the other functions that called it also can work well,
cause they only care about if err is 0 or not.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The bit in the e1000 driver that mentions explicitly that the hardware
has no support for separate RX/TX VLAN accel toggling rings true for
e1000e as well, and thus both NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX and
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_TX need to be kept in sync.
Revert a portion of commit 889ad45666 ("e1000e: keep VLAN interfaces
functional after rxvlan off") since keeping the bits in sync resolves
the original issue.
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-06-27
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Mitch provides several changes, first adds functions to enable and disable
VSI on a VEB, which allows for configuration of limited promiscuous mode
specifically for bridging purposes. Sets the RSS Hash Enable registers by
default now that VF RSS is configured by the PF driver. Fixed a issue
where we could overflow the buffer, by checking the address count and bail
out of the loop at the appropriate time. Removed the need for a reset
when the device enters limited promiscuous mode, since this was causing
heartburn for people who were using VFs and bridging.
Catherine adds a call to set the client interface down when we put the VSI
down. Fixed an issue where RSS queues was being limited to the number
of CPUs, so if a user wants to use more queues than CPUs, we want to
trust they know what they are doing and let them.
Greg cleans up the driver suspend routine to ensure we are calling
synchronize_irq() before freeing IRQ vectors and explicitly free the other
causes interrupt resources and shut down the MSIX interrupt.
Serey fixes i40e_set_settings() to not fail when a Direct Attach (DA)
cable is used.
Avinash fixes a supported link bug by removing code which was not allowing
100BaseT to show up in the supported link modes for 10GBaseT PHYs.
Shannon adds a bit of information to the error messages to help determine
the source of error by adding VSI info to macaddr messages.
Tushar Dave fixes error received when turning off TSO on some systems,
which was caused by enabling FD_SB without checking availability of
MSIx vectors, so add the check.
Neerav fixes a possible panic when LLDP/DCBX change happens and the
driver tried to notify the client(s) for each of the PF VSIs, which would
panic when it reached a VSI that did not have any netdev associated with
it.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SPQ doorbell is currently protected with the compilation barrier. Under the
stress scenarios, we may get into a state where (due to the weak ordering)
several ramrod doorbells were written to the BAR with an out-of-order
producer values. Need to change the barrier type to a write barrier to make
sure that the write buffer is flushed after each doorbell.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static checker warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c:435 qede_get_coalesce()
warn: passing casted pointer '&coal->rx_coalesce_usecs' to
'edev->ops->common->get_coalesce()' 32 vs 16.
The u32 pointer is being typecasted to u16 which may fail for big-endian
platforms.
Fixes: d552fa84cb ("qede: Add support for coalescing config read/update.")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I've got a bug report about an e1000e interface, where a VLAN interface is
set up on top of it:
$ ip link add link ens1f0 name ens1f0.99 type vlan id 99
$ ip link set ens1f0 up
$ ip link set ens1f0.99 up
$ ip addr add 192.168.99.92 dev ens1f0.99
At this point, I can ping another host on vlan 99, ip 192.168.99.91.
However, if I do the following:
$ ethtool -K ens1f0 rxvlan off
Then no traffic passes on ens1f0.99. It comes back if I toggle rxvlan on
again. I'm not sure if this is actually intended behavior, or if there's a
lack of software VLAN stripping fallback, or what, but things continue to
work if I simply don't call e1000e_vlan_strip_disable() if there are
active VLANs (plagiarizing a function from the e1000 driver here) on the
interface.
Also slipped a related-ish fix to the kerneldoc text for
e1000e_vlan_strip_disable here...
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a static checker warning here "warn: mask and shift to zero"
and the code sets "ring" to zero every time. From looking at how
QLCNIC_FETCH_RING_ID() is used in qlcnic_83xx_process_rcv_ring() the
qlcnic_83xx_hndl() should be removed.
Fixes: 4be41e92f7 ('qlcnic: 83xx data path routines')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we will remove items off the list using list_del() we need
to use a safe version of the list_for_each() macro aptly named
list_for_each_safe().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TL4 calculation for a given SQ of secondary Qsets is incorrect
and goes out of bounds and also for some SQ's TL4 chosen will
transmit data via a different BGX interface and not same as
primary Qset's interface.
This patch fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for SMU RX local/remote faults along with SPU LINK
status. Otherwise at times link is UP at our end but DOWN
at link partner's side. Also due to an issue in BGX it's
rarely seen that initialization doesn't happen properly
and SMU RX reports faults with everything fine at SPU.
This patch tries to reinitialize LMAC to fix it.
Also fixed LMAC disable sequence to properly bring down link.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tao Wang <tao.wang@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Categorize and reorganize ethtool statistics counters by renaming to
"rx_*" and "tx_*" and removing redundant and duplicated counters, this
way they are easier to grasp and more user friendly.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Number of PFC counters used to count only number of priorities with PFC
enabled, but each priority has more than one counter, hence the need to
multiply it by the number of PFC counters per priority.
Fixes: cf678570d5 ('net/mlx5e: Add per priority group to PPort counters')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not allow the same vxlan udp port to be added to the device more than
once.
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ("net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling")
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous to this patch mapping was always set to write combining without
checking whether BlueFlame is supported in the device.
Fixes: 0ba422410b ('net/mlx5: Fix global UAR mapping')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change MLX5E_STATE_ASYNC_EVENTS_ENABLE to
MLX5E_STATE_ASYNC_EVENTS_ENABLED since it represent a state and not an
operation.
Fixes: acff797cd1 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the upcoming ConnectX-5 PCIe 4.0 device to the list of
supported devices by the mlx5 driver.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add command string for MODIFY_FLOW_TABLE which is used by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TI CPDMA currently uses a bitmap for tracking descriptors alloactions
allocations, but The genalloc already handles the same and can be used
as with special memory (SRAM) as with DMA cherent memory chank
(dma_alloc_coherent()). Hence, switch to using genalloc and add
desc_num property for each channel for limitation of max number of
allowed descriptors for each CPDMA channel. This patch do not affect
on net throuput.
Acked-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Tested-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use "ti,cpsw-mdio" to enable PM runtime auto-suspend on supported
platforms, where MDIO is implemented as part of TI CPSW.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Davinci MDIO is always used as slave device which services
read/write requests from MDIO/PHY core. It doesn't use IRQ also.
As result, It's possible to relax PM runtime constraints for Davinci
MDIO and enable it on demand, instead of powering it during probe
and powering off during removal.
Hence, implement PM runtime autosuspend for Davinci MDIO, but keep it
disabled by default, because Davinci MDIO is integrated in big set of
TI devices and not all of them expected to work corectly with RPM
autosuspend enabled:
- expected to work on SoCs where MDIO is part of TI CPSW
(cpsw.c DRA7/am57x, am437x, am335x, dm814x)
- not verified on Keystone 2 and other SoCs where MDIO is used with TI EMAC IP
(davinci_emac.c: dm6467-emac, am3517-emac, dm816-emac).
Davinci MDIO RPM autosuspend can be enabled through sysfs:
echo 100 > /sys/devices/../48484000.ethernet/48485000.mdio/power/autosuspend_delay_ms
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add PM runtime .runtime_suspend()/.runtime_resume() callbacks and
perform Davinci MDIO enabling/disabling from these callbacks. This
allows to reuse pm_runtime_force_suspend/resume() APIs during System
suspend and required for further implementation of PM runtime
autosuspend.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Davinci MDIO MDIO_CONTROL.CLKDIV can be calculated only once
during probe, hence split __davinci_mdio_reset() on
davinci_mdio_init_clk() and davinci_mdio_enable(). Initialize and
save CLKDIV in .probe(). Then just use saved value.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's not expected Davinci MDIO to be accessible after its suspend
callbacks have been called:
- all consumers of Davinci MDIO will stop/disconnect phys at Device
suspend stage;
- all phys are expected to be suspned already by PHY/MDIO core;
- MDIO locking is done by MDIO Bus code.
Hence, it's safe to drop "suspended" and "lock" fields from mdio_data.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PM runtime is disabled when Davinci MDIO .suspend_late() and
.resume_early() callbacks are called. As result, any PM runtime calls here will
be just a nop and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do PM runtime initialization later in probe - this allows to simplify
error handling a bit.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CPSW might be suspended by RPM if all ethX interfaces are down,
but it still could be accesible through net_device_ops interfce. In
this case net_device_ops operations requiring registers access will
cause L3 errors and CPSW crash.
Hence, fix it by adding RPM get/put calls in net_device_ops callbacks
which need to access CPSW registers: .ndo_set_mac_address(),
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(), .ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid().
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CPSW might be suspended by RPM if all ethX interfaces are down,
but it still could be accesible through ethtool interfce. In this case
ethtool operations, requiring registers access, will cause L3 errors and
CPSW crash.
ethtool callbcaks which need to access CPSW registers now:
.set_coalesce(), .get_ethtool_stats(), .set_pauseparam(), .get_regs()
Hence, fix it by adding .begin()/.complete() ethtool callbacks, which
will be called before/after each ethtool operation runs, and do CPSW
RPM handling in these callbacks. That way CPSW will be active while
handling ethtool requests.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PM runtime is properly handled in cpsw_ndo_open/stop(), as result it
isn't required to duplicate these calls in .suspend()/.resume()
callbacks. Moreover, it might cause unnecessary RPM resume of CPSW
during System suspend in the case it's already suspended because
all ethX interfaces are down already, before System suspend started.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missed check of return code from PM runtime get() calls.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cpsw_suspend() could trigger L3 error and CPSW will stop
functioning if System enters suspend when all ethX net-devices are
down - in this case CPSW could be already suspended by PM runtime, but
cpsw_suspend() will try to call soft_reset_slave() unconditionally
and access CPSW registers.
Hence, fix it by moving soft_reset_slave() from cpsw_suspend() to
cpsw_slave_stop(). This way slave ports will be reset when CPSW is
active and will be in proper state during Suspend.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of SGMII more, for example when a MAC2MAC connection
is needed, the port selection bits (inside the MAC configuration
registers) have to be programmed according to the link selected.
So the patch adds a new DT parameter to pass the port selection
and to programmed related PCS and CORE to use it.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, all gmac cores disable the PCS block and always
enable the PMT.
Note that this is done in a different way by 3.x and 4.x cores.
With this rework, PCS and PMT interrupt masks can be driven by
parameters now moved inside the mac_device_info structure
and the settings follow what the HW capability register reports.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 3.xx and 4.xx synopsys gmacs have a very similar
PCS embedded module and they share almost the same registers:
for example:
AN_Control, AN_Status, AN_Advertisement, AN_Link_Partner_Ability,
AN_Expansion, TBI_Extended_Status.
Just the RGMII/SMII Control/Status register differs.
So This patch aims to reorganize and enhance the PCS support.
It removes the existent support from the dwmac1000/dwmac4_core.c
moving basic PCS functions inside a new file called: stmmac_pcs.h.
The patch also reviews the available APIs to be better shared among
different hardware and easily enhanced to support new features.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 311c7c71c9 ("net/mlx5e: Allocate DMA coherent memory on
reader NUMA node") introduced mlx5_*_alloc_node() but missed changing
some calling and warn messages. This patch introduces 2 changes:
* Use mlx5_buf_alloc_node() instead of mlx5_buf_alloc() in
mlx5_wq_ll_create()
* Update the failure warn messages with _node postfix for
mlx5_*_alloc function names
Fixes: 311c7c71c9 ("net/mlx5e: Allocate DMA coherent memory on reader NUMA node")
Signed-off-by: Wang Sheng-Hui <shhuiw@foxmail.com>
Acked-By: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bgmac_open() calls phy_start() to initialize the PHY state machine,
which will set the interface's carrier state accordingly, no need to
force that as this could be conflicting with the PHY state determined by
PHYLIB.
Fixes: dd4544f054 ("bgmac: driver for GBit MAC core on BCMA bus")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver does not start the transmit queue in bgmac_open(). If the
queue was stopped prior to closing then re-opening the interface, we
would never be able to wake-up again.
Fixes: dd4544f054 ("bgmac: driver for GBit MAC core on BCMA bus")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are checking for the Start of Frame bit in the ctl1 word, while this
bit is set in the ctl0 word instead. Read the ctl0 word and update the
check to verify that.
Fixes: 9cde94506e ("bgmac: implement scatter/gather support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When LLDP/DCBX change happens the i40e driver code flow tried to
notify the client(s) for each of the PF VSIs. This resulted into
kernel panic on the first VSI that didn't have any netdev
associated to it.
The DCB change notification to the client(s) should be done only
once for the PF/LAN VSI where the client(s) instances have been
added to. Also, move the notification call after the PF driver has
made changes related to the updated DCB configuration.
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald J Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On systems with 128 CPUs, turning off TSO results in errors,
i40e 0000:03:00.0: failed to get tracking for 1 vectors for VSI 400, err=-12
i40e 0000:03:00.0: Couldn't create FDir VSI
i40e 0000:03:00.0: i40e_ptp_init: PTP not supported on eth0
i40e 0000:03:00.0: couldn't add VEB, err I40E_ERR_ADMIN_QUEUE_ERROR aq_err I40E_AQ_RC_ENOENT
i40e 0000:03:00.0: rebuild of switch failed: -1, will try to set up simple PF connection
i40e 0000:03:00.0 eth0: adding 00:10:e0:8a:24:b6 vid=0
Enabling FD_SB without checking availability of MSI-X vector is the
root cause. This change adds necessary check.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the macaddr add and delete happens asynchronously, error
messages don't easily get associated to the actual request. Here
we add a bit of information to the error messages to help
determine the source of the error.
Change-ID: Id2d6df5287141c3579677d72d8bd21122823d79f
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the need for a reset when the device enters limited promiscuous
mode. This was causing heartburn for people who were using VFs and
bridging, since this would require all of the VFs to undergo a reset
each time the PF changed its promiscuity.
Change-ID: I0a83495c5e4d68112bbc7a7a076d20fa8dd3b61c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Always add MAC address at the tail of the MAC filter list. Since the
device's "real" MAC address is added first, it will always be at the
beginning of the list. This prevents an issue where the "real" MAC
filter might not get added if too many other filters are added before
bringing the interface up.
Change-ID: I34a8aeebeb0cb87a44b24118adc4176c7b943c1c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Limiting qcount to pf->num_lan_msix, effectively limits the RSS queues
to only use the number of CPUs, and ignore all other queues. We don't
want to do this. If the user has changed the RSS settings to use more
queues then CPUS, we want to trust they know what they are doing and
let them. More importantly, if we tell them that is what we did, we want
to actually do it and allow traffic into all of the queues we have
allocated. This does not change the default setting to initially
allocate only the number of CPUS of queue pairs.
Change-ID: Ie941a96e806e4bcd016addb4e17affb46770ada5
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Removing this code which wasn't allowing 100BaseT to show up in the supported
link modes for 10GBaseT PHYs.
Change-ID: Iada2eafa7ef6b4bac9a2a1380ff533ae5de51e1d
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a Direct Attach (DA) cable is used, if the i40e_set_settings
function is called it would return an error. Add the DA type so
the function won't fail.
Change-ID: I2b802f27a5d91cfefa72fd1f852acb4d74647a8e
Signed-off-by: Serey Kong <serey.kong@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_suspend() function was failing to save PCI state
and this would result in a kernel stack trace from a WARN_ONCE in the
pci_legacy_suspend() function.
Add a call to pci_save_state() to fix that problem.
Change-ID: I4736e62bb660966bd208cc8af617a14cb07fc4bd
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_suspend() function calls another function that preps the device
for the power save and resume by freeing all the Tx/Rx resources and
interrupts but that function does not free the "other" causes interrupt
vector and IRQ. It also fails to call synchronize_irq() before freeing
the IRQ vectors. This sometimes may result in some AER errors on those
systems with that PCIe error reporting feature enabled.
Call synchronize_irq() before freeing IRQ vectors and explicitly free
the other causes interrupt resources and shut down that MSIX interrupt.
Change-ID: Ib88e4536756518a352446da0232189716618ad81
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the user adds an obscene amount of MAC addresses, the driver will run
into the situation where it has too many address requests to fit into a
single PF message. The driver checks for this case, and calculates the
maximum number of messages that it can send. Then it completely ignores
this count and overflows the buffer.
Fix this by checking the address count and bailing out of the loop at
the appropriate time.
Change-ID: If8dcbb04602c75941dc0cd8309065e1de9ca791c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were failing to set the client interface down when we put the VSI
down. Add this call so that the client doesn't get an open called with
no close.
Also remove an un-needed delay. The VF should not be affected at all by
i40e_down.
Change-ID: I1135dffef534bf84e6fed57cf51bcf590e6cfaf7
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that VF RSS is configured by the PF driver, it needs to set the RSS
Hash Enable registers by default. Without this, no packets will be
hashed and they'll all end up on queue 0.
Change-ID: I38e425f40ddb81e3b19a951cfbb939fa5b1123f1
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function uses the i40e_hw struct all over the place, so why doesn't
it keep a pointer to the struct? Add this pointer as a local variable
and use it consistently throughout the function.
Change-ID: I10eb688fe40909433fcb8ac7ac891cef67445d72
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add functions to enable and disable default VSI on a VEB. This allows
for configuration of limited promiscuous mode specifically for bridging
purposes.
Change-ID: I0cc5bd68b31c500fdff4d47e1f15d50d2739faf4
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
By default, mdiobus_alloc() sets the PHYs to polling mode, but a
pointer size memcpy means that a couple IRQs end up being overwritten
with a value of 0. This means that PHY_POLL is disabled and results
in unpredictable behavior depending on the PHY's location on the
MDIO bus. Remove that memcpy and the now unused phy_irq member to
force the SMSC911x PHYs into polling mode 100% of the time.
Fixes: e7f4dc3536 ("mdio: Move allocation of interrupts into core")
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial fixes to spelling mistakes of the words "excessive collisions"
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial fixes to spelling mistakes of the word "descriptors"
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous to this patch auto negotiation was reported off although it was
on by default in hardware. This patch reports the correct information to
ethtool and allows the user to toggle it on/off.
Added another parameter to set port proto function in order to pass
the auto negotiation field to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use new get/set link ksettings and remove get/set settings legacy
callbacks.
This allows us to use bitmasks longer than 32 bit for supported and
advertised link modes and use modes that were previously not supported.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
CC: Ben Hutchings <bwh@kernel.org>
CC: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add MLX5E_50GBASE_SR2 as ETHTOOL_LINK_MODE_50000baseSR2_Full_BIT.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bwh@kernel.org>
Cc: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a dedicated function to toggle port link. It should be called only
after setting a port register.
Toggle will set port link to down and bring it back up in case that it's
admin status was up.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this mode the moderation timer will restart upon
new completion (CQE) generation rather than upon interrupt
generation.
The outcome is that for bursty traffic the period timer will never
expire and thus only the moderation frames counter will dictate
interrupt generation, thus the interrupt rate will be relative
to the incoming packets size.
If the burst seizes for "moderation period" time then an interrupt
will be issued immediately.
CQE based moderation is off by default and can be controlled
via ethtool set_priv_flags.
Performance tested on ConnectX4-Lx 50G.
Less packet loss in netperf UDP and TCP tests, with no bw degradation,
for both single and multi streams, with message sizes of
64, 1024, 1472 and 32768 byte.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Gil Rockah <gilr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an infrastructure for getting/setting private net device
flags.
Currently a 'nop' priv flag is added, following patches will override
the flag will actual feature specific flags.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement set_maxrate ndo.
Use the rate index from the hardware table to attach to channel SQ/TXQ.
In case of failure to configure new rate, the queue remains with
unlimited rate.
We save the configuration on priv structure and apply it each time
Send Queues are being reinitialized (after open/close) operations.
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configuring and managing HW rate limit tables.
The HW holds a table of rate limits, each rate is
associated with an index in that table.
Later a Send Queue uses this index to set the rate limit.
Multiple Send Queues can have the same rate limit, which is
represented by a single entry in this table.
Even though a rate can be shared, each queue is being rate
limited independently of others.
The SW shadow of this table holds the rate itself,
the index in the HW table and the refcount (number of queues)
working with this rate.
The exported functions are mlx5_rl_add_rate and mlx5_rl_remove_rate.
Number of different rates and their values are derived
from HW capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates year and company name in the copyright markings in the
be2net source files.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On SR-IOV profiles, when the user connects a Linux Bridge or OVS to a BE3
vport, they suffer the "broadcast/multicast echo" problem. BE3 EVB echoes
broadcast and multicast packets back to PF's vport confusing the
Linux bridge. BE3 relies on the src-mac addr being programmed on the
interface to avoid sending back an echo of a broadcast or multicast packet
on a vPort. When a Linux bridge is connected to a BE3, the mac-addr of the
VM behind the bridge doesn't get configured on the vPort and so echo
cancellation doesn't work.
This patch worksaround this problem by disabling the EVB initially
and re-enabling it *only* when SR-IOV is enabled by the user. For the
driver fix to work, the BE3 FW version must be >= 11.1.84.0.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
be2net so far supported creation of RX/TX queues only in pairs.
On configs where rx and tx queue counts are different, creation of only
the lesser number of queues has been supported.
This patch now allows a combination of RX/TX-only channels along with
combined channels. N TX-queues and M RX-queues can be created with the
following cmds:
ethtool -L ethX combined N rx M-N (when N < M)
ethtool -L ethX combined M tx N-M (when M < N)
Setting both RX-only and TX-only channels is still not supported.
It is mandatory to create atleast one combined channel.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The EQs available on a function are shared between NIC and RoCE.
The be_max_eqs() macro was so far being used to refer to the max number of
EQs available for NIC. This has caused some confusion in the code. To fix
this confusion this patch introduces a new macro called be_max_nic_eqs()
to refer to the max number of EQs avialable for NIC only and renames
be_max_eqs() to be_max_func_eqs().
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i.MX6UL is a member in i.MX series family, the SOC FEC inherits from
i.MX6SX but removes some IP features, lets define a new type for fec
device.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different i.MX SOC FEC support different features like :
- i.MX6Q/DL FEC does not support AVB and interrupt coalesc
- i.MX6SX/i.MX7D supports AVB and interrupt coalesc
- i.MX6UL/ULL does not support AVB, but support interrupt coalesc
So, add new quirk flag to judge the supported features.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add constants and callback functions for the dwmac on rk3228/rk3229 socs.
As can be seen, the base structure is the same, only registers and the
bits in them moved slightly.
Signed-off-by: Xing Zheng <zhengxing@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for ddr_timeout during device init.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for private flags for the driver.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch has minor changes for proper ptp info retreival.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for host driver support for new Xaui
interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extensive support of statistics for data path,
control path and firmware.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch has new tx/rx interrupt moderation defaults of
count/timer for better throughput and utilisation.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch resolves the order of chip reset while destroying
the resources by postoponing soft reset in destroy resources
function until all queues are removed properly.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds new state so that the ctrl packets are not sent
to firmware during unload time and only rx packets are allowed.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch has firmware image related changes for: firmware
release upon failure, support latest firmware version and
firmware download in 4MB chunks.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This Patch adds tx buffer handling to Napi along with RX
traffic. Also separate spinlocks are introduced for handling
iq posting and buffer reclaim so that tx path and tx interrupt
do not compete against each other.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds supports for Vlan filtering for liquidio driver.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for vlan offloads for the driver and
receive header structures are also modified appropriately. Also
requestID will not be used in reveive header any more.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch increases the limits of soft command buffer size and
num command buffers. This patch also has changes for queue macros
and limit related changes for new chips.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <rvatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The issue comes when there are multiple threads attempting to use the
mailbox facility at the same time. The issue is the for the Virtual
Function Driver, the only way to get the Virtual Interface statistics
is to issue mailbox commands to ask the firmware for the VI Stats.
And, because the VI Stats command can only retrieve a smallish number of
stats per mailbox command, we have to issue three mailbox commands in quick
succession. When ethtool or netstat command to get interface stats and
interface up/down is run in a loop for every 0.1 sec, we observed
mailbox collisions. And out of the two commands one would fail with
the present code, since we don't queue the second command.
To overcome the above issue, added a queue to access the mailbox.
Whenever a mailbox command is issued add it to the queue. If its at the
head issue the mailbox command, else wait for the existing command to
complete. Usually command takes less than a milli-second to complete.
Also timeout from the loop, if the command under execution takes
long time to run.
In reality, the number of mailbox access collisions is going to be very
rare since no one runs such abusive script.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for configuring the device tx/rx coalescing
timeout values in the order of micro seconds. It also adds APIs for
upper layer drivers for reading/updating the coalescing values.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for reading and updating priority flow
control (PFC) attributes in the driver via netlink.
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dual MAC devices don't necessarily have both MACs wired up, so ignore
those that are disabled.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we do have pci_request_mem_regions() and pci_release_mem_regions()
at hand, use it in the ethernet drivers.
Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
CC: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
CC: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we do have pci_request_mem_regions() and pci_release_mem_regions()
at hand, use it in the Intel ethernet drivers.
Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the SRQ API uses the obsolete mlx5_*_srq_mbox_{in,out}
structs which limit the ability to pass the SRQ attributes between
net and IB parts of the driver.
This patch changes the SRQ API so as to use auto-generated structs
and provides a better way to pass attributes which will be in use by
coming features.
Signed-off-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
In order to support RSS QPs, we need to create Ethernet based objects.
This is done by create_rq, destroy_rq, create_rqt and destroy_rqt
mlx5_core functions. We export these functions.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagi@grimberg.me>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This allows a clean shutdown, even if some netdev clients do not
release their reference from this netdev. It is enough to release
the HW resources only as the kernel is shutting down.
Fixes: 2ba5fbd62b ('net/mlx4_core: Handle AER flow properly')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify mlx4_en_vlan_rx_[add/kill]_vid to return error value in case of
failure.
Fixes: 8e586137e6 ('net: make vlan ndo_vlan_rx_[add/kill]_vid return error value')
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For debug purposes, it's useful to know the order in which the driver
responds to changes in the topology of its upper devices.
Add debug prints to signal these events.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are situations in which a vPort is destroyed while still holding
references to device's resources such as FIDs and FDB records. This can
happen, for example, when a VLAN device is deleted while still being
bridged.
Instead of trying to make sure vPort destruction is invoked when it no
longer uses device's resources, just free them upon destruction. This
simplifies the code, as we no longer need to take different situations
into account when events are received - cleanup is taken care of in one
place.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FDB entries are learned using {Port / LAG ID, FID} and therefore should
be flushed whenever a port (vPort) leaves its FID (vFID).
However, when the bridge port is a LAG device (or a VLAN device on top),
then FDB flushing is conditional. Ports removed from such LAG
configurations must not trigger flushing, as other ports might still be
members in the LAG and therefore the bridge port is still active.
The decision whether to flush or not was previously computed in the
netdevice notification block, but in order to flush the entries when a
port leaves its FID this decision should be computed there.
Strip the notification block from this logic and instead move it to one
FDB flushing function that is invoked from both the FID / vFID leave
functions.
When port isn't member in LAG, FDB flushing should always occur.
Otherwise, it should occur only when the last port (vPort) member in the
LAG leaves the FID (vFID).
This will allow us - in the next patch - to simplify the cleanup code
paths that are hit whenever the topology above the port netdevs changes.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not all vPorts will have FIDs assigned to them, so make sure functions
first test for FID presence.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As previously explained, not all vPorts will be assigned FIDs, so instead
of returning the FID index of a vPort, return a pointer to its FID
struct. This will allow us to know whether it's legal to access the
vPort's FID parameters such as index and device.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When L3 interfaces will be introduced a vPort won't necessarily have a
FID assigned to it. This can happen if it's not member in a bridge (in
which case it's assigned a vFID) or doesn't have an IP address (in which
case it's assigned an rFID).
Therefore, instead check the VID parameter to test whether a port is a
vPort or not.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a very similar way to the vFIDs, make the first 4K FIDs - used in the
VLAN-aware bridge - use the new FID struct.
Upon first use of the FID by any of the ports do the following:
1) Create the FID
2) Setup a matching flooding entry
3) Create a mapping for the FID
Unlike vFIDs, upon creation of a FID we always create a global
VID-to-FID mapping, so that ports without upper vPorts can use it
instead of creating an explicit {Port, VID} to FID mapping.
When a port leaves a FID the reverse is performed. Whenever the FID's
reference count reaches zero the FID is deleted along with the global
mapping.
The per-FID struct will later allow us to configure L3 interfaces on top
of the VLAN-aware bridge.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a vPort is created or when it joins a bridge we always do the same
set of operations:
1) Create the vFID, if not already created
2) Setup flooding for the vFID
3) Map the {Port, VID} to the vFID
When a vPort is destroyed or when it leaves a bridge the reverse is
performed.
Encapsulate the above in join / leave functions and simplify the code.
FIDs and rFIDs will use a similar set of functions.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we had a dedicated struct only for vFIDs, but before
introducing support for L3 interfaces we need to make it generic and
use it for all three types of FIDs:
1) FIDs - 0..4K-1, used for the VLAN-aware bridge
2) vFIDs - 4K..15K-1, used for VLAN-unaware bridges
3) rFIDs - 15K..16K-1, used to direct traffic to / from the router in
the device. Will be introduced later in the series.
The three types of L3 interfaces - Router InterFaces, RIFs - that will
be introduced correspond to the three types of FIDs and are configured
using them. Therefore, we'll need to store the links between them as
well as a reference count on the underlying FID, so that the
corresponding RIF will be destroyed when it reaches zero.
Note that the lower 0.5K vFIDs are currently used for for non-bridged
netdevs, so that traffic could be flooded to the CPU port. However, when
rFIDs will be introduced we'll no longer need these and they too will be
used for VLAN-unaware bridges.
Make the vFID struct generic by renaming it and some of its fields. FIDs
will be converted to use it later in the series.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a FID index instead of vFID and ease the transition towards a
generic FID struct.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A FID used by a vPort (vFID, but also rFID later in the series) is
always mapped using {Port, VID} and not only VID as with the 4K FIDs of
the VLAN-aware bridge.
Instead of specifying all the arguments each time, just wrap this
operation using a dedicated function and simplify the code.
As before, the function takes FID as its argument in preparation for a
generic FID struct.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the code and use only one function for vFID creation /
destruction.
Unlike before, the function receives a FID index as its argument and not
a vFID index. Instead of passing 0, now one would need to pass 4K, which
is the first vFID.
This is the first step in creating a generic FID struct that will be
used for all three types of FIDs.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In all call sites 'only_uc' is set to false, so strip it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a macro to do this kind of declarations, so use it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We hold a reference count on the number of ports member in the
VLAN-aware bridge, as we only support one.
Instead of always incrementing / decrementing the reference count after
joining / leaving the bridge, simply do this accounting in the join /
leave functions.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The argument 'br_dev' is never used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When responding to unlinking CHANGEUPPER notifications we shouldn't
return any value, as it's not checked by upper layers.
In addition, there's nothing the driver can do in case of failure, so it
should simply continue and try to free as much resources as possible and
not stop on first error.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of checking for a condition and then issue the warning, just do
it in one go and simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When upper device of a VLAN device changes we already made sure it's
a bridge device in PRECHANGEUPPER, so no need to check it's a master
device in CHANGEUPPER.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a port netdev is put under LAG it cannot have VLAN upper devices,
so forbid that. The LAG device itself can have VLAN upper devices.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently only support the following upper devices for port netdevs:
1) Bridge
2) LAG (bond / team)
3) VLAN
Any other device is forbidden, so return an error.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of checking the error value and returning NOTIFY_BAD, just use
notifier_from_errno() and simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When enable/disable tso, the driver tries to access the hardware register,
but this operation will cause the port unavalible when there is traffic.
This patch tries to enable TSO when initialize, then control tso through
TSE bit in transmit descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default coalesce timeout is 3us, which is will cause CPU
usage is too high. This patch change it to 50us in order to reduce
CPU usage and the value makes sure network latency also meets requirement.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default sbm config parameter leaves little buffer when there is heavy
traffic, which will cause packets drop. This patch changes them to make
enough buffers for handling packets.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When hns_nic_poll_rx_skb alloc skb fail, it will break receive cycle and
read new fbd_num to start new receive cycle. It recomputes cycle num is
fbd_num minus clean_count, actually this cycle num is too big because
it drop out receive cycle. It brings about the port unavailable.
So we will goto out when alloc skb fail to fix this bug.
Signed-off-by: Jun He <hjat2005@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default driver sets anchor led bit to 0 when link down,
actually, the anchor bit should be set to 1, so fixes it when
link status is down.
Secondly, change the return value of cpld_set_led_id to 0, which
means leave the cpld to control led blink frequece other than the
driver itself.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When network interface is enabled, the ring enable operation is
conducted twice. This patch deletes the redundancy code of ring enable,
and integrates hnae_ae_ops.toggle_queue_status other functions to
hns_ae_start.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds get_coalesce_range api for hns, it shows
range of coalesce usecs and frames that can be set on
this interface.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current driver stores the high bit value of tcam data register
to the tcam data low element, stores the low bit value of tcam data
register to tcam data high element, this patch fixes this bug.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds spin lock for tcam table operation,
there maybe a race condition happens when more than
one thread try to change the tcam talbe entries.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For SoC hip06, PFC pause handled in dsaf, while hip05 in XGMAC,
so change the statistics of pfc pause in dsaf and remove the old
pfc pause frame statistics.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For debug-ports,there are two non-synchronized processes:
Speed-Auto-Negotiation and Link-Update-Status. The two
processes are towed by two different state machines.
Bond reads the speed when link up, but the speed maybe
not update the right value at that time.That make for bond's
wrong speed. Thus only one state machine should be used and
if phy_state_machine is used, it does not need to do
hns_nic_update_link_status().
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When run ethtool cmd(ethtool -t ethx) again and again for a long
time, it will be probabilistically fail. The PHYs' registers may
be on different pages, so it must be switch to the right page
before setting PHYs' registers.
And __lb_up() calls phy_start() to startup the PHYs device, but
this function may change Copper Control Register(Page 0, Register 0)
to an other value. It would cause phy loopback test fail. if we
remove phy_start(), we have to remove the relative phy_stop(),
phy_disconnect() when doing phy loopback to keep the phy stay in
right status.
Reported-by: hejun <hjat2005@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As Hilink3 and Hilink4 use the same xge training and xge u adaptor for
HNSv2, it needs to select which Hilink to be set before relative serdes
being configed. The hilink_access_sel is the register to do that.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error info should be printed as "set mask to 64bit fail!" instead of
"set mask to 32bit fail!" in dma_set_mask_and_coherent().
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver uses devm_ioremap_resource, it will unmap the map
automatically, remove the unnecessary the resource free.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reported-by: Kefeng Wang <wangkefeng.wang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The annotation info for hns_nic_reset_subtask() should be
"for resetting subtask" instead of "for resetting suntask".
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HNS receives a packet without doing anything, but it should call
skb_reset_mac_header() to initialize the header before using
eth_hdr().
Fixes: 0d6b425a37
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For service port, hns dsaf v1 support to close tx_pause.
However, the port will be invalid when it run command
ethtool to close tx_pause. This patch will fix it.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqiaqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bit fileds of PPE reset register are different between HNS v1 and
HNS v2, but the current procedure just only match HNS v1. Here is a
patch to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'MODULE_FIBER' value replaced several other FIBER values
in newer management firmware images, so existing code would
fail to properly reflect its mode.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver has 2 sets of entries for handling ramrod configurations
toward firmware - a regular pre-allocated set of entires and a
possible 'unlimited' list of additional pending entries.
In most scenarios the 'unlimited' list would not be used, but
when it does the handling of the ramrod completion doesn't
properly handle the release of the entry.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several user APIs can cause driver to perform an inner-reload.
Currently, doing this would cause the HW/FW statistics of the
adapter to reset, which isn't the expected behavior [statistics
should only reset on explicit unloads].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Internal loopback in driver is based on two things - first
is the willingness of transmitter to use it [in case of VFs,
this can be forced based on VEPA/VEB] and secondly on another
vport classification configuration which should match the
packet's destination.
Current code allows non-linux VFs to configure a 'promisc'
mode on Tx, meaning all traffic sent by VF would be loopbacked
internally by firmware; This isn't considered a valid mode and
as such should be prevented by PF.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When no vlan filter is configured, firmware has a configurable
default on whether to pass only untagged packets or all packets
regardless of their tagging. Driver currently doesn't set this
field in the necessary ramrod, causing the default to always be
'receive all'.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conversion to the 64-bit time based ptp methods left two instances
of 'struct timespec' in place. This is harmless because 64-bit
architectures define timespec64 as timespec, and this driver is
not used on 32-bit machines.
However, using 'struct timespec64' directly is obviously the right
thing to do, and will help us remove 'struct timespec' in the future.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: b9acf24f77 ("ptp: tilegx: convert to the 64 bit get/set time methods.")
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stop the SW TX counter from counting the TX header bytes
since they are not being sent out.
Fixes: e577516b9d ("mlxsw: Fix use-after-free bug in mlxsw_sx_port_xmit")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stop the SW TX counter from counting the TX header bytes
since they are not being sent out.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason in rx_descs property because davinici_cpdma
driver splits pool of descriptors equally between tx and rx channels.
That is, if number of descriptors 256, 128 of them are for rx
channels. While receiving, the descriptor is freed to the pool and
then allocated with new skb. And if in DT the "rx_descs" is set to
64, then 128 - 64 = 64 descriptors are always in the pool and cannot
be used, for tx, for instance. It's not correct resource usage,
better to set it to half of pool, then the rx pool can be used in
full. It will not have any impact on performance, as anyway, the
"redundant" descriptors were unused.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable i was declared but was never used and we were getting a
build warning for that.
Signed-off-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudip.mukherjee@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch goes through and combines the notifiers for VXLAN and GENEVE
into a single function for each action. So there is now one combined
function for getting ports, one for adding the ports, and one for deleting
the ports.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
In addition I updated the socket address family check so that instead of
excluding IPv6 we instead abort of type is not IPv4. This makes much more
sense as we should only be supporting IPv4 outer addresses on this
hardware.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
In addition I updated the socket address family check so that instead of
excluding IPv6 we instead abort of type is not IPv4. This makes much more
sense as we should only be supporting IPv4 outer addresses on this
hardware.
The last change is that I pulled the rtnl_lock/unlock into the conditional
statement for IXGBE_FLAG2_VXLAN_REREG_NEEDED. The motivation behind this
is to avoid unneeded bouncing of the mutex which will just slow down the
handling of this call anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch goes through and combines the notifiers for VXLAN and GENEVE
into a single function for each action. So there is now one combined
function for getting ports, one for adding the ports, and one for deleting
the ports.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type if VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type if VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
I have also gone though and removed the BE2NET_VXLAN config option since it
no longer relies on the VXLAN code anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port number for GENEVE is hard coded into the bnxt driver. This is the
kind of thing we want to avoid going forward. For now I will integrate
this back into the port notifier so that we can change the GENEVE port
number if we need to in the future.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch ends up doing several things. First it updates the driver to
make use of the new unified UDP tunnel offload notifier functions. In
addition I updated the code so that we can work around the bits that were
checking for if VXLAN was enabled since we are now using a notifier based
setup.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch goes through and combines the notifiers for VXLAN and GENEVE
into a single function for each action. So there is now one combined
function for getting ports, one for adding the ports, and one for deleting
the ports.
I also went through and dropped the BNX2X VXLAN and GENEVE specific build
flags.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modern C standards expect the '__inline__' keyword to come before the return
type in a declaration, and we get a warning for this with "make W=1":
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar.c:2278:1: error: 'inline' is not at beginning of declaration [-Werror=old-style-declaration]
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were using an incorrect define to get the irq vector number.
NFP_NET_CFG_LSC is a control BAR offset, LSC interrupt vector
index is called NFP_NET_IRQ_LSC_IDX. For machines with less
than 30 CPUs this meant that we were disabling/enabling IRQ 0.
For bigger hosts we were just playing with the 31st RX/TX
interrupt.
Fixes: 0ba40af963 ("nfp: move link state interrupt request/free calls")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a warning for tlan_handle_tx_eoc when building with "make W=1"
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c: In function 'tlan_handle_tx_eoc':
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c:1647:59: error: parameter 'host_int' set but not used [-Werror=unused-but-set-parameter]
static u32 tlan_handle_tx_eoc(struct net_device *dev, u16 host_int)
This is harmless, but removing the unused assignment lets us avoid
the warning with no downside.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a warning for qlcnic_83xx_get_mac_address when building with
"make W=1":
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_83xx_hw.c: In function 'qlcnic_83xx_get_mac_address':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_83xx_hw.c:2156:8: error: parameter 'function' set but not used [-Werror=unused-but-set-parameter]
Clearly this is harmless, but there is also no point for setting
the variable, so we can simply remove the assignment.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlx4e driver does not support more than one port for VXLAN offload. As
such expecting the hardware to offload other ports is invalid since it
appears the parsing logic is used to perform Tx checksum and segmentation
offloads. Use the vxlan_port number to determine in which cases we can
apply the offload and in which cases we can not.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building with -Wextra, we get a harmless warning from the
EFX_EXTRACT_OWORD32 macro:
ethernet/sfc/farch.c: In function 'efx_farch_test_registers':
ethernet/sfc/farch.c:119:30: error: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Werror=type-limits]
ethernet/sfc/farch.c:124:144: error: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Werror=type-limits]
ethernet/sfc/farch.c:124:392: error: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Werror=type-limits]
ethernet/sfc/farch.c:124:731: error: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Werror=type-limits]
The macro and the caller are both correct, but we can avoid the
warning by changing the index variable to a signed type.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When suspending the machine, do not shutdown the external PHY by cutting
its regulator in the mac platform driver suspend code if Wake-on-Lan is enabled,
else it cannot wake us up.
In order to do this, split the suspend/resume callbacks from the
init/exit callbacks, so we can condition the power-down on the lack of
need to wake-up from the LAN but do it unconditionally when unloading the
module.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let the stmmac platform drivers provide dedicated suspend and resume
callbacks rather than always re-using the init and exits callbacks.
If the driver does not provide the suspend or resume callback, we fall
back to the old behavior trying to use exit or init.
This allows a specific platform to perform only a partial power-down on
suspend if Wake-on-Lan is enabled but always perform the full shutdown
sequence if the module is unloaded.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If vPort has VLAN_RESTRICT flag, VLAN tagged traffic will not be
delivered without corresponding Rx filters which may be proxied to and
moderated by hypervisor.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If should be done after net_dev->hw_features initialization, to keep the
feature there to be able to enable it later using ethtool.
VLAN filtering is enforced and fixed if vPort requires usage of VLAN
filters to receive tagged traffic.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If it is not supported we simply disable the feature.
For the feature to work we need firmware filter support for
OUTER_VID + LOC_MAC and for OUTER_VID + LOC_MAC_IG.
The low-latency firmware can match on OUTER_VID + LOC_MAC but not on
OUTER_VID + LOC_MAC_IG.
For the capture packet firmware it is the other way around.
Only the full-feature variant can match on both combinations.
Incorporates a fix by Andrew Rybchenko <Andrew.Rybchenko@oktetlabs.ru>
in the net_dev->[hw_]features handling.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Filter match flags are not unique criteria to be mapped to priority
because of both unknown unicast and unknown multicast are mapped to
LOC_MAC_IG. So, local MAC is required to map filter to priority.
MCDI filter flags is unique criteria to find filter priority.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nearly every time we call efx_ef10_filter_remove_unsafe, we first check
for EFX_EF10_FILTER_ID_INVALID, in which case we do nothing. So move
that check into the function, simplifying all the call sites.
Also, change the return type to void, since none of the callers check it.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When trying to enslave an SFC interface to a bond the following BUG_ON was
hit:
kernel BUG [in ef10.c]!
CPU: 0 PID: 4383 Comm: ifenslave Tainted: G
...
Call Trace:
efx_ef10_filter_add_vlan+0x121/0x180 [sfc]
efx_ef10_filter_table_probe+0x2a2/0x4f0 [sfc]
efx_ef10_set_mac_address+0x370/0x6d0 [sfc]
efx_set_mac_address+0x7d/0x120 [sfc]
dev_set_mac_address+0x43/0xa0
bond_enslave+0x337/0xea0 [bonding]
This comes from function efx_ef10_filter_vlan_sync_rx_mode.
To solve the bug we ensure the mac_lock is taken before calling
efx_ef10_filter_add_vlan. But to avoid a priority inversion mac_lock must
be taken before filter_sem.
To satisfy these requirements we end up taking mac_lock in
efx_ef10_vport_set_mac_address, efx_ef10_set_mac_address,
efx_ef10_sriov_set_vf_vlan and efx_probe_filters.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Supports HW VLAN filtering, en/disabled using ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now it contains dummy VLAN entry with unspecified VID only.
The entry is used for the case when HW VLAN filtering is not used.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These flags are built when address cache is updated.
The information will be required when VLAN filtering is added and address
cache is used without re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is a step to support VLAN filtering in HW.
Until then, there is only one struct efx_ef10_filter_vlan per struct
efx_ef10_filter_table, with no VLAN information yet.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is required to remove setting of filter IDs to invalid from multicast
and unicast addresses caching functions.
Add initialization to invalid when filter table is created.
Add paranoid checks to track consistency.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on a patch by Andrew Rybchenko <Andrew.Rybchenko@oktetlabs.ru>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It allows to change set of fixed features on datapath reset.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is used for EF10 only and logically belongs to EF10 filter table state.
It is OK that it is reset to false on filter table recreation since all
filters are removed on destruction.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for new instruction header for octeon2/octeon3(ih) and
corresponding changes.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch decoupled the firmware side ifidx and host side interface
number. It also has some minor name change for linkinfo sturct field.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is for new driver/firmware control command structure
(octnic_packet_params and octnic_cmd_setup ) and resultant code changes.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to refactor packet size calculations to support PTP enabled
for 66xx and 68xx cards and also other cards that do not support PTP.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add page based buffers for receive side descriptors of
the driver and separate free routines for rx and tx buffers.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to allocate rx queue's memory based on numa node and also use
page based buffers for rx traffic improvements.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to allocate and manage scatter gather lists per
input queue(iq's) and remove queue's interdependence.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to allocate the input queues based on Numa node in tx path
and queue mapping changes based on the mapping info provided by firmware.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to resolve the double free issue by checking proper return
values from soft command.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if interface is in Promiscuous mode/Allmulti mode synchronize
MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement callback in the driver for the new PCI bus driver
interface that allows the user to enable/disable SR-IOV
virtual functions in a device via the sysfs interface.
Deprecate module parameter used to configure SRIOV
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When is_kdump_kernel() is true, Forcing cxgb4 driver as Master so we can
reinitialize the Firmware/Chip. Also reduce memory usage by disabling
offload.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DT support to the Cirrus Logic CS89x0 driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Shiyan <shc_work@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maciej Żenczykowski reported lockdep warning a spinlock
was not registered before being held in mlx4_cmd_wake_completions()
cmd.context_lock initialization is not at the right place.
1) mlx4_cmd_use_events() can be called multiple times.
Calling spin_lock_init() on a live spinlock can lead
to hangs.
2) mlx4_cmd_wake_completions() can be called while lock
has not been initialized.
Lockdep complains, and current logic is not race prone.
It seems better to move the initialization earlier in
mlx4_load_one()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the patchset about adding support of ACPI (commit id is 6343488)
being applied, HNS does not depend on OF. It depends on OF or ACPI, so
the Kconfig file needs to be updated.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To fully support 25G and 50G link settings.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some cards do not support autoneg. The current code does not prevent the
user from enabling autoneg with ethtool on such cards, causing confusion.
Firmware provides the autoneg capability information and we just need to
store it in the support_auto_speeds field in bnxt_link_info struct.
The ethtool set_settings() call will check this field before proceeding
with autoneg.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add bnxt_gro_func_5731x() to handle GRO packets for this chip. The
completion structures used in the new chip have new data to help determine
the header offsets. The offsets can be off by 4 if the packet is an
internal loopback packet (e.g. from one VF to another VF). Some additional
logic is added to adjust the offsets if it is a loopback packet.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer chips require different logic to handle GRO packets. So refactor
the code so that we can call different functions depending on the chip.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define all the supported chip numbers and chip categories. Store the
chip_num returned by firmware. If the call to get the version and chip
number fails, we should abort.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NPAR type is read from bnxt_hwrm_func_qcfg. Do not allow changing link
parameters if in NPAR mode sinc ethe port is shared among multiple
partitions. The link parameters are set up by firmware.
Signed-off-by: Satish Baddipadige <sbaddipa@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the VF driver gets this event, the VF configuration has changed (such
as default VLAN). The VF driver will initiate a silent reset to pick up
the new configuration.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a default VLAN is added to the VF, the VF driver needs to reset to
pick up the default VLAN ID. We can use the same tx timeout reset logic
to do that, without the debug output. This new function, with the
silent parameter to suppress debug output will now serve both purposes.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PF can setup a default VLAN for a VF. The default VLAN tag is
automatically inserted and stripped without the knowledge of the
stack running on the VF. The VF driver needs to know that default
VLAN is enabled as VLAN acceleration on the RX side is no longer
supported. Call netdev_update_features() to fix up the VLAN features
as necessary. Also, VLAN strip mode must be enabled to strip out
the default VLAN tag.
Only allow VF default VLAN to be set if the firmware spec is >= 1.2.1.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the enic driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 26c5f03 uses a new skb allocator to avoid the RFD overflow
issue.
But from debugging without datasheet, we found the error always
happen when the DMA RX address is set to 0x....fc0, which is very
likely to be a HW/silicon problem.
So one idea is instead of adding a new allocator, why not just
hitting the right target by avaiding the error-prone DMA address?
This patch will actually
* Remove the commit 26c5f03
* Apply rx skb with 64 bytes longer space, and if the allocated skb
has a 0x...fc0 address, it will use skb_resever(skb, 64) to
advance the address, so that the RX overflow can be avoided.
In theory this method should also apply to atl1c driver, which
I can't find anyone who can help to test on real devices.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=70761
Signed-off-by: Feng Tang <feng.tang@intel.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Ole Lukoie <olelukoie@mail.ru>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason to destroy channels that are destroyed while
cpdma_ctlr destroy. In this case no need to remember how much
channels where created and destroy them by one, as cpdma_ctlr
destroys all of them.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since msleep is based on jiffies the PHY reset could take longer
than expected. So use msleep for values greater than 20 msec otherwise
usleep_range.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The i.MX6 Q/DL has an erratum (ERR006687) that prevents the FEC from
waking the CPUs when they are in wait(unclocked) state. As the hardware
workaround isn't applicable to all boards, disable the deeper idle state
when the workaround isn't present and the FEC is in use.
This allows to safely run a kernel with CPUidle enabled on all i.MX6
boards.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <l.stach@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> (for network changes)
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawnguo@kernel.org>
Commit 7f854420fb
("phy: Add API for {un}registering an mdio device to a bus.")
broke PHY detection on this driver with a copy-paste bug:
The code is looking 32 times for a PHY at address 0.
Fixes ethernet on AMD DB1100/DB1500/DB1550 boards which have
their (autodetected) PHYs at address 31.
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Manuel Lauss <manuel.lauss@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7f854420fb
("phy: Add API for {un}registering an mdio device to a bus.")
broke PHY detection on this driver with a copy-paste bug:
The code is looking 32 times for a PHY at address 0.
Fixes ethernet on AMD DB1100/DB1500/DB1550 boards which have
their (autodetected) PHYs at address 31.
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Manuel Lauss <manuel.lauss@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code checks if the queue should be stopped because we are below the
threshold of free descriptors only to check if it should be started again.
If we do end up in a state where we are at the threshold limit, it makes
more sense to just stop the queue and wait for the next IRQ to trigger the
TX housekeeping again. There is no rush in enqueuing the next packet, it
needs to wait for all the others in the queue to be dispatched first
anyway.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code unconditionally wakes up the queue at the end of each
tx_poll action. Change the code to only wake up the queues if any of
them have actually been stopped before.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX ring setup has an off by one error causing it to not utilise all
descriptors. This has the side effect that we need to reset the next
pointer at runtime to make it work. Fix the off by one and remove the
code fixing the ring at runtime.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During stress testing, after reducing the threshold value, we have seen
TX timeouts that were caused by the watchdog_timeo value being too low.
Increase the value to 5 * HZ which is a value commonly used by many other
drivers.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The logic to calculate the threshold value for stopping the TX queue is
bad. Currently it will always use 1/2 of the rings size, which is way too
much. Set the threshold to MAX_SKB_FRAGS. This makes sure that the queue
is stopped when there is not enough room to accept an additional segment.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code only disables those IRQs that we will later use. To
ensure that we have a predefined state, we really want to disable all IRQs.
Change the code to disable all IRQs to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QDMA engine can fail to update the register pointing to the next TX
descriptor if this bit does not get set in the QDMA configuration register.
Not setting this bit can result in invalid values inside the TX rings
registers which will causes TX stalls.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two places inside mtk_poll_rx where rx_dropped is not being
incremented properly. Fix this by adding the missing code to increment
the counter.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lookup of the tx_buffer in the error path inside mtk_tx_map() uses the
wrong descriptor pointer. This looks like a copy & paste error. Change the
code to use the correct pointer.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Scratch memory gets allocated in mtk_init_fq_dma() but the corresponding
code to free it is missing inside mtk_dma_free() causing a memory leak.
With this patch applied, we can run ifconfig up/down several thousand
times without any problems.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code fails to check if the scratch memory was properly allocated. Add
this check and return with an error if the allocation failed.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/sched/act_police.c
net/sched/sch_drr.c
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c
net/sched/sch_prio.c
net/sched/sch_red.c
net/sched/sch_tbf.c
In net-next the drop methods of the packet schedulers got removed, so
the bug fixes to them in 'net' are irrelevant.
A packet action unload crash fix conflicts with the addition of the
new firstuse timestamp.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workqueue
mlxsw_wq is used for FDB notif. processing with workitems that are
involved in normal device operation && because it's a network device
which can be depended upon during memory reclaim.
Workitems &trans->timeout_dw and &mlxsw_sp->fdb_notify.dw,
map to mlxsw_sp_fdb_notify_work (processes FDB notifications from the
underlying device and resolves the netdev to which the entry points to
and notifies the bridge using the switchdev notifier) and
mlxsw_emad_trans_timeout_work (provides async EMAD register access)
respectively. They require forward progress under memory pressure and
hence, WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set.
Since there are only a fixed number of work items, explicit concurrency
limit is unnecessary here.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem viz
(&lio->txq_status_wq.wk.work which maps to octnet_poll_check_txq_status)
is involved in a brief poll routine for checking transmit queue status
and is an intergral part of normal device operation.
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee forward progress under memory
pressure, which is a requirement here.
Since there are only a fixed number of work items, explicit concurrency
limit is unnecessary.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4 RSS is limited to spread incoming packets to a power of two number
of queues.
An uniformly distibuted traffic would be split on queues 0 to N-1, N
being a power of two, each queue having a 1/N weight.
If number of RX queues is not a power of two, upper RX queues do not
receive traffic.
ethtool -x is lying, because it pretends some queues have higher weight.
Before patch:
lpaa24:~# ethtool -L eth1 rx 24
lpaa24:~# ethtool -x eth1
RX flow hash indirection table for eth1 with 24 RX ring(s):
0: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8: 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
RSS hash key:
e0:7c:3a:89:07:55:b6:58:69:cc:f4:e5:24:62:e3:25:88:6c:42:5b:d2:cb:9a:d2:e0:06:e1:dc:f9:09:a1:89:0f:a0:30:43:73:6f:0c:b6
If this information was correct, user space tools could expect queues 0
to 7 to receive twice more traffic than queues 8 to 15
After patch :
lpaa24:~# ethtool -L eth1 rx 24
lpaa24:~# ethtool -x eth1
RX flow hash indirection table for eth1 with 24 RX ring(s):
0: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8: 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
RSS hash key:
da:7b:09:60:f1:ac:67:b4:d0:72:d4:ec:a2:e5:80:0a:ad:50:22:1a:f8:f9:66:54:5f:22:45:c3:88:f4:57:82:c1:c1:90:ed:70:cb:40:ce
lpaa24:~# ethtool -X eth1 equal 8
lpaa24:~# ethtool -x eth1
RX flow hash indirection table for eth1 with 24 RX ring(s):
0: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
RSS hash key:
da:7b:09:60:f1:ac:67:b4:d0:72:d4:ec:a2:e5:80:0a:ad:50:22:1a:f8:f9:66:54:5f:22:45:c3:88:f4:57:82:c1:c1:90:ed:70:cb:40:ce
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dwmac4_set_umac_addr() takes a struct mac_device_info as
the first parameter, but is being passed a ioaddr instead from
dwmac4_set_filter(). Fix the warning/bug by changing the first
parameter.
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac4_core.c:159:46: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different address spaces)
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac4_core.c:159:46: expected struct mac_device_info *hw
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac4_core.c:159:46: got void [noderef] <asn:2>*ioaddr
Note, only compile tested this as do not have any
hardware with it in.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a few netdev statistics to report transmitted and received bytes and
packets and a few obvious errors.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Read the statistics from the BGMAC's builtin MAC and return them to
user-space using the standard ethtool helpers.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing different helpers to be utilized against
network devices created by the bgmac driver, make sure that we bind the
net_device with core->dev.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I am not sure mlx4_en_netpoll() is doing anything useful right now.
mlx4 has different NAPI structures for RX and TX, and netpoll only wants
to drain TX queues.
Lets schedule NAPI polls on TX, not RX.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Blue flame is a latency enhancement feature that allows the driver to
write the packet data directly to the NIC's registers thus making the
read of the packet data from host memory redundant.
We maintain a quota for the blue flame which is reloaded whenever we
identify that the hardware is processing send requests and processes
them fast enough so by the time we post the next send request it was
able to process all the pending ones. This indicates that the hardware
is capable of processing more blue flame requests efficiently. The blue
flame quota is decremented whenever we send using blue flame.
The current code erroneously clears the budget if we did not use blue
flame for the current post send operation and we fix it here.
Fixes: 88a85f99e5 ('net/mlx5e: TX latency optimization to save DMA reads')
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current implementation copies the flow of ndo_stop instead of
calling it explicitly, Fixed it.
Fixes: 5fc7197d3a ("net/mlx5: Add pci shutdown callback")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the mc_promisc flag also in the case of adding new mc address to
existing allmulti vport.
Fixes: a35f71f27a ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Implement promiscuous rx modes vf request handling')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In RoCE, the RDMA-CM needs the node guid to establish connection
between nodes.
Today, the node guid exposed to mlx5 Ethernet VFs is zero, therefore
RDMA-CM on the VF is broken.
Whenever the administrator sets a MAC for a VF, derive the node guid
from it and set it as well in the following way:
MAC: e4:1d:2d:b3:f4:01 -> node_guid: e4:1d:2d:ff:fe:b3:f4:01
Fixes: 77256579c6 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Introduce Vport...')
Signed-off-by: Noa Osherovich <noaos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reorder vport enable flow to mark the vport as enabled before calling
the vport change handler which was modified to handle the case for
when vport is not enabled.
This fixes the case for when the PF netdev is open before sriov is
enabled, once sriov is enabled at esw_enable_vport,
esw_vport_change_handle_locked didn't read the PF context since it
thought the PF vport was not enabled.
When we enable the vport, arming for events is not required anymore,
since it's done on the vport change handle
Fixes: 586cfa7f1d ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use vport event handler for vport cleanup')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlx5 flow-steering API (mlx5_create_flow_table/group/rule) never
returns null pointer on error. Even if it was doing that, checking
for IS_ERR_OR_NULL(p) and then returning PTR_ERR(p) would have cause
bugs, since PTR_ERR(NULL) --> success, crash.
To make things more robust and protect against related future bugs,
convert all IS_ERR_OR_NULL checks on returned values to IS_ERR.
Fixes: 5742df0f7d ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Introduce VST vport ingress/egress ACLs')
Fixes: 86d722ad2c ('net/mlx5: Use flow steering infrastructure for mlx5_en')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We must use kvfree() for something that could have been allocated with vzalloc(),
do that.
Fixes: 5742df0f7d ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Introduce VST vport ingress/egress ACLs')
Fixes: 86d722ad2c ('net/mlx5: Use flow steering infrastructure for mlx5_en')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing capabilities check for E-Switch FDB and ACLs flow
tables before creating their namespace in flow steering.
Fixes: efdc810ba3 ('net/mlx5: Flow steering, Add vport ACL support')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow steering infrastructure is currently used only on link layer
ethernet, therefore the driver should initialize the flow steering
when the device link layer is ethernet.
In addition, add missing capability check before initializing the
namespace of NIC RX flow tables.
Fixes: 2530236303 ('net/mlx5_core: Flow steering tree initialization')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we destroy the last flow table we need to update
the root_ft to NULL.
It fixes an issue for when the last flow table is destroyed
and recreated again, root_ft pointer will not be updated,
as a result traffic will be dropped.
Fixes: 2cc43b494a ('net/mlx5_core: Managing root flow table')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mask the reserved bits when reading the number of newly
created XRCD.
Fixes: e126ba97db ('mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters')
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When rtnl_fill_ifinfo() is called for a certain netdevice it queries its
various parameters such as switch id and physical port name. The
function might get called in an atomic context, which means the
underlying driver must not sleep during the query operation.
Don't query the device and sleep during ndo_get_phys_port_name(), but
instead store the needed parameters in port creation time.
Fixes: 2bf9a58675 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add support for physical port names")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a port is created following a split / unsplit we need to map it to
the correct module and lane, enable it and then continue to initialize
its various parameters such as MTU and VLAN filters.
Under certain conditions, such as trying to split ports at the bottom
row of the front panel by four, we get firmware errors.
After evaluating this with the firmware team it was decided to alter the
split / unsplit flow, so that first all the affected ports are mapped,
then enabled and finally each is initialized separately.
Fix the split / unsplit flow by first mapping and enabling all the
affected ports. Newer firmware versions will support both flows.
Fixes: 18f1e70c41 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce port splitting")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXVJo5AAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGjioH/3H8Q26FP83Bprhrh3y5EYmz
QSWbq5f5XHGVp4sqc45qdozklh11PrMPkNJQPT2HCTgmtzgeTX5EW9TFaQM/Ubrm
NeYnBW0tTcLP2PhfOyOIJOjE3R1oEYIRQ7zzdOZleViYaqAW2g0frYK0l8AY/KAv
z9mJ8s7xieqSzNTyKNfDPIciT/mO2KMbEHu92EiAkjeCfhuVxUO6PR4wLeZb/85H
I/cOFupU1166xeOZUR0lltvPMz8JznOUB0pg2Ma67TqsNGsPPfsmxEPFlALTTJk/
0V/hVyL4BgvO22LXwMoIxnUcwq/F3ZtlDJRhubeX7m5aS9x2Pb5mQ/g1ko0CXJA=
=5hXk
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Backmerge tag 'v4.7-rc2' into drm-next
Daniel has a pull request that relies on stuff in fixes that are in rc2.
7000-series SFC NICs connected with an SFP+ module currently fail to
report any supported link speeds.
Reported-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the interfaces for ieee/cee dcbnl callbacks and registers
them with the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the implementation for both cee/ieee dcbnl callbacks by
using the qed query/config APIs.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Query API reads the dcbx data from the device shared memory and return it
to the caller. The config API configures the user provided dcbx values on
the device, and initiates the dcbx negotiation with the peer.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current code "ent_per_page" could be more than "conn_num" making
"conn_num" negative after the subtraction. In the next iteration
through the loop then the negative is treated as a very high positive
meaning we don't put a limit on "ent_num". It could lead to memory
corruption.
Fixes: dbb799c397 ('qed: Initialize hardware for new protocols')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we do not distribute queue resources to enable RSS for VFs
in multi-channel/partition configurations.
Fix this by having each PF(SRIOV capable) calculate it's share of the
15 RSS Policy Tables available per port before provisioning resources for
all the VFs.
This proportional share calculation is done based on division of the
PF's MAX VFs with the Total MAX VFs on that port. It also needs to
learn about the no: of NIC PFs on the port and subtract that from
the 15 RSS Policy Tables on the port.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skyhawk does support wake-up from ACPI shutdown state - S5, provided the
platform supports it (like Auxiliary power source etc). The changes listed
below are done to fix this.
1) There's no need to defer the HW configuration of WOL to be_suspend().
Remove this in be_suspend() and move it to be_set_wol() ethtool function
so it is configured directly in the context of ethtool. This automatically
takes care of the shutdown case.
2) The driver incorrectly uses WOL_CAP field in the FW response to
get_acpi_wol_cap() command, to determine if WOL is enabled. Instead the
driver must rely on the macaddr field in the response to infer WOL state.
3) In be_get_config() during init, if we find that WOL is enabled in FW,
call pci_enable_wake() to enable pmcsr.pme_en bit. This is needed to
support persistent WOL configuration provided by the FW in some platforms.
4) Remove code in be_set_wol() that writes to PCICFG_PM_CONTROL_OFFSET
to set pme_en bit; pci_enable_wake() sets that.
Fixes: 028991e49 ("Enabling Wake-on-LAN is not supported in S5 state")
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the PF driver provisions resources for VFs, it currently only looks
at max RSS queues available to calculate the number of VF queue pairs.
This logic breaks when there are less number of TX-queues than RSS-queues.
This patch fixes this problem by using the max-TXQs available in the
PF-pool in the calculations. As a part of this change the
be_calculate_vf_qs() routine is renamed as be_calculate_vf_res() and the
code that calculates limits on other related resources is moved here to
contain all resource calculation code inside one routine.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial fix to spelling mistakes and add missing newline in pr_err
messages
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since both CTAG and STAG rx acceleration must be enabled together, we
only need to check one feature flag (NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX) before
calling __vlan_hwaccel_put_tag().
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware can only be set to strip or not strip both the VLAN CTAG and
STAG. It cannot strip one and not strip the other. Add logic to
bnxt_fix_features() to toggle both feature flags when the user is toggling
one of them.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the is_push flag in the software BD before the tx data is pushed to
the chip. It is possible to get the tx interrupt as soon as the tx data
is pushed. The tx handler will not handle the event properly if the
is_push flag is not set and it will crash.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadocm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a future VF would send the PF an unknown message, the PF today would
not send a reply. This would have 2 bad effects:
a. VF would have to timeout on the request.
b. If VF were to send an additional message to PF, firmware would mark
it as malicious.
Instead, if there's some valid reply-address on the message - let the PF
answer and tell the VF it doesn't know the message.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only limitation relating to MACs the PF enforce today on its VFs
is in case it has a forced-unicast MAC address for them, in which case
they can't configure other unicast addresses.
Specifically, the PF isn't enforcing the number of MAC addresse a VF can
configure regardless of the nubmer of such filters agreed upon by PF and
VF during the acquisition process.
PF's shadow-config is now extended to also contain information about its
VFs' unicast addresses configuration, allowing such enforcement.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today, the VF is aware of its queues context-ids, and calculates the
doorbell address when opening its queues on its own.
The configuration of doorbells in HW can sometime in the future be changed
by the PF [hw has several configurable features that might affect doorbell
addresses, e.g., dpm support], this would break compatibility with older
VFs as their calculated doorbell addresses would be incorrect for such a
configuration.
In order to avoid such a backward compatibility failure, let the PF make
the calculation of the doorbell offset based on the context-id, and pass
that to the VF.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several requests the VF can make toward the PF which the driver
would pass to firmware without checking the validity first - specifically,
opening queues and updating vports. Such configurations might cause the
firmware to assert.
This adds validation of the legality of said configurations on the PF side
before passing it onward via ramrod to firmware.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the goals of the vf's first message to the PF [acquire]
is to learn about the number of resources available to it [macs, vlans,
etc.]. This is done via negotiation - the VF requires a set of resources,
which the PF either approves or disaproves and sends a smaller set of
resources as alternative. In this later case, the VF is then expected to
either abort the probe or re-send the acquire message with less
required resources.
While this infrastructure exists since the initial submision of qed
SRIOV support, it's in fact completely inoperational - PF isn't really
looking into the resources the VF has asked for and is never going to
reply to the VF that it lacks resources.
This patch addresses this flow, fixing it and allowing the PF and VF
to actually agree on a set of resources.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current driver require an exact match between VF and PF storm firmware;
Any difference would fail the VF acquire message, causing the VF probe
to be aborted.
While there's still dependencies between the two, the recent FW submission
has relaxed the match requirement - instead of an exact match, there's now
a 'fastpath' HSI major/minor scheme, where VFs and PFs that match in their
major number can co-exist even if their minor is different.
In order to accomadate this change some changes in the vf-start init flow
had to be made, as the VF start ramrod now has to be sent only after PF
learns which fastpath HSI its VF is requiring.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem viz
(&db_wq->wk.work which maps to check_db_timeout) is involved
in normal device operation. WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee
forward progress under memory pressure, which is a requirement here.
Since there are only a fixed number of work items, explicit concurrency
limit is unnecessary.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem viz
(&cwq->wk.work which maps to oct_poll_req_completion) is involved
in normal device operation. WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee
forward progress under memory pressure, which is a requirement here.
Since there are only a fixed number of work items, explicit concurrency
limit is unnecessary.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty. Hence the call to flush_workqueue() has been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since implementing VLAN filtering in commit 05cc5a39dd
("bnx2x: add vlan filtering offload") bnx2x refuses to add a VLAN while
the interface is down:
# ip link add link enp3s0f0 enp3s0f0_10 type vlan id 10
RTNETLINK answers: Bad address
and in dmesg (with bnx2x.debug=0x20):
bnx2x: [bnx2x_vlan_rx_add_vid:12941(enp3s0f0)]Ignoring VLAN
configuration the interface is down
Other drivers have no problem with this.
Fix this peculiar behavior in the following way:
- Accept requests to add/kill VID regardless of the device state.
Maintain the requested list of VIDs in the bp->vlan_reg list.
- If the device is up, try to configure the VID list into the hardware.
If we run out of VLAN credits or encounter a failure configuring an
entry, fall back to accepting all VLANs.
If we successfully configure all entries from the list, turn the
fallback off.
- Use the same code for reconfiguring VLANs during NIC load.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enet needs to get configration parameter by acpi. This patch
adds support of ACPI for enet. The configuration parameter will
be configed in BIOS.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The miscellaneous operation is implemented in BIOS, the kernel can call
_DSM method help to call the implementation in ACPI case. Here is a patch
to do that.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ACPI case, there is no interface to register phy device to mdio-bus.
Phy device has to be registered itself to mdio-bus, and then enet can
get the phy device's info so that it can config the phy-device to help
to trasmit and receive data.
HNS hardware topology is as below. The MDIO controller may control several
PHY-devices, and each PHY-device connects to a MAC device. PHY-devices
will register when each mac find PHY device in initial sequence.
cpu
|
|
-------------------------------------------
| | |
| | |
| dsaf |
MDIO | MDIO
| --------------------------- |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| MAC MAC MAC MAC |
| | | | | |
---- |-------- |-------- | | --------
|| || || ||
PHY PHY PHY PHY
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dsaf needs to get configuration parameter by ACPI, so this patch add
support of ACPI.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The misc operation for different hw platform may be different, if using
current implementation, it will add a new branch on each function for
every new hw platform, so we add a method for this operation.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As device_node is only used by DT case, HNS needs to treat the other
cases including ACPI. It needs to use uniform ways to handle both of
DT and ACPI. This patch chooses phy_device, and of_phy_connect and
of_phy_attach are only used by DT case. It needs to use uniform interface
to handle that sequence by both DT and ACPI.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As device_node is only used by DT case, it is expected to find uniform
ways. So fwnode_handle is the suitable method.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As irq_of_parse_and_map is only used by DT case, it is excepted to use
a uniform interface. So it is used platform_get_irq() instead.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
OF series functions can be used only for DT case. Use unified
device property function instead to support both DT and ACPI.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hns-mdio needs to register itself to mii-bus. The info of the device can
be read by both DT and ACPI.
HNS tries to call Linux PHY driver to help access PHY-devices, the HNS
hardware topology is as below. The MDIO controller may control several
PHY-devices, and each PHY-device connects to a MAC device. The MDIO will
be registered to mdiobus, then PHY-devices will register when each mac
find PHY device.
cpu
|
|
-------------------------------------------
| | |
| | |
| dsaf |
MDIO | MDIO
| --------------------------- |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| MAC MAC MAC MAC |
| | | | | |
---- |-------- |-------- | | --------
|| || || ||
PHY PHY PHY PHY
And the driver can handle reset sequence by _RST method in DSDT in ACPI
case.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hns-mdio only supports DT case now. do some cleanup to prepare
for introducing other cases later, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RoCE and iSCSI would require some added/changed hw configuration in order
to properly run; The biggest single change being the requirement of
allocating and mapping host memory for several HW blocks that aren't being
used by qede [SRC, QM, TM, etc.].
In addition, whereas qede is only using context memory for HW blocks, the
new protocol would also require task memories to be added.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds in the ecore 2 new personalities in addition to
QED_PCI_ETH - QED_PCI_ISCSI and QED_PCI_ETH_ROCE.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the qed portion of the RoCE & iSCSI firmware HSI,
as well as adding several new common HSI files which would be required
by both qed and qed* protocols.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RoCE driver is going to need a 32-bit chain [current chain implementation
for qed* currently supports only 16-bit producer/consumer chains].
This patch adds said support, as well as doing other slight tweaks and
modifications to qed's chain API.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an external Gigabit PHY is connected to either of the MACs we need to
be able to tell the PHY to use a delay. Not doing so will result in heavy
packet loss and/or data corruption when using PHYs such as the IC+ IP1001.
We tell the PHY which MII delay mode to use via the devictree.
The ethernet driver needs to be adapted to handle all 3 rgmii-*id modes
in the same way as normal rgmii when setting up the MAC.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MT7623 SoC has a builtin gigabit switch. If we want to use it, GMAC1
needs to be configured using a fixed link speed and flow control settings.
The easiest way to do this is to used the fixed-phy driver, allowing us to
reuse the existing mdio polling code to setup the MAC.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code will not setup the PHYs advertisement features correctly.
Fix this and properly advertise Gigabit features and properly handle
asymmetric pause frames.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <keyhaede@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently uses kfree() to clear the mii_bus. This is not the
correct way to clear the memory and mdiobus_free() should be used instead.
This patch fixes the two instances where this happens in the driver.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason in this lock. At least for now.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rx-usecs shouldn't be changed while interface down/up.
Currently, for instance, if it's set to 100us, after interface
down/up it's 500us. It's a hidden bug that can lead to lavish
interrupt pacing time increasing while "down/up" up to max value.
Steps to reproduce:
- set rx-usecs to be 100us
- down/up interface
- read new unexpected rx-usecs
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the transmit hardware timestamping is enabled, an additional
TxBD would be added and would be set as the last TxBD with TXBD_LAST
and TXBD_INTERRUPT. However this has been broken by a patch recently.
This made the software couldn't get transmit hardware timestamps and
resulted in call trace. So, this patch is to fix this issue.
Fixes: 48963b4492 ("gianfar: Remove redundant ops for do_tstamp
from xmit()")
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The New QED firmware contains several fixes, including:
- Wrong classification of packets in 4-port devices.
- Anti-spoof interoperability with encapsulated packets.
- Tx-switching of encapsulated packets.
It also slightly improves Tx performance of the device.
In addition, this firmware contains the necessary logic for
supporting iscsi & rdma, for which we plan on pushing protocol
drivers in the imminent future.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitems are involved
in normal device operation. Workitems &priv->rx_work and &priv->tx_work,
map to w5100_rx_work and w5100_tx_work respectively and are involved in
receiving and transmitting packets. Forward progress under
memory pressure is a requirement here.
create_workqueue has been replaced with alloc_workqueue with max_active
as 0 since there is no need for throttling the number of active work
items.
Since the driver may be used in memory reclaim path,
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee forward progress.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty. Hence the call to flush_workqueue() has been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
stmmac_mdio_reset() has been updated to use msleep rather udelay
(as some PHY requires a one second delay there).
It called from stmmac_resume() within the spin_lock_irqsave block
atomic context triggering 'scheduling while atomic'.
The stmmac_priv lock usage is not fully documented, but it seems
to protect the access to the MAC registers / DMA structures rather
than the MDIO bus or the PHY (which have separate locking),
so we can push the spin_lock after the stmmac_mdio_reset call.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Writing a non-zero value to the manual PAUSE frame register (MPR) starts
the transmission of a PAUSE frame.
A PAUSE frame is sent in ravb_emac_init(), but it is not expected behavior.
Signed-off-by: Masaru Nagai <masaru.nagai.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc warns about qed_fill_link possibly accessing uninitialized data:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_main.c: In function 'qed_fill_link':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_main.c:1170:35: error: 'link_caps' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
While this warning is only about the specific case of CONFIG_QED_SRIOV
being disabled but the function getting called for a VF (which should
never happen), another possibility is that qed_mcp_get_*() fails without
returning data.
This rearranges the code so we bail out in either of the two cases
and print a warning instead of accessing the uninitialized data.
The qed_link_output structure remains untouched in this case, but
all callers first call memset() on it, so at least we are not leaking
stack data then.
As discussed, we also use a compile-time check to ensure we never
use any of the VF code if CONFIG_QED_SRIOV is disabled, and the
PCI device table is updated to no longer bind to virtual functions
in that configuration.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
priv is assigned to NULL however some of the early error exit paths to
label 'free' dereference priv, causing a null pointer dereference.
Move the label 'free' to just the free_netdev statement, and add a new
exit path 'free2' for the error cases were clk_disable_unprepare needs
calling before the final free.
Fixes issue found by CoverityScan, CID#113260
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's not much point, except compile test, enabling the stmmac
platform drivers unless their actual SoC is enabled. They're not
useful without it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use SET_RUNTIME_PM_OPS macro instead of assigning a member of
dev_pm_ops directly.
Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The H/W manual recommends B'10 or B'11 in a value of the separation
filtering select bits in the receive configuration register (RCR.ESF).
When B'10 is set, frames from non-matching streams are discarded.
When B'11 is set, frames from non-matching streams are processed in
reception queue 0 (best effort).
This patch sets B'11 in ESF.
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: revised this commit message]
Signed-off-by: Masaru Nagai <masaru.nagai.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drm-intel-next-2016-05-22:
- cmd-parser support for direct reg->reg loads (Ken Graunke)
- better handle DP++ smart dongles (Ville)
- bxt guc fw loading support (Nick Hoathe)
- remove a bunch of struct typedefs from dpll code (Ander)
- tons of small work all over to avoid casting between drm_device and the i915
dev struct (Tvrtko&Chris)
- untangle request retiring from other operations, also fixes reset stat corner
cases (Chris)
- skl atomic watermark support from Matt Roper, yay!
- various wm handling bugfixes from Ville
- big pile of cdclck rework for bxt/skl (Ville)
- CABC (Content Adaptive Brigthness Control) for dsi panels (Jani&Deepak M)
- nonblocking atomic commits for plane-only updates (Maarten Lankhorst)
- bunch of PSR fixes&improvements
- untangle our map/pin/sg_iter code a bit (Dave Gordon)
drm-intel-next-2016-05-08:
- refactor stolen quirks to share code between early quirks and i915 (Joonas)
- refactor gem BO/vma funcstion (Tvrtko&Dave)
- backlight over DPCD support (Yetunde Abedisi)
- more dsi panel sequence support (Jani)
- lots of refactoring around handling iomaps, vma, ring access and related
topics culmulating in removing the duplicated request tracking in the execlist
code (Chris & Tvrtko) includes a small patch for core iomapping code
- hw state readout for bxt dsi (Ramalingam C)
- cdclk cleanups (Ville)
- dedupe chv pll code a bit (Ander)
- enable semaphores on gen8+ for legacy submission, to be able to have a direct
comparison against execlist on the same platform (Chris) Not meant to be used
for anything else but performance tuning
- lvds border bit hw state checker fix (Jani)
- rpm vs. shrinker/oom-notifier fixes (Praveen Paneri)
- l3 tuning (Imre)
- revert mst dp audio, it's totally non-functional and crash-y (Lyude)
- first official dmc for kbl (Rodrigo)
- and tons of small things all over as usual
* 'drm-intel-next' of git://anongit.freedesktop.org/drm-intel: (194 commits)
drm/i915: Revert async unpin and nonblocking atomic commit
drm/i915: Update DRIVER_DATE to 20160522
drm/i915: Inline sg_next() for the optimised SGL iterator
drm/i915: Introduce & use new lightweight SGL iterators
drm/i915: optimise i915_gem_object_map() for small objects
drm/i915: refactor i915_gem_object_pin_map()
drm/i915/psr: Implement PSR2 w/a for gen9
drm/i915/psr: Use ->get_aux_send_ctl functions
drm/i915/psr: Order DP aux transactions correctly
drm/i915/psr: Make idle_frames sensible again
drm/i915/psr: Try to program link training times correctly
drm/i915/userptr: Convert to drm_i915_private
drm/i915: Allow nonblocking update of pageflips.
drm/i915: Check for unpin correctness.
Reapply "drm/i915: Avoid stalling on pending flips for legacy cursor updates"
drm/i915: Make unpin async.
drm/i915: Prepare connectors for nonblocking checks.
drm/i915: Pass atomic states to fbc update functions.
drm/i915: Remove reset_counter from intel_crtc.
drm/i915: Remove queue_flip pointer.
...
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix negative error code usage in ATM layer, from Stefan Hajnoczi.
2) If CONFIG_SYSCTL is disabled, the default TTL is not initialized
properly. From Ezequiel Garcia.
3) Missing spinlock init in mvneta driver, from Gregory CLEMENT.
4) Missing unlocks in hwmb error paths, also from Gregory CLEMENT.
5) Fix deadlock on team->lock when propagating features, from Ivan
Vecera.
6) Work around buffer offset hw bug in alx chips, from Feng Tang.
7) Fix double listing of SCTP entries in sctp_diag dumps, from Xin
Long.
8) Various statistics bug fixes in mlx4 from Eric Dumazet.
9) Fix some randconfig build errors wrt fou ipv6 from Arnd Bergmann.
10) All of l2tp was namespace aware, but the ipv6 support code was not
doing so. From Shmulik Ladkani.
11) Handle on-stack hrtimers properly in pktgen, from Guenter Roeck.
12) Propagate MAC changes properly through VLAN devices, from Mike
Manning.
13) Fix memory leak in bnx2x_init_one(), from Vitaly Kuznetsov.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (62 commits)
sfc: Track RPS flow IDs per channel instead of per function
usbnet: smsc95xx: fix link detection for disabled autonegotiation
virtio_net: fix virtnet_open and virtnet_probe competing for try_fill_recv
bnx2x: avoid leaking memory on bnx2x_init_one() failures
fou: fix IPv6 Kconfig options
openvswitch: update checksum in {push,pop}_mpls
sctp: sctp_diag should dump sctp socket type
net: fec: update dirty_tx even if no skb
vlan: Propagate MAC address to VLANs
atm: iphase: off by one in rx_pkt()
atm: firestream: add more reserved strings
vxlan: Accept user specified MTU value when create new vxlan link
net: pktgen: Call destroy_hrtimer_on_stack()
timer: Export destroy_hrtimer_on_stack()
net: l2tp: Make l2tp_ip6 namespace aware
Documentation: ip-sysctl.txt: clarify secure_redirects
sfc: use flow dissector helpers for aRFS
ieee802154: fix logic error in ieee802154_llsec_parse_dev_addr
net: nps_enet: Disable interrupts before napi reschedule
net/lapb: tuse %*ph to dump buffers
...
Otherwise we get confused when two flows on different channels get the
same flow ID.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnx2x_init_bp() allocates memory with bnx2x_alloc_mem_bp() so if we
fail later in bnx2x_init_one() we need to free this memory
with bnx2x_free_mem_bp() to avoid leakages. E.g. I'm observing memory
leaks reported by kmemleak when a failure (unrelated) happens in
bnx2x_vfpf_acquire().
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If dirty_tx isn't updated, then dma_unmap_single
can be called twice.
This fixes a
[ 58.420980] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 58.425667] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 377 at /home/schurig/d/mkarm/linux-4.5/lib/dma-debug.c:1096 check_unmap+0x9d0/0xab8()
[ 58.436405] fec 2188000.ethernet: DMA-API: device driver tries to free DMA memory it has not allocated [device address=0x0000000000000000] [size=66 bytes]
encountered by Holger
Signed-off-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
Tested-by: <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since NAPI works by shutting down event interrupts when theres
work and turning them on when theres none, the net driver must
make sure that interrupts are disabled when it reschedules polling.
By calling napi_reschedule, the driver switches to polling mode,
therefor there should be no interrupt interference.
Any received packets will be handled in nps_enet_poll by polling the HW
indication of received packet until all packets are handled.
Signed-off-by: Elad Kanfi <eladkan@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Noam Camus <noamca@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most users of IS_ERR_VALUE() in the kernel are wrong, as they
pass an 'int' into a function that takes an 'unsigned long'
argument. This happens to work because the type is sign-extended
on 64-bit architectures before it gets converted into an
unsigned type.
However, anything that passes an 'unsigned short' or 'unsigned int'
argument into IS_ERR_VALUE() is guaranteed to be broken, as are
8-bit integers and types that are wider than 'unsigned long'.
Andrzej Hajda has already fixed a lot of the worst abusers that
were causing actual bugs, but it would be nice to prevent any
users that are not passing 'unsigned long' arguments.
This patch changes all users of IS_ERR_VALUE() that I could find
on 32-bit ARM randconfig builds and x86 allmodconfig. For the
moment, this doesn't change the definition of IS_ERR_VALUE()
because there are probably still architecture specific users
elsewhere.
Almost all the warnings I got are for files that are better off
using 'if (err)' or 'if (err < 0)'.
The only legitimate user I could find that we get a warning for
is the (32-bit only) freescale fman driver, so I did not remove
the IS_ERR_VALUE() there but changed the type to 'unsigned long'.
For 9pfs, I just worked around one user whose calling conventions
are so obscure that I did not dare change the behavior.
I was using this definition for testing:
#define IS_ERR_VALUE(x) ((unsigned long*)NULL == (typeof (x)*)NULL && \
unlikely((unsigned long long)(x) >= (unsigned long long)(typeof(x))-MAX_ERRNO))
which ends up making all 16-bit or wider types work correctly with
the most plausible interpretation of what IS_ERR_VALUE() was supposed
to return according to its users, but also causes a compile-time
warning for any users that do not pass an 'unsigned long' argument.
I suggested this approach earlier this year, but back then we ended
up deciding to just fix the users that are obviously broken. After
the initial warning that caused me to get involved in the discussion
(fs/gfs2/dir.c) showed up again in the mainline kernel, Linus
asked me to send the whole thing again.
[ Updated the 9p parts as per Al Viro - Linus ]
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Andrzej Hajda <a.hajda@samsung.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Link: https://lkml.org/lkml/2016/1/7/363
Link: https://lkml.org/lkml/2016/5/27/486
Acked-by: Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org> # For nvmem part
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently 100g devices don't support minimum/maximum BW configurations,
yet link flaps might cause the driver to attempt to do such a
configuration. Prevent this just as we do for the maximum BW.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adapter can support 100g in both MSIx and INTa, but not in MSI.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the HW configurations are currently missing for 100g devices.
This can cause various classification issues, as well as prevent device
from fully reaching line-rate.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When DCBx re-negotiation is occurring, the PF's configurations for
maximum and minimum bandwidth guarantees are currently lost.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 39651abd28 ("qed: add support for dcbx") is re-configuring
the QM hw-block as part of its sequence. This is done in attention
handling context which is non-sleepable, yet memory is allocated in
this flow using GFP_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PFs and VFs differ in their registered ethtool operations,
but they're using a common function for get_sset_count().
As a result, `ethtool -i' for a VF would indicate it supports
selftest, although that's not the case.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since driver is using a FW-based GRO implementation, this has some
effects on its ability to cope with GRO enablement/disablement.
As a result, driver must perform an inner-reload as a result of a state
change in the offload configuration of said feature.
[Failure to do so means network stack would continue to receive
aggregated packets even though user requested the feature to be disabled].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VF is currently ignoring the minimum provided by the API,
mistakenly using the maximum for minimum as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We simply can use the standard net_device stats.
We do not need to clear fields that are already 0.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4 uses a private struct net_device_stats in a vain attempt
to avoid races.
This is buggy because multiple cpus could call mlx4_en_get_stats()
at the same time, so ret_stats can not guarantee stable results.
To fix this, we need to switch to ndo_get_stats64() as this
method provides per-thread storage.
This allows to reduce mlx4_en_priv bloat.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_en_clear_stats() clears about everything but few TX ring
fields are missing :
- queue_stopped, wake_queue, tso_packets, xmit_more
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) mlx4_en_xmit() can increment priv->stats.tx_dropped, but this variable
is overwritten in mlx4_en_DUMP_ETH_STATS().
2) This increment was not SMP safe, as a port might have many TX queues.
Add a per TX ring tx_dropped to fix these issues.
This is u32 as mlx4_en_DUMP_ETH_STATS() will add a 32bit field.
So lets avoid bugs with SNMP agents having to cope with partial
overwraps. (One of these agents being bond_fold_stats())
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a typo in the driver, replace comma with a semicolon at the end
of statement. While using comma is a legal C here and probably does
not even generate compiler warning, it was unlikely the intention.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Caesar Wang <wxt@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The memcpy() currently copies mdio_bus_data into new_bus->irq, which
makes no sense, since the mdio_bus_data structure contains more than
just irqs. The code was likely supposed to copy mdio_bus_data->irqs
into the new_bus->irq instead, so fix this.
Fixes: e7f4dc3536 ("mdio: Move allocation of interrupts into core")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch follows Eric Dumazet's commit 7b70176421 for Atheros
atl1c driver to fix one exactly same bug in alx driver, that the
network link will be lost in 1-5 minutes after the device is up.
My laptop Lenovo Y580 with Atheros AR8161 ethernet device hit the
same problem with kernel 4.4, and it will be cured by Jarod Wilson's
commit c406700c for alx driver which get merged in 4.5. But there
are still some alx devices can't function well even with Jarod's
patch, while this patch could make them work fine. More details on
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=70761
The debug shows the issue is very likely to be related with the RX
DMA address, specifically 0x...f80, if RX buffer get 0x...f80 several
times, their will be RX overflow error and device will stop working.
For kernel 4.5.0 with Jarod's patch which works fine with my
AR8161/Lennov Y580, if I made some change to the
__netdev_alloc_skb
--> __alloc_page_frag()
to make the allocated buffer can get an address with 0x...f80,
then the same error happens. If I make it to 0x...f40 or 0x....fc0,
everything will be still fine. So I tend to believe that the
0x..f80 address cause the silicon to behave abnormally.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=70761
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Feng Tang <feng.tang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ole Lukoie <olelukoie@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise, if we fail to allocate new PIO buffers, our TXQs will try to
use the old ones, which aren't there any more.
Fixes: 183233bec8 "sfc: Allocate and link PIO buffers; map them with write-combining"
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The spinlock used by the hwbm functions must be initialized by the
network driver. This commit fixes this lack and the following erros when
lockdep is enabled:
INFO: trying to register non-static key.
the code is fine but needs lockdep annotation.
turning off the locking correctness validator.
[<c010ff80>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c010bd08>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<c010bd08>] (show_stack) from [<c032913c>] (dump_stack+0xb4/0xe0)
[<c032913c>] (dump_stack) from [<c01670e4>] (__lock_acquire+0x1f58/0x2060)
[<c01670e4>] (__lock_acquire) from [<c0167dec>] (lock_acquire+0xa4/0xd0)
[<c0167dec>] (lock_acquire) from [<c06f6650>] (_raw_spin_lock_irqsave+0x54/0x68)
[<c06f6650>] (_raw_spin_lock_irqsave) from [<c058e830>] (hwbm_pool_add+0x1c/0xdc)
[<c058e830>] (hwbm_pool_add) from [<c043f4e8>] (mvneta_bm_pool_use+0x338/0x490)
[<c043f4e8>] (mvneta_bm_pool_use) from [<c0443198>] (mvneta_probe+0x654/0x1284)
[<c0443198>] (mvneta_probe) from [<c03b894c>] (platform_drv_probe+0x4c/0xb0)
[<c03b894c>] (platform_drv_probe) from [<c03b7158>] (driver_probe_device+0x214/0x2c0)
[<c03b7158>] (driver_probe_device) from [<c03b72c4>] (__driver_attach+0xc0/0xc4)
[<c03b72c4>] (__driver_attach) from [<c03b5440>] (bus_for_each_dev+0x68/0x9c)
[<c03b5440>] (bus_for_each_dev) from [<c03b65b8>] (bus_add_driver+0x1a0/0x218)
[<c03b65b8>] (bus_add_driver) from [<c03b79cc>] (driver_register+0x78/0xf8)
[<c03b79cc>] (driver_register) from [<c01018f4>] (do_one_initcall+0x90/0x1dc)
[<c01018f4>] (do_one_initcall) from [<c0900de4>] (kernel_init_freeable+0x15c/0x1fc)
[<c0900de4>] (kernel_init_freeable) from [<c06eed90>] (kernel_init+0x8/0x114)
[<c06eed90>] (kernel_init) from [<c0107910>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x24)
Fixes: baa11ebc0c ("net: mvneta: Use the new hwbm framework")
Reported-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the coding error in determining the enable flag for
the application/protocol. The enable flag should be set for all protocols
but the eth.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One timer, whose handler keeps reading on MMIO register for EEH
core to detect error in time, is started when the PCI device driver
is loaded. MMIO register can't be accessed during PE reset in EEH
recovery. Otherwise, the unexpected recursive error is triggered.
The timer isn't closed that time if the interface isn't brought
up. So the unexpected recursive error is seen during EEH recovery
when the interface is down.
This avoids the unexpected recursive EEH error by closing the timer
in qlge_io_error_detected() before EEH PE reset unconditionally. The
timer is started unconditionally after EEH PE reset in qlge_io_resume().
Also, the timer should be closed unconditionally when the device is
removed from the system permanently in qlge_io_error_detected().
Reported-by: Shriya R. Kulkarni <shriyakul@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"priority" needs to be signed for the error handling to work.
Fixes: 39651abd28 ('qed: add support for dcbx.')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the statement
assert(priv || priv->ae_handle);
the right side of || is only evaluated if priv is null.
v2:
As suggested by David Leight and David Miller the assert
statements are removed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull sparc updates from David Miller:
"Some 32-bit kgdb cleanups from Sam Ravnborg, and a hugepage TLB flush
overhead fix on 64-bit from Nitin Gupta"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/sparc:
sparc64: Reduce TLB flushes during hugepte changes
aeroflex/greth: fix warning about unused variable
openprom: fix warning
sparc32: drop superfluous cast in calls to __nocache_pa()
sparc32: fix build with STRICT_MM_TYPECHECKS
sparc32: use proper prototype for trapbase
sparc32: drop local prototype in kgdb_32
sparc32: drop hardcoding trap_level in kgdb_trap
Pull networking fixes and more updates from David Miller:
1) Tunneling fixes from Tom Herbert and Alexander Duyck.
2) AF_UNIX updates some struct sock bit fields with the socket lock,
whereas setsockopt() sets overlapping ones with locking. Seperate
out the synchronized vs. the AF_UNIX unsynchronized ones to avoid
corruption. From Andrey Ryabinin.
3) Mount BPF filesystem with mount_nodev rather than mount_ns, from
Eric Biederman.
4) A couple kmemdup conversions, from Muhammad Falak R Wani.
5) BPF verifier fixes from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Don't let tunneled UDP packets get stuck in socket queues, if
something goes wrong during the encapsulation just drop the packet
rather than signalling an error up the call stack. From Hannes
Frederic Sowa.
7) SKB ref after free in batman-adv, from Florian Westphal.
8) TCP iSCSI, ocfs2, rds, and tipc have to disable BH in it's TCP
callbacks since the TCP stack runs pre-emptibly now. From Eric
Dumazet.
9) Fix crash in fixed_phy_add, from Rabin Vincent.
10) Fix length checks in xen-netback, from Paul Durrant.
11) Fix mixup in KEY vs KEYID macsec attributes, from Sabrina Dubroca.
12) RDS connection spamming bug fixes from Sowmini Varadhan
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (152 commits)
net: suppress warnings on dev_alloc_skb
uapi glibc compat: fix compilation when !__USE_MISC in glibc
udp: prevent skbs lingering in tunnel socket queues
bpf: teach verifier to recognize imm += ptr pattern
bpf: support decreasing order in direct packet access
net: usb: ch9200: use kmemdup
ps3_gelic: use kmemdup
net:liquidio: use kmemdup
bpf: Use mount_nodev not mount_ns to mount the bpf filesystem
net: cdc_ncm: update datagram size after changing mtu
tuntap: correctly wake up process during uninit
intel: Add support for IPv6 IP-in-IP offload
ip6_gre: Do not allow segmentation offloads GRE_CSUM is enabled with FOU/GUE
RDS: TCP: Avoid rds connection churn from rogue SYNs
RDS: TCP: rds_tcp_accept_worker() must exit gracefully when terminating rds-tcp
net: sock: move ->sk_shutdown out of bitfields.
ipv6: Don't reset inner headers in ip6_tnl_xmit
ip4ip6: Support for GSO/GRO
ip6ip6: Support for GSO/GRO
ipv6: Set features for IPv6 tunnels
...
Fix following warning:
aeroflex/greth.c:1326:11: warning: unused variable 'phy' [-Wunused-variable]
The variable was unused - remove it.
It looks like this warning has been there forever - was found by an
allyesconfig build of sparc32.
Signed-off-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Cc: Kristoffer Glembo <kristoffer@gaisler.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kmemdup when some other buffer is immediately copied into allocated
region. It replaces call to allocation followed by memcpy, by a single
call to kmemdup.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Falak R Wani <falakreyaz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kmemdup when some other buffer is immediately copied into allocated
region. It replaces call to allocation followed by memcpy, by a single
call to kmemdup.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Falak R Wani <falakreyaz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for offloading IPXIP6 type packets that represent
either IPv4 or IPv6 encapsulated inside of an IPv6 outer IP header. In
addition with this change we should also be able to support FOU
encapsulated traffic with outer IPv6 headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch defines two new GSO definitions SKB_GSO_IPXIP4 and
SKB_GSO_IPXIP6 along with corresponding NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP4 and
NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP6. These are used to described IP in IP
tunnel and what the outer protocol is. The inner protocol
can be deduced from other GSO types (e.g. SKB_GSO_TCPV4 and
SKB_GSO_TCPV6). The GSO types of SKB_GSO_IPIP and SKB_GSO_SIT
are removed (these are both instances of SKB_GSO_IPXIP4).
SKB_GSO_IPXIP6 will be used when support for GSO with IP
encapsulation over IPv6 is added.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Updates to the new Intel X722 iWARP driver
- Updates to the hfi1 driver
- Fixes for the iw_cxgb4 driver
- Misc core fixes
- Generic RDMA READ/WRITE API addition
- SRP updates
- Misc ipoib updates
- Minor mlx5 updates
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=e+Zv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"Primary 4.7 merge window changes
- Updates to the new Intel X722 iWARP driver
- Updates to the hfi1 driver
- Fixes for the iw_cxgb4 driver
- Misc core fixes
- Generic RDMA READ/WRITE API addition
- SRP updates
- Misc ipoib updates
- Minor mlx5 updates"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (148 commits)
IB/mlx5: Fire the CQ completion handler from tasklet
net/mlx5_core: Use tasklet for user-space CQ completion events
IB/core: Do not require CAP_NET_ADMIN for packet sniffing
IB/mlx4: Fix unaligned access in send_reply_to_slave
IB/mlx5: Report Scatter FCS device capability when supported
IB/mlx5: Add Scatter FCS support for Raw Packet QP
IB/core: Add Scatter FCS create flag
IB/core: Add Raw Scatter FCS device capability
IB/core: Add extended device capability flags
i40iw: pass hw_stats by reference rather than by value
i40iw: Remove unnecessary synchronize_irq() before free_irq()
i40iw: constify i40iw_vf_cqp_ops structure
IB/mlx5: Add UARs write-combining and non-cached mapping
IB/mlx5: Allow mapping the free running counter on PROT_EXEC
IB/mlx4: Use list_for_each_entry_safe
IB/SA: Use correct free function
IB/core: Fix a potential array overrun in CMA and SA agent
IB/core: Remove unnecessary check in ibnl_rcv_msg
IB/IWPM: Fix a potential skb leak
RDMA/nes: replace custom print_hex_dump()
...
Driver incorrectly uses dma_unmap_addr_set() to set
a variable which is in truth a dma_addr_t
[i.e not defined using DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_ADDR()] and is
being used by the driver flows other than unmapping
physical addresses. This patch fixes driver fastpath
where CONFIG_NEED_DMA_MAP_STATE is not set.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many developers already know that field for reference count of the
struct page is _count and atomic type. They would try to handle it
directly and this could break the purpose of page reference count
tracepoint. To prevent direct _count modification, this patch rename it
to _refcount and add warning message on the code. After that, developer
who need to handle reference count will find that field should not be
accessed directly.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix comments, per Vlastimil]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt too]
[sfr@canb.auug.org.au: sync ethernet driver changes]
Signed-off-by: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Cc: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
page_reference manipulation functions are introduced to track down
reference count change of the page. Use it instead of direct
modification of _count.
Signed-off-by: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
(a && a > 0) is equivalent to (a > 0).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ehea_get_port may return NULL. Do not dereference NULL value.
Fixes: 8c4877a412 ("ehea: Use the standard logging functions")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In function bgx_lmac_handler only use a member of
lmac after checking it is not null.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, we've fired all our completion callbacks straight from
our ISR.
Some of those callbacks were lightweight (for example, mlx5 Ethernet
napi callbacks), but some of them did more work (for example,
the user-space RDMA stack uverbs' completion handler). Besides that,
doing more than the minimal work in ISR is generally considered wrong,
it could even lead to a hard lockup of the system. Since when a lot
of completion events are generated by the hardware, the loop over
those events could be so long, that we'll get into a hard lockup by
the system watchdog.
In order to avoid that, add a new way of invoking completion events
callbacks. In the interrupt itself, we add the CQs which receive
completion event to a per-EQ list and schedule a tasklet. In the
tasklet context we loop over all the CQs in the list and invoke the
user callback.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The current logic around the 'use_dac' module parameter prevents the
r81969 driver from being loadable on 64-bit systems without any RAM
below 4 GB when the parameter is left at its default value.
So introduce a new default value -1 which indicates that 64-bit DMA
should be enabled on sufficiently recent PCIe chips, i.e., versions
RTL_GIGA_MAC_VER_18 or later. Explicit param values of 0 or 1 retain
the existing behavior of unconditionally enabling/disabling 64-bit DMA
on 64-bit architectures (i.e., regardless of the type and version of the
chip)
Since PCIe chips do not need to CPlusCmd Dual Address Cycle to be set,
make that conditional on the device type as well.
Cc: Realtek linux nic maintainers <nic_swsd@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The problem is that fib_info->nh is [0] so the struct fib_info
allocation size depends on number of nexthops. If we just copy fib_info,
we do not copy the nexthops info and driver accesses memory which is not
ours.
Given the fact that fib4 does not defer operations and therefore it does
not need copy, just pass the pointer down to drivers as it was done
before.
Fixes: 850d0cbc91 ("switchdev: remove pointers from switchdev objects")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ethernet devices, net_device.name will be eth%d before
register_netdev() is called. Don't print the net_device name until
the format string is replaced.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Hunt <harvey.hunt@imgtec.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel@ziswiler.com>
Cc: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Cc: Barry Song <Baohua.Song@csr.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the necessary driver support for Management Firmware to
configure the device/firmware with the dcbx results. Management Firmware
is responsible for communicating the DCBX and driving the negotiation,
but the driver has responsibility of receiving async notification and
configuring the results in hw/fw. This patch also adds the dcbx support for
future protocols (e.g., FCoE) as preparation to their imminent submission.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When reopening the network device on ra7795/salvator-x, e.g. after a
DHCP timeout:
IP-Config: Reopening network devices...
genirq: Flags mismatch irq 139. 00000000 (eth0:ch0:rx_be) vs. 00000000 (ravb e6800000.ethernet eth0: cannot request IRQ eth0:ch0:rx_be
IP-Config: Failed to open eth0
IP-Config: No network devices available
The "mismatch" is due to requesting an IRQ that is already in use,
while IRQF_PROBE_SHARED wasn't set.
However, the real cause is that ravb_close() doesn't release any of the
R-Car Gen3-specific secondary IRQs.
Add the missing free_irq() calls to fix this.
Fixes: f51bdc236b ("ravb: Add dma queue interrupt support")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This line was indented more than it should be.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-16
This series contains 2 fixes to ixgbe only.
Emil fixes transmit hangs when enabling SRIOV by swapping the parameters
in GENMASK in order to generate the correct mask.
Alex fixes his previous patch b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support
for GSO partial") where he somehow transposed the location of setting
the VLAN features in netdev->features and the configuration of the
vlan_features.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Backmerge request by Jani to get at
commit 249c4f538b
Author: Deepak M <m.deepak@intel.com>
Date: Wed Mar 30 17:03:39 2016 +0300
drm: Add new DCS commands in the enum list
Some simple conflicts in intel_dp.c.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@intel.com>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f748be531d ("stmmac: support new GMAC4") reverted a previous fix
by mistake. This commit re-applies said fix:
commit dec2165ff3
Author: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Date: Thu Jan 22 14:55:57 2015 +0800
stmmac: hardware TX COE doesn't work when force_thresh_dma_mode is set
Clear the TX COE bit when force_thresh_dma_mode is set even hardware
dma capability says support.
Tested on BF609.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested on LPC4350 Hitex board.
Fixes: f748be531d ("stmmac: support new GMAC4")
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@vanguardiasur.com.ar>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like at some point I somehow transposed the location of setting
the VLAN features in netdev->features and the configuration of the
vlan_features. As a result the driver is now generating a warning about
vlan_features being setup incorrectly.
This patch corrects that by placing the update of netdev->features to
include the VLAN features so that it is after the point where we write
netdev->features into netdev->vlan_features.
Fixes: b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support for GSO partial")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Swap the parameters in GENMASK in order to generate the correct mask.
This change fixes Tx hangs when enabling SRIOV.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
VF's probe might log that it has no PM capability in its PCI configuration
space. As this is a valid configuration, silence such prints.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In multi-function modes, PFs are currently limited to using 16 VFs -
But that limitation would also currently apply in case there's a single
PCI function exposed, where no such restriction should have existed.
This lifts the restriction for the default mode; User should be able
to start the maximum number of VFs as appear in the PCI config space.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PF updates its VFs' bulletin boards with link configurations whenever
the physical carrier changes or whenever hyper-user explicitly requires
some setting of the VFs link via the hypervisor's PF.
Since the bulletin board is getting cleaned as part of the IOV disable
flow on the PF side, re-enabling sriov would lead to a VF that sees the
carrier as 'down', until an event causing the PF to re-fill the bulletin
with the link configuration would occur.
To fix this we simply refelect the link state during the flows, giving
the later VFs a default reflecting the PFs link state.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <Manish.Chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During FLR flow, need to make sure HW is no longer capable of writing to
host memory as part of its interrupt mechanisms.
While we're at it, unify the logic cleaning the driver's status-blocks
into using a single API function for both PFs and VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seems like something broke in commit 1408cc1fa4 ("qed: Introduce VFs")
and the function no longer verifies that the vf is indeed a valid one.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prevent using uninitialized or negative index when handling
steering entries.
Fixes: b12d93d63c ('mlx4: Add support for promiscuous mode in the new steering model.')
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support to specify the MAC address by 'mac-address' or
'local-mac-address' properties in the device tree. These are common
properties for the Ethernet controller.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This increases TX timeout period from one second to 5 seconds which is
the default value if the driver doesn't explicitly set
net_device->watchdog_timeo.
The one second timeout is too short for W5100 with SPI interface mode
which doesn't support burst READ/WRITE processing in the SPI transfer.
If the packet is transmitted while RX packets are being received at a
very high rate, the TX transmittion work in the workqueue is delayed
and the watchdog timer is expired.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
W5500 has different bit position for MAC filter in Socket n mode
register from W5100 and W5200.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The is_w5200() function is not used anymore by the commit which adds
the W5500 support.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce support in updating statistics of offloaded TC flower
classifiers. Currently only the DROP action is supported.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a counter has the aging flag set when created, it is added to a list
of counters that will be queried periodically from a workqueue. query
result and last use timestamp are cached.
add/del counter must be very efficient since thousands of such
operations might be issued in a second.
There is only a single reference to counters without aging, therefore
no need for locks.
But, counters with aging enabled are stored in a list. In order to make
code as lockless as possible, all the list manipulation and access to
hardware is done from a single context - the periodic counters query
thread.
The hardware supports multiple counters per FTE, however currently we
are using one counter for each FTE.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adding a flow steering rule with a counter, need to supply a
destination of type MLX5_FLOW_DESTINATION_TYPE_COUNTER, with a pointer
to a struct mlx5_fc.
Also, MLX5_FLOW_CONTEXT_ACTION_COUNT bit should be set in the action.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Getting packet/byte statistics on flows is done through flow counters.
Implement the firmware commands to alloc, free and query flow counters.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the pxa168_eth driver to use the dma_rmb/wmb calls instead of the
full barriers in order to improve performance: reduced 97ns/39ns on
average in tx/rx path on Marvell BG4CT platform.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <jszhang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since appropriate memory barriers are already there, use the relaxed
version to improve performance a bit.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <jszhang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-14
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Kevin adds support to disable link on all ports and changes bits set
for telling firmware the PHY needs to be modified by the driver.
Anjali adds a feature to enable/disable all multicast for a trusted
VF. Added priv-flag knob to configure global true promiscuous
support.
Shannon adds the support code for calling the admin queue API call
aq_set_switch_config().
Mitch modifies the VF, to log a message if an untrusted VF attempts to
configure promiscuous mode, but lies to it and returns everything is ok
instead of returning an error. Corrects the logic for reporting the
receive packet hash. Fixed the adding of a broadcast filter for VFs,
since that all VSIs are configured to receive broadcasts as default,
so do not need to add a filter.
Catherine refactors the ethtool get_settings to report the possible
supported link modes from what we know about the current PHY type and
that with the firmware supported PHY types.
Jacob changes the driver to use WARN_ONCE in order to highlight the
issue, but do not display a warning every time when receive hang
message is received.
Akeem corrects receive ptype payload layer for non_tunneled IPv6, when
it should be layer 4 for UDP, instead of layer 3.
Dan Carpenter fixes an uninitialized variable bug.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the weaker but more appropriate dma_rmb() to order the reading of
the completion ring.
Suggested-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code is more complicated than necessary and can only report
unsupported SFP+ module if it is plugged in after the device is up.
Rename bnxt_port_module_event() to bnxt_get_port_module_status(). We
already have the current module_status in the link_info structure, so
just check that and report any unsupported SFP+ module status. Delete
the unnecessary last_port_module_event. Call this function at the
end of bnxt_open to report unsupported module already plugged in.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The len value in the hwrm error message is wrong. Use the properly adjusted
value in the variable len.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code has 2 problems:
1. The maximum wait time is not long enough. It is about 60% of the
duration specified by the firmware. It is calling usleep_range(600, 800)
for every 1 msec we are supposed to wait.
2. The granularity of the delay is too coarse. Many simple firmware
commands finish in 25 usec or less.
We fix these 2 issues by multiplying the original 1 msec loop counter by
40 and calling usleep_range(25, 40) for each iteration.
There is also a second delay loop to wait for the last DMA word to
complete. This delay loop should be a very short 5 usec wait.
This change results in much faster bring-up/down time:
Before the patch:
time ip link set p4p1 up
real 0m0.120s
user 0m0.001s
sys 0m0.009s
After the patch:
time ip link set p4p1 up
real 0m0.030s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.010s
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The chip supports 4K/8K/64K page sizes for the rings and we try to
match it to the CPU PAGE_SIZE. The current page size limits for the rings
are based on 4K/8K page size. If the page size is 64K, these limits are
too large. Reduce them appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add code to log a message during driver load indicating PCIe link
speed and width.
The log message will look like this:
bnxt_en 0000:86:00.0 eth0: PCIe: Speed 8.0GT/s Width x8
Signed-off-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to fetch the SFP EEPROM settings from the firmware
and display it via the ethtool -m command. We support SFP+ and QSFP
modules.
v2: Fixed a bug in bnxt_get_module_eeprom() found by Ben Hutchings.
Signed-off-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is only 1 MSI-X vector or in INTA mode, tx and rx pre-set
max channel parameters are shown incorrectly in ethtool -l. With only 1
vector, bnxt_get_max_rings() will return -ENOMEM. bnxt_get_channels
should check this return value, and set max_rx/max_tx to 0 if it is
non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Satish Baddipadige <sbaddipa@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nf_conntrack_core.c fix in 'net' is not relevant in 'net-next'
because we no longer have a per-netns conntrack hash.
The ip_gre.c conflict as well as the iwlwifi ones were cases of
overlapping changes.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We removed this initialization but it is required. Let's put it back.
Fixes: 895106a577 ('i40e: trivial fixes')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that all VSIs are configured to receive broadcasts as default, we
don't need to add a filter. This eliminates an annoying but harmless
error message each time VFs are created or reset.
Change-ID: I4cd6339684df45b0d2722133eeb84c14fa93ea19
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This logic is inverted. If the RXHASH flag is set, then we should go
ahead and call skb_set_hash.
Change-ID: Ib2e30356dced1d3e939c8061ab6ad5bd94197e7c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For the SR-IOV VSIs, when the queue filtering section is valid,
the RSS LUT needs to be set to use the VSI specific lookup table
(otherwise it will use the PF RSS LUT table).
Change-ID: Ia9377cc818078238a75c3bdeade1b593a91b3480
Signed-off-by: Ashish Shah <ashish.n.shah@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch corrects Rx ptype payload layer for non_tunneled ipv6. It
should be layer 4 for UDP, instead of layer 3.
Change-ID: I9382e4458ab3c4e58f6d2e9f195d5d4ee513805e
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use WARN_ONCE in order to highlight the issue, but don't display
a warning every time. The user should be able to see the ethtool counter
we created if necessary to see how often it is occurring.
Change-ID: I40c4ea159819b64a7d33b7f5716749089791533a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously we were only looking at the FW supported PHY types if link
was down, because we want to be more specific when link is up. This
refactor changes this. When link is down, we still rely on the FW
supported PHY types, but when link is up, we select the possible
supported link modes from what we know about the current PHY type, and
AND that with the FW supported PHY types.
Change-ID: Ice5dad83f2a17932b0b8b59f07439696ad6aa013
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If an untrusted VF attempts to configure promiscuous mode, log a message
pointing out its naughty behavior. But then, instead of returning an
error to the offender, just lie to it and say everything's OK. It will
continue on its way, thinking it's in promiscuous mode, but receiving no
packets except its own.
Change-ID: I63369215b1720f3c531eedfc06af86ff8c0e3dc8
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds priv-flag knob to configure global true promisc
support. With this patch the user can decide the flavor of
promiscuous that the VFs will see when promiscuous mode is enabled
on the interface. Since this a global setting for the whole device,
the priv-flag is exposed only on the first PF of the device.
The default is true promisc support is off, which means the promisc
mode for the VF will be limited/defport mode.
For the PF, we still will be in limited promisc unless in MFP mode
irrespective of the flavor picked through this knob.
Usage:
On PF0
ethtool --show-priv-flags p261p1
Private flags for p261p1:
MFP : off
LinkPolling : off
flow-director-atr : on
veb-stats : off
hw-atr-eviction : off
vf-true-promisc-support: off
to enable setting true promisc
ethtool --set-priv-flags p261p1 vf-true-promisc-support on
At this point if the VF is set to trust and promisc is enabled
on the VF through
ip link set ... promisc on
The VF/VFs will be able to see ALL ingress traffic
Change-Id: I8fac4b6eb1af9ca77b5376b79c50bdce5055bd94
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the support code for calling the AdminQ API call aq_set_switch_config
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables a feature to enable/disable all multicast
for a trusted VF.
Change-Id: I926eba7f8850c8d40f8ad7e08bbe4056bbd3985f
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add flag to tell firmware to disable link on all ports.
This patch changes the bits set for telling firmware the PHY needs
to be modified by driver. Without this patch, the setting will only
set that mode for the current port on the device. Because the
MDIO interface is common for the copper device. The command needs to
set the mode for all ports.
Change-ID: I8baa7da91d384291ac95b41ae1a516604f8eb67f
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes SG_RX_DV_GATE_REG_0_ADDR register offset
and ring state field lengths.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the race condition on updating the statistics
counters by moving the counters to the ring structure.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addresses ununiform latency across queues by adding
more queues to match with, upto number of CPU cores.
Also, number of interrupts are increased and the channel numbers
are reordered.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since hardware doesn't allow sharing of interrupts,
this patch fixes the same by removing IRQF_SHARED flag.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the crash observed during IPv4 forward test by
setting the drop field in the dbptr.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FID value in a ULP_MEMIO command needs to be set to an IQ ID of
a queue configured for our PF. The FID/IQ id is used to index into the
PCIE FID table, to find out on which function the DMA needs to be
issued. Essentially, every DMA needs to have the ingress queue. The exact
ingress queue doesn't matter, but it needs to be an ingress queue
associated with the function you want to see the DMA on.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The e1000e_config_hwtstamp function was incorrectly resetting the SYSTIM
registers every time the ioctl was being run. If you happened to be
running ptp4l and lost the PTP connect (removing cable, or blocking the
UDP traffic for example), then ptp4l will eventually perform a restart
which involves re-requesting timestamp settings. In e1000e this has the
unfortunate and incorrect result of resetting SYSTIME to the kernel
time. Since kernel time is usually in UTC, and PTP time is in TAI, this
results in the leap second being re-applied.
Fix this by extracting the SYSTIME reset out into its own function,
e1000e_ptp_reset, which we call during reset to restore the hardware
registers. This function will (a) restart the timecounter based on the
new system time, (b) restore the previous PPB setting, and (c) restore
the previous hwtstamp settings.
In order to perform (b), I had to modify the adjfreq ptp function
pointer to store the old delta each time it is called. This also has the
side effect of restoring the correct base timinca register correctly.
The driver does not need to explicitly zero the ptp_delta variable since
the entire adapter structure comes zero-initialized.
Reported-by: Brian Walsh <brian@walsh.ws>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Brian Walsh <brian@walsh.ws>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for partial GSO segmentation in the case of
tunnels. Specifically with this change the driver an perform segmentation
as long as the frame either has IPv6 inner headers, or we are allowed to
mangle the IP IDs on the inner header. This is needed because we will not
be modifying any fields from the start of the start of the outer transport
header to the start of the inner transport header as we are treating them
like they are just a block of IP options.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_MASK value is shifted, out to the 31st bit, which
is the signed bit for signed constants. Mark these values as unsigned to
prevent compiler warnings and issues on platforms which a different
signed bit implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This prevents signed bitshift issues when the shift would overwrite the
signed bit, and prevents making this mistake in the future when copying
and modifying code.
Use GENMASK or the unsigned postfix for cases which aren't suitable for
BIT() macro.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To prevent signed bitshift issues, and improve code readability, use the
BIT() macro. Also make use of GENMASK or the unsigned postfix where this
is more appropriate than BIT()
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The variable rdlen is set but never used, and thus setting it is dead
code. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Table 7-62 on page 338 of the i210 datasheet lists TX and RX latencies
for the various speeds the chip supports. To give better PTP timestamp
accuracy, adjust the timestamps by the amounts Intel gives based on
current link speed.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
SYSTIMH:SYSTIML registers are incremented by 24-bit value TIMINCA[23..0]
er32(SYSTIML) are probably moderately expensive (they are pci bus reads).
Can we avoid one of them? Yes, we can.
If the SYSTIML value we see is smaller than 0xff000000, the overflow
into SYSTIMH would require at least two increments.
We do two reads, er32(SYSTIML) and er32(SYSTIMH), in this order.
Even if one increment happens between them, the overflow into SYSTIMH
is impossible, and we can avoid doing another er32(SYSTIML) read
and overflow check.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If two consecutive reads of the counter are the same, it is also
not an overflow. "systimel_1 < systimel_2" should be
"systimel_1 <= systimel_2".
Before the patch, we could perform an *erroneous* correction:
Let's say that systimel_1 == systimel_2 == 0xffffffff.
"systimel_1 < systimel_2" is false, we think it's an overflow,
we read "systimeh = er32(SYSTIMH)" which meanwhile had incremented,
and use "(systimeh << 32) + systimel_2" value which is 2^32 too large.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
"incvalue" variable holds a result of "er32(TIMINCA) &
E1000_TIMINCA_INCVALUE_MASK" and used in "do_div(temp, incvalue)"
as a divisor.
Thus, "u64 incvalue" declaration is probably a mistake.
Even though it seems to be a harmless one, let's fix it.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For bitshifts, we should make use of the BIT macro when possible, and
ensure that other bitshifts are marked as unsigned. This helps prevent
signed bitshift errors, and ensures similar style.
Make use of GENMASK and the unsigned postfix where BIT() isn't
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixed the file to use a consistent ret_val for return value checking.
Signed-off-by: Brian Walsh <brian@walsh.ws>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the issues for disabling auto-negotiation and forcing
speed and duplex settings for the non-copper media.
For non-copper media, e1000_get_settings should return ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID for
eth_tp_mdix_ctrl instead of ETH_TP_MDI_AUTO so subsequent e1000_set_settings
call would not fail with -EOPNOTSUPP.
e1000_set_spd_dplx should not automatically turn autoneg back on for forced
1000 Mbps full duplex settings for non-copper media.
Cc: xe-kernel@external.cisco.com
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve Shih <sshih@cisco.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_client_ops structure is never modified, so declare it as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
I tried to fix this before, but my previous fix was incomplete
and we can still get the same link error in randconfig builds
because of the way that Kconfig treats the
default y if MVNETA=y && MVNETA_BM_ENABLE
line that does not actually trigger when MVNETA_BM_ENABLE=m,
unlike I intended.
Changing the line to use MVNETA_BM_ENABLE!=n however has
the desired effect and hopefully makes all configurations
work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 019ded3aa7 ("net: mvneta: bm: clarify dependencies")
Acked-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device should be configured by default to VEB once VFs are active.
This changes the configuration of both PFs' and VFs' vports into enabling
tx-switching once sriov is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows the user to view the VF configuration by observing the PF's
device.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in `ndo_set_vf_spoofchk' for allowing PF control over
its VF spoof-checking configuration.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support in 2 ndo that allow PF to tweak the VF's view of the
link - `ndo_set_vf_link_state' to allow it a view independent of the PF's,
and `ndo_set_vf_rate' which would allow the PF to limit the VF speed.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows the PF to enforce the VF's mac.
i.e., by using `ip link ... vf <x> mac <value>'.
While a MAC is forced, PF would prevent the VF from configuring any other
MAC.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for PF control over the VF vlan configuration.
I.e., `ip link ... vf <x> vlan <vid>' should now be supported.
1. <vid> != 0 => VF receives [unknowingly] only traffic tagged by
<vid> and tags all outgoing traffic sent by VF with <vid>.
2. <vid> == 0 ==> Remove the pvid configuration, reverting to previous.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding a PCI callback for `sriov_configure' and a new PCI device id for
the VF [+ Some minor changes to accomodate differences between PF and VF
at the qede].
Following this, VF creation should be possible and the entire subset of
existing PF functionality that's allow to VFs should be supported.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the VF infrastructure is supposed to offer backward/forward
compatibility, the various types associated with VF<->PF communication
should be aligned across all various platforms that support IOV
on our family of adapters.
This adds a couple of currently missing values, specifically aligning
the enum for the various TLVs possible in the communication between them.
It then adds the PF implementation for some of those missing VF requests.
This support isn't really necessary for the Linux VF as those VFs aren't
requiring it [at least today], but are required by VFs running on other
OSes. LRO is an example of one such configuration.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up to this point, VF and PF communication always originates from VF.
As a result, VF cannot be notified of any async changes, and specifically
cannot be informed of the current link state.
This introduces the bulletin board, the mechanism through which the PF
is going to communicate async notifications back to the VF. basically,
it's a well-defined structure agreed by both PF and VF which the VF would
continuously poll and into which the PF would DMA messages when needed.
[Bulletin board is actually allocated and communicated in previous patches
but never before used]
Based on the bulletin infrastructure, the VF can query its link status
and receive said async carrier changes.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds sufficient changes to allow VFs l2-configuration flows to work.
While the fastpath of the VF and the PF are meant to be exactly the same,
the configuration of the VF is done by the PF.
This diverges all VF-related configuration flows that originate from a VF,
making them pass through the VF->PF channel and adding sufficient logic
on the PF side to support them.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While previous patches have already added the necessary logic to probe
VFs as well as enabling them in the HW, this patch adds the ability to
support VF FLR & SRIOV disable.
It then wraps both flows together into the first IOV callback to be
provided to the protocol driver - `configure'. This would later to be used
to enable and disable SRIOV in the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the qed VFs for the first time -
The vfs are limited functions, with a very different PCI bar structure
[when compared with PFs] to better impose the related security demands
associated with them.
This patch includes the logic neccesary to allow VFs to successfully probe
[without actually adding the ability to enable iov].
This includes diverging all the flows that would occur as part of the pci
probe of the driver, preventing VF from accessing registers/memories it
can't and instead utilize the VF->PF channel to query the PF for needed
information.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Communication between VF and PF is based on a dedicated HW channel;
VF will prepare a messge, and by signaling the HW the PF would get a
notification of that message existance. The PF would then copy the
message, process it and DMA an answer back to the VF as a response.
The messages themselves are TLV-based - allowing easier backward/forward
compatibility.
This patch adds the infrastructure of the channel on the PF side -
starting with the arrival of the notification and ending with DMAing
the response back to the VF.
It also adds a dummy-response as reference, as it only lays the
groundwork of the communication; it doesn't really add support of any
actual messages.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for a new Kconfig option for qed* driver which would allow
[eventually] the support in VFs.
This patch adds the necessary logic in the PF to learn about the possible
VFs it will have to support [Based on PCI configuration space and HW],
and prepare a database with an entry per-VF as infrastructure for future
interaction with said VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add detection and recovery code when the hardware returned opaque value
does not match the expected consumer index. Once the issue is detected,
we skip the processing of all RX and LRO/GRO packets. These completion
entries are discarded without sending the SKB to the stack and without
producing new buffers. The function will be reset from a workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a rare hardware bug that can cause a bad opaque value in the RX
or TPA completion. When this happens, the hardware may have used the
same buffer twice for 2 rx packets. In addition, the driver will also
crash later using the bad opaque as the index into the ring.
The rx opaque value is predictable and is always monotonically increasing.
The workaround is to keep track of the expected next opaque value and
compare it with the one returned by hardware during RX and TPA start
completions. If they miscompare, we will not process any more RX and
TPA completions and exit NAPI. We will then schedule a workqueue to
reset the function.
This patch adds the logic to keep track of the next rx consumer index.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If qlcnic_fw_cmd_get_minidump_temp() fails then "fw_dump->tmpl_hdr" is
NULL or possibly freed. It can lead to an oops later.
Fixes: d01a6d3c8a ('qlcnic: Add support to enable capability to extend minidump for iSCSI')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We turn the feature ON, only for servers with PCI BW < MAX LINK BW, as it
helps reducing PCI pressure on weak PCI slots, but it adds some software
overhead.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the MPWQE/Striding RQ default configuration dynamic and not
statically set at compile time. Now at driver load we set
stride size and num strides dynamically.
By default we use same values as before, but when CQE compression
is enabled, we set larger stride size to benefit from CQE
compression for larger packets.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CQE compression feature is meant to save PCIe bandwidth by
compressing few CQEs into smaller amount of bytes on PCIe.
CQE compression can be selectively enabled per CQ. By default
is disabled for now and will be enabled later on.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the one
contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tx interrupt is of edge type, and in case such interrupt is triggered
while it is masked it will not be handled even after tx interrupts are
re-enabled in the end of NAPI poll.
This will cause tx network to stop in the following scenario:
* Rx is being handled, hence interrupts are masked.
* Tx interrupt is triggered after checking if there is some tx to handle
and before re-enabling the interrupts.
In this situation only rx transaction will release tx requests.
In order to handle the tx that was missed( if there was one ),
a NAPI reschdule was added after enabling the interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Elad Kanfi <eladkan@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Noam Camus <noamca@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <giladby@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Below is a description of a possible problematic
sequence. CPU-A is sending a frame and CPU-B handles
the interrupt that indicates the frame was sent. CPU-B
reads an invalid value of tx_packet_sent.
CPU-A CPU-B
----- -----
nps_enet_send_frame
.
.
tx_skb = skb
tx_packet_sent = true
order HW to start tx
.
.
HW complete tx
------> get tx complete interrupt
.
.
if(tx_packet_sent == true)
handle tx_skb
end memory transaction
(tx_packet_sent actually
written)
Furthermore there is a dependency between tx_skb and tx_packet_sent.
There is no assurance that tx_skb contains a valid pointer at CPU B
when it sees tx_packet_sent == true.
Solution:
Initialize tx_skb to NULL and use it to indicate that packet was sent,
in this way tx_packet_sent can be removed.
Add a write memory barrier after setting tx_skb in order to make sure
that it is valid before HW is informed and IRQ is fired.
Fixed sequence will be:
CPU-A CPU-B
----- -----
tx_skb = skb
wmb()
.
.
order HW to start tx
.
.
HW complete tx
------> get tx complete interrupt
.
.
if(tx_skb != NULL)
handle tx_skb
tx_skb = NULL
Signed-off-by: Elad Kanfi <eladkan@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Noam Camus <noamca@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <giladby@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reserved fields should be set to zero to avoid exposing
bits from the kernel stack.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac-socfpga.c:274:1: warning:
symbol 'socfpga_dwmac_pm_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When reopening the network device on ra7795/salvator-x, e.g. after a
DHCP timeout:
IP-Config: Reopening network devices...
genirq: Flags mismatch irq 139. 00000000 (eth0:ch24:emac) vs. 00000000 (eth0:ch24:emac)
ravb e6800000.ethernet eth0: cannot request IRQ eth0:ch24:emac
IP-Config: Failed to open eth0
IP-Config: No network devices available
The "mismatch" is due to requesting an IRQ that is already in use,
while IRQF_PROBE_SHARED wasn't set.
However, the real cause is that ravb_close() doesn't release the R-Car
Gen3-specific secondary IRQ.
Add the missing free_irq() call to fix this.
Fixes: 22d4df8ff3 ("ravb: Add support for r8a7795 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I accidently let Arnd's VXLAN dependency changes slip into net-next,
they are only appropriate for net.
Also the flow steering structural changes to mlx5e_priv got scrambled
during the merge resolution as well.
Fix that all up.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In netdevice.h we removed the structure in net-next that is being
changes in 'net'. In macsec.c and rtnetlink.c we have overlaps
between fixes in 'net' and the u64 attribute changes in 'net-next'.
The mlx5 conflicts have to do with vxlan support dependencies.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VXLAN can be disabled at compile-time or it can be a loadable
module while mlx5 is built-in, which leads to a link error:
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `mlx5e_create_netdev':
ntb_netdev.c:(.text+0x106de4): undefined reference to `vxlan_get_rx_port'
This avoids the link error and makes the vxlan code optional,
like the other ethernet drivers do as well.
Link: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/589296/
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ("net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 69976fb104.
We cannot select VXLAN when IPv4 support is disabled, that just gives
us additional build errors, including:
warning: (MLX5_CORE_EN) selects VXLAN which has unmet direct dependencies (NETDEVICES && NET_CORE && INET)
In file included from ../drivers/net/vxlan.c:36:0:
include/net/udp_tunnel.h: In function 'udp_tunnel_handle_offloads':
include/net/udp_tunnel.h:112:9: error: implicit declaration of function 'iptunnel_handle_offloads' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
return iptunnel_handle_offloads(skb, type);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
I'm sending a proper fix for the original bug in a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the chip_reset() methods repeat the code writing to the ARSTR register
and delaying for 1 ms, so that we can reuse sh_eth_chip_reset() twice.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sh_eth_chip_reset_giga() doesn't really need to use direct iowrite32() when
writing to the ARSTR register, it can use sh_eth_tsu_write() as all other
chip_reset() methods.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that mdiobus_scan() doesn't return NULL on failure anymore, this driver
no longer needs to check for it...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"data_split" was never set to false. It's just uninitialized.
Fixes: 2950219d87 ('qede: Add basic network device support')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error handling is broken here. netxen_rom_fast_read() returns zero
on success and -EIO on error. It never returns -1.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My static checker complains that we are using "autoneg" without
initializing it. The problem is the ->phy_read() condition is reversed
so we only set this on error instead of success.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My static checker complained that "v" can be used unintialized if
netxen_rom_fast_read() returns -EIO. That function never actually
returns -1.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When cxgb4 is enabled with CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4_DCB set, VI enable command
gets called with DCB enabled. But when we have a back to back setup with
DCB enabled on one side and non-DCB on the Peer side. Firmware doesn't
send any DCB_L2_CFG, and DCB priority is never set for Tx queue.
But driver resets the queue priority and state machine whenever there
is a link down, this patch fixes it by adding a check to reset only if
cxgb4_dcb_enabled() returns true.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we fail to set the flooding configuration for the broadcast and
unregistered multicast traffic, we should revert the flooding
configuration of the unknown unicast traffic.
Fixes: 0293038e0c ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add support for flood control")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the leave procedure in the error path symmetric to the join
procedure and first remove the port from the collector before
potentially destroying the LAG.
Fixes: 0d65fc1304 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Implement LAG port join/leave")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-05
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
The theme behind this series is code reduction, yeah! Jesse provides
most of the changes starting with a refactor of the interpretation of
a tunnel which lets us start using the hardware's parsing. Removed
the packet split receive routine and ancillary code in preparation
for the Rx-refactor. The refactor of the receive routine,
aligns the receive routine with the one in ixgbe which was highly
optimized. The hardware supports a 16 byte descriptor for receive,
but the driver was never using it in production. There was no performance
benefit to the real driver of 16 byte descriptors, so drop a whole lot
of complexity while getting rid of the code. Fixed a bug where while
changing the number of descriptors using ethtool, the driver did not
test the limits of the system memory before permanently assuming it
would be able to get receive buffer memory.
Mitch fixes a memory leak of one page each time the driver is opened by
allocating the correct number of receive buffers and do not fiddle with
next_to_use in the VF driver.
Arnd Bergmann fixed a indentation issue by adding the appropriate
curly braces in i40e_vc_config_promiscuous_mode_msg().
Julia Lawall fixed an issue found by Coccinelle, where i40e_client_ops
structure can be const since it is never modified.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qede requires qed to provide enough resources to accommodate 16 combined
channels, but that upper-bound isn't actually being enforced by it.
Instead, qed inform back to qede how many channels can be opened based on
available resources - but that calculation doesn't really take into account
the resources requested by qede; Instead it considers other FW/HW available
resources.
As a result, if a user would increase the number of channels to more than
16 [e.g., using ethtool] the chip would hang.
This change increments the resources requested by qede to 64 combined
channels instead of 16; This value is an upper bound on the possible
available channels [due to other FW/HW resources].
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We recently had a system crash in the cnic module. Vmcore analysis confirmed
that "ip link up" was executed which failed due to an allocation failure
because of memory fragmentation. Futher analysis revealed that the cnic irq
vector was still allocated after the "ip link up" that failed. When
"ip link down" was executed it called free_msi_irqs() which crashed the system
because the cnic irq was still inuse.
PANIC: "kernel BUG at drivers/pci/msi.c:411!"
The code execution was:
cnic_netdev_event()
if (event == NETDEV_UP) {
.
.
▹ if (!cnic_start_hw(dev))
cnic_start_hw()
calls cnic_cm_open() which failed with -ENOMEM
cnic_start_hw() then took the err1 path:
err1:↩
cp->free_resc(dev);↩ <---- frees resources but not irq vector
pci_dev_put(dev->pcidev);↩
return err;↩
}↩
This returns control back to cnic_netdev_event() but now the cnic irq vector
is still allocated even although cnic_cm_open() failed. The next
"ip link down" while trigger the crash.
The cnic_start_hw() routine is not handling the allocation failure correctly.
Fix this by checking whether CNIC_DRV_STATE_HANDLES_IRQ flag is set indicating
that the hardware has been started in cnic_start_hw(). If it has then call
cp->stop_hw() which frees the cnic irq vector and cnic resources. Otherwise
just maintain the previous behaviour and free cnic resources.
I reproduced this by injecting an ENOMEM error into cnic_cm_alloc_mem()s return
code.
# ip link set dev enpX down
# ip link set dev enpX up <--- hit's allocation failure
# ip link set dev enpX down <--- crashes here
With this patch I confirmed there was no crash in the reproducer.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maxwell <jmaxwell37@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The i40e_client_ops structure is never modified, so declare it as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Newly added code in i40e_vc_config_promiscuous_mode_msg() is indented
in a way that gcc rightly complains about:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c: In function 'i40e_vc_config_promiscuous_mode_msg':
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c:1543:4: error: this 'if' clause does not guard... [-Werror=misleading-indentation]
if (f->vlan >= 0 && f->vlan <= I40E_MAX_VLANID)
^~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c:1550:5: note: ...this statement, but the latter is misleadingly indented as if it is guarded by the 'if'
aq_err = pf->hw.aq.asq_last_status;
From the context, it looks like the aq_err assignment was meant to be
inside of the conditional expression, so I'm adding the appropriate
curly braces now.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 5676a8b9cd ("i40e: Add VF promiscuous mode driver support")
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When testing on systems with very limited amounts of RAM, a bug was
found where, while changing the number of descriptors using ethtool,
the driver didn't test the limits of system memory before permanently
assuming it would be able to get receive buffer memory.
Work around this issue by pre-allocation of the receive buffer
memory, in the "ghost" ring, which is then used during reinit
using the new ring length.
Change-Id: I92d7a5fb59a6c884b2efdd1ec652845f101c3359
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allocate the correct number of RX buffers, and don't fiddle with
next_to_use. The common RX code handles all of this. This fixes a memory
leak of one page each time the driver is opened.
Change-Id: Id06eca353086e084921f047acad28c14745684ee
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hardware supports a 16 byte descriptor for receive, but the
driver was never using it in production. There was no performance
benefit to the real driver of 16 byte descriptors, so drop a whole
lot of complexity while getting rid of the code.
Also since the previous patch made us use no-split mode all the
time, drop any support in the driver for any other value in dtype
and assume it is always zero (aka no-split).
Hooray for code removal!
Change-ID: I2257e902e4dad84a07b94db6d2e6f4ce69b27bc0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is part 2 of the Rx refactor series, just including
changes to i40evf.
This refactor aligns the receive routine with the one in
ixgbe which was highly optimized. This reduces the code
we have to maintain and allows for (hopefully) more readable
and maintainable RX hot path.
In order to do this:
- consolidate the receive path into a single function that doesn't
use packet split but *does* use pages for Rx buffers.
- remove the old _1buf routine
- consolidate several routines into helper functions
- remove VF ethtool control over packet split
- remove priv_flags interface since it is unused
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of preparation for the rx-refactor, remove the
packet split receive routine and ancillary code.
Some of the split related context set up code stays in
i40e_virtchnl_pf.c in case an older VF driver tries to load
and still wants to use packet split.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is part 1 of the Rx refactor series, just including
changes to i40e.
This refactor aligns the receive routine with the one in
ixgbe which was highly optimized. This reduces the code
we have to maintain and allows for (hopefully) more readable
and maintainable RX hot path.
In order to do this:
- consolidate the receive path into a single function that doesn't
use packet split but *does* use pages for Rx buffers.
- remove the old _1buf routine
- consolidate several routines into helper functions
- remove ethtool control over packet split
Change-ID: I5ca100721de65992aa0114f8b4bac844b84758e0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use htons instead of unconditionally byte swapping nexthdr. On a little
endian systems shifting the byte is correct behavior, but it results in
incorrect csums on big endian architectures.
Fixes: f8c6455bb0 ('net/mlx4_en: Extend checksum offloading by CHECKSUM COMPLETE')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Carol Soto <clsoto@us.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Carol Soto <clsoto@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dma_alloc_coherent() function returns a virtual address which can
be used for coherent access to the underlying memory. On some
architectures, like arm64, undefined behavior results if this memory is
also accessed via virtual mappings that are not coherent. Because of
their undefined nature, operations like virt_to_page() return garbage
when passed virtual addresses obtained from dma_alloc_coherent(). Any
subsequent mappings via vmap() of the garbage page values are unusable
and result in bad things like bus errors (synchronous aborts in ARM64
speak).
The mlx4 driver contains code that does the equivalent of:
vmap(virt_to_page(dma_alloc_coherent)), this results in an OOPs when the
device is opened.
Prevent Ethernet driver to run this problematic code by forcing it to
allocate contiguous memory. As for the Infiniband driver, at first we
are trying to allocate contiguous memory, but in case of failure roll
back to work with fragmented memory.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Tested-by: Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the rx-refactor, the dtype variable in the i40e_ring
struct is no longer used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of preparation for the rx-refactor, remove the
packet split receive routine and ancillary code.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Refactor the interpretation of a tunnel. This removes
some code and lets us start using the hardware's parsing.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-04
This series contains updates to ixgbe, ixgbevf and traffic class helpers.
Sridhar adds helper functions to the tc_mirred header to access tcf_mirred
information and then implements them for ixgbe to enable redirection to
a SRIOV VF or an offloaded MACVLAN device queue via tc 'mirred' action.
Amritha adds support to set filters with multiple header fields (L3,L4)
to match on.
KY Srinivasan from Microsoft add Hyper-V support into ixgbevf.
Emil adds 82599 sub-device IDs that were missing from the list of parts
that support WoL. Then simplified the logic we use to determine WoL
support by reading the EEPROM bits for MACs X540 and newer.
Preethi cleaned up duplicate and unused device IDs. Fixed our ethtool
stat reporting where we were ignoring higher 32 bits of stats registers,
so fill out 64 bit stat values into two 32 bit words.
Babu Moger from Oracle improves VF performance issues on SPARC.
Alex Duyck cleans up some of the Hyper-V implementation from KY so that
we can just use function pointers instead of having to identify if a
given VF is running on a Linux or Windows PF.
Usha makes sure that DCB and FCoE is disabled for X550EM_x/a MACs and
cleans up the DCB initialization in the process.
Tony cleans up the API for ixgbevf_update_xcast_mode() so we do not
have to pass in the netdev parameter, since it was never used in the
function.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The multicast/all-multicast internal flags are not properly restored
after device reset. This could lead to unreliable multicast operations
after an ethtool configuration change for example.
Call bnxt_mc_list_updated() and setup the vnic->mask in bnxt_init_chip()
to fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code determines if the next ring entry is valid before proceeding
further to read the rest of the entry. The CPU can re-order and read
the rest of the entry first, possibly reading a stale entry, if DMA
of a new entry happens right after reading it. This issue can be
readily seen on a ppc64 system, causing it to crash.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kbuild test robot reported a build failure on s390.
While at it, also fix missing conversion in the tilera driver.
Fixes: 9b36627ace ("net: remove dev->trans_start")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
previous patches removed all direct accesses to dev->trans_start,
so change the netif_trans_update helper to update trans_start of
netdev queue 0 instead and then remove trans_start from struct net_device.
AFAICS a lot of the netif_trans_update() invocations are now useless
because they occur in ndo_start_xmit and driver doesn't set LLTX
(i.e. stack already took care of the update).
As I can't test any of them it seems better to just leave them alone.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a trans_start struct member exists twice:
- in struct net_device (legacy)
- in struct netdev_queue
Instead of open-coding dev->trans_start usage to obtain the current
trans_start value, use dev_trans_start() instead.
This is not exactly the same, as dev_trans_start also considers
the trans_start values of the netdev queues owned by the device
and provides the most recent one.
For legacy devices this doesn't matter as dev_trans_start can cope
with netdev trans_start values of 0 (they are ignored).
This is a prerequisite to eventual removal of dev->trans_start.
Cc: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use net_device directly. Compile tested, objdiff shows no changes.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the receive path a queue's work bit was cleared unconditionally even
if fec_enet_rx_queue only read out a part of the available packets from
the hardware. This resulted in not reading any packets in the next napi
turn and so packets were delayed or lost.
The obvious fix is to only clear a queue's bit when the queue was
emptied.
Fixes: 4d494cdc92 ("net: fec: change data structure to support multiqueue")
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Lucas Stach <l.stach@pengutronix.de>
Tested-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add support to configure trusted vf attribute through trust_vf_ndo.
- Upon VF trust setting change we update vport context to refresh
allmulti/promisc or any trusted vf attributes that we didn't trust the
VF for before.
- Lock the eswitch state lock on vport event in order to synchronise the
vport context updates , this will prevent contention with vport trust
setting change which will trigger vport mac list update.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add promisc_change as a trigger to vport context change event.
Add set vport promisc/allmulti functions to add vport to promiscuous
flowtable rules.
Upon promisc/allmulti rx mode vf request add the vport to
the relevant promiscuous group (Allmulti/Promisc group) so the relevant
traffic will be forwarded to it.
Upon allmulti vf request add the vport to each existing multicast fdb
rule.
Upon adding/removing mcast address from a vport, update all other
allmulti vports.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add promiscuous and allmulti steering groups in FDB table.
Besides the full match L2 steering rules group, we added
two more groups to catch the "miss" rules traffic:
* Allmulti group: One rule that forwards any mcast traffic coming from
either uplink or VFs/PF vports
* Promisc group: One rule that forwards all unmatched traffic coming
from uplink.
Needed for downstream privileged VF promisc and allmulti support.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the usage of explicit cleanup function and use existing vport
change handler. Calling vport change handler while vport
is disabled will cleanup the vport resources.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable ingress/egress ACL tables only when we need to configure ACL
rules.
Disable ingress/egress ACL tables once all ACL rules are removed.
All VF outgoing/incoming traffic need to go through the ingress/egress ACL
tables.
Adding/Removing these tables on demand will save unnecessary hops in the
flow steering when the ACL tables are empty.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configure ingress and egress vport ACL rules according to spoofchk
admin parameters.
Ingress ACL flow table rules:
if (!spoofchk && !vst) allow all traffic.
else :
1) one of the following rules :
* if (spoofchk && vst) allow only untagged traffic with smac=original
mac sent from the VF.
* if (spoofchk && !vst) allow only traffic with smac=original mac sent
from the VF.
* if (!spoofchk && vst) allow only untagged traffic.
2) drop all traffic that didn't hit #1.
Add support for set vf spoofchk ndo.
Add non zero mac validation in case of spoofchk to set mac ndo:
when setting new mac we need to validate that the new mac is
not zero while the spoofchk is on because it is illegal
combination.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configure ingress and egress vport ACL rules according to
vlan and qos admin parameters.
Ingress ACL flow table rules:
1) drop any tagged packet sent from the VF
2) allow other traffic (default behavior)
Egress ACL flow table rules:
1) allow only tagged traffic with vlan_tag=vst_vid.
2) drop other traffic.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create egress/ingress ACLs per VF vport at vport enable.
Ingress ACL:
- one flow group to drop all tagged traffic in VST mode.
Egress ACL:
- one flow group that allows only untagged traffic with
smac that is equals to the original mac (anti-spoofing).
- one flow group that allows only untagged traffic.
- one flow group that allows only smac that is equals
to the original mac (anti-spoofing).
(note: only one of the above group has active rule)
- star rule will be used to drop all other traffic.
By default no rules are generated, unless VST is explicitly requested.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vport spin lock can be replaced with synchronize_irq() in the right
place, this will remove the need of locking inside irq context.
Locking in esw_enable_vport is not required since vport events are yet
to be enabled, and at esw_disable_vport it is sufficient to
synchronize_irq() to guarantee no further vport events handlers will be
scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the relevant flow steering device structs and commands to
support vport.
Update the flow steering core API to receive vport number.
Add ingress and egress ACL flow table name spaces.
Add ACL flow table support:
* ACL (Access Control List) flow table is a table that contains
only allow/drop steering rules.
* We have two types of ACL flow tables - ingress and egress.
* ACLs handle traffic sent from/to E-Switch FDB table, Ingress refers to
traffic sent from Vport to E-Switch and Egress refers to traffic sent
from E-Switch to vport.
* Ingress ACL flow table allow/drop rules is checked against traffic
sent from VF.
* Egress ACL flow table allow/drop rules is checked against traffic sent
to VF.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
en_arfs.o should be compiled only if both CONFIG_MLX5_CORE_EN
and CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL are enabled. en_arfs calls to rps_may_expire_flow
which is compiled only if CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL is defined.
Move en_arfs.o compilation dependency to be under CONFIG_MLX5_CORE_EN
and wrap the en_arfs.c content with ifdef of CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL.
Fixes: 1cabe6b096 ('net/mlx5e: Create aRFS flow tables')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When probe bails out with an error, we try to unregister the
netdev before we have even registered it. Fix the goto statements
for that.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for firmware errors in the mailbox command loop and report
them differently rather than simply timing out when the firmware goes
belly up.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When link goes down, from the interrupt handler DCB priority for the
Tx queues needs to be unset. We issue mbox command to unset the Tx queue
priority with negative timeout. In t4_wr_mbox_meat_timeout() do not sleep
when negative timeout is passed, since it is called from interrupt context.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the phy initialization code for Qualcomm
Atheros AR8035 phy. This configuration is found in the
Cisco Meraki MR24.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch assumes that the bnxt hardware will ignore existing IPv4/v6
header fields for length and checksum as well as the length and checksum
fields for outer UDP and GRE headers.
I have been told by Michael Chan that this is working. Though this might
be somewhat redundant for IPv6 as they are forcing the checksum to be
computed for all IPv6 frames that are offloaded. A follow-up patch may be
necessary in order to fix this as it is essentially mangling the outer IPv6
headers to add a checksum where none was requested.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlx5 driver exposes support for TSO6 but not IPv6 csum for hardware
encapsulated tunnels. This leads to issues as it triggers warnings in
skb_checksum_help as it ends up being called as we report supporting the
segmentation but not the checksumming for IPv6 frames.
This patch corrects that and drops 2 features that don't actually need to
be supported in hw_enc_features since they are Rx features and don't
actually impact anything by being present in hw_enc_features.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch assumes that the mlx5 hardware will ignore existing IPv4/v6
header fields for length and checksum as well as the length and checksum
fields for outer UDP headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>From what I can tell the ConnectX-3 will support an inner IPv6 checksum and
segmentation offload, however it cannot support outer IPv6 headers. This
assumption is based on the fact that I could see the checksum being
offloaded for inner header on IPv4 tunnels, but not on IPv6 tunnels.
For this reason I am adding the feature to the hw_enc_features and adding
an extra check to the features_check call that will disable GSO and
checksum offload in the case that the encapsulated frame has an outer IP
version of that is not 4. The check in mlx4_en_features_check could be
removed if at some point in the future a fix is found that allows the
hardware to offload segmentation/checksum on tunnels with an outer IPv6
header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch assumes that the mlx4 hardware will ignore existing IPv4/v6
header fields for length and checksum as well as the length and checksum
fields for outer UDP headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ixgbevf_update_xcast_mode() is not using the netdev parameter;
removing it since it's unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds IXGBE_FLAG_DCB_CAPABLE flag that is set
for all MACs other than X550EM_x and x550em_a. DCB and
FCoE is disabled for these MACS. DCB initialization
code is moved to a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we can just use function pointers instead of
having to identify if a given VF is running on a Linux or Windows PF. By
doing this we can avoid having to pull too much information out of the
lower layers and can instead just make use of the mac_ops pointers since
they should differ between the two types of VFs anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We noticed performance issues with VF interface on sparc compared
to PF. Setting the RX to IXGBE_DCA_RXCTRL_DATA_WRO_EN brings it
on far with PF. Also this matches to the default sparc setting in
PF driver.
Signed-off-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Revise populating few registers in ixgbe_get_regs() and macro
definitions.
Before applying patch:
$ du -k objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
8572 objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
After applying patch:
$ du -k objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
8568 objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code was ignoring higher 32 bits of stats registers. This patch
correctly fills out 64 bit value in two 32 bit words.
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove duplicate and unused device ID definitions.
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change aims to simplify the logic we use to determine WOL
support by reading the EEPROM bits for MACs X540 and newer.
Also some cleanups in ixgbe_wol_supported() - changed return type to
bool and removed redundant return variable by simply using return after
the checks.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We had some 82599 subdevice IDs missing from the list of parts that
support WoL.
Reported-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On Hyper-V, the VF/PF communication is a via software mediated path
as opposed to the hardware mailbox. Make the necessary
adjustments to support Hyper-V.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Intel SR-IOV cards present different ID when running on Hyper-V.
Add the device IDs presented while running on Hyper-V.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adds support to set filters with multiple header fields (L3,L4)to match on.
This is achieved in the following order:
1. Create a leaf hash table for the next header.
2. Create a link to the leaf hash table from the base hash table with
matches on next header type and current header fields.
3. Add filter in leaf hash table with match on next header fields and
action.
Verified with the following filters :
Match TCP and DIP:
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 1 link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 6 ff match ip dst 10.0.0.1/32
match tcp src 28 ffff action drop
Delete the filter:
Match on DIP, SIP, UDP (SPort, DPort):
handle 2: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 2 link 2: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip dst 15.0.0.2/32 match ip protocol 17 ff \
match ip src 15.0.0.1/32
match udp src 30 ffff match udp dst 32 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables 'redirect' to a SRIOV VF or a offloaded macvlan
device queue via tc 'mirred' action.
Verified with the following script that creates SRIOV VFs, offloaded
macvlan and adds tc u32 filters with redirect action to the associated
netdevs.
# add ingress qdisc.
tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress
# enable hw tc offload.
ethtool -K p4p1 hw-tc-offload on
# create 4 sriov VFs and bring up the first one.
echo 4 > /sys/class/net/p4p1/device/sriov_numvfs
sleep 1
ip link set p4p1 up
ip link set p4p1_0 up
# create a offloaded macvlan device and bring it up.
ethtool -K p4p1 l2-fwd-offload on
ip link add link p4p1 name mvlan_1 type macvlan
ip link set mvlan_1 up
# add u32 filter with action to redirect to VF netdev
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:1 u32 ht 800: \
match ip src 192.168.1.3/32 \
action mirred egress redirect dev p4p1_0
# add u32 filter with action to redirect to macvlan netdev
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:2 u32 ht 800: \
match ip src 192.168.2.3/32 \
action mirred egress redirect dev mvlan_1
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
Minor conflicts between tunnel bug fixes in net and
ipv6 tunnel cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current sequence makes us register for a network device prior to
registering and probing the MDIO bus which could lead to some unwanted
consequences, like a thread of execution calling into ndo_open before
register_netdev() returns, while the MDIO bus is not ready yet.
Rework the sequence to register for the MDIO bus, and therefore attach
to a PHY prior to calling register_netdev(), which implies reworking the
error path a bit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configure and enable various tunnels on the
adapter after PF start.
This change was missed as a part of
'commit 464f664501
("qed: Add infrastructure support for tunneling")'
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 3b9d6da67e ("cpu/hotplug: Fix rollback during error-out
in __cpu_disable()") it is ensured that callbacks of CPU_ONLINE and
CPU_DOWN_PREPARE are processed on the hotplugged CPU. Due to this SMP
function calls are no longer required.
Replace smp_call_function_single() with a direct call to
mvneta_percpu_enable() or mvneta_percpu_disable(). The functions do
not require to be called with interrupts disabled, therefore the
smp_call_function_single() calling convention is not preserved.
Cc: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Anna-Maria Gleixner <anna-maria@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove old init callback which now contains only a call to
socfpga_dwmac_setup(). Also rename socfpga_dwmac_setup() to indicate
what the function really does.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling phy_resume() should only be need during driver resume to
workaround a hardware errata.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dwmac-socfpga driver needs to control the reset usually managed
by the core driver to set the PHY mode. Take a copy of the reset
handle from core priv data so it can be used by the driver later.
This also allow us to move reset handling into socfpga_dwmac_setup()
where the code that needs it is located.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the needed PM callbacks in the driver instead of
relying on the init/exit hooks in stmmac_platform. This gives
the driver more flexibility in how the code is organized.
Eventually the init/exit callbacks will be deprecated in favor
of the standard PM callbacks and driver remove function.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change stmmac_remove/resume/suspend to take a device pointer so
they can be used directly by drivers that doesn't need to perform
anything device specific.
This lets us remove the PCI pm functions and later simplifiy the
platform drivers.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now mdiobus_scan() returns ERR_PTR(-ENODEV) instead of NULL if the PHY
device ID was read as all ones. As this was not an error before, this
value should be filtered out now in this driver.
Fixes: b74766a0a0 ("phylib: don't return NULL from get_phy_device()")
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since mdiobus_scan() returns either an error code or NULL on error, the
driver should check for both, not only for NULL, otherwise a crash is
imminent...
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vxlan add/delete port NDOs are called under rcu lock.
The current mlx5e implementation can potentially block in these
calls, which is not allowed. Move to using the mlx5e workqueue
to handle these NDOs.
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ('net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling')
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement a mlx5e workqueue to handle all mlx5e specific tasks. Move
all tasks currently using the system workqueue to the new workqueue.
This is in preparation for vxlan using the mlx5e workqueue in order to
schedule port add/remove operations.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When MLX5_EN=y MLX5_CORE=y and VXLAN=m there is a linker error for
vxlan_get_rx_port() due to the fact that VXLAN is a module. Change Kconfig
to select VXLAN when MLX5_CORE=y. When MLX5_CORE=m there is no dependency
on the value of VXLAN.
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ('net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling')
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When freeing UAR the driver tries to unmap uar->map and uar->bf_map
which are mutually exclusive thus always unmapping a NULL pointer.
Make sure we only call iounmap() once, for the actual mapping.
Fixes: 0ba422410b ('net/mlx5: Fix global UAR mapping')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Doron Tsur <doront@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the fec_mpc52xx driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the fs-enet driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the ucc driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the gianfar driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The xgene_cle_ops structure is never modified, so declare it as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Aligning the reception data size is not required.
Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch gets ethernet to CPU channel (prefetch buffer number) from
the newly added 'channel' property, thus decoupling Linux driver from
resource management.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the qede implementation for internal loopback test.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the qede ethtool support for the following tests:
- interrupt test
- memory test
- register test
- clock test
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the functionality and APIs needed for selftests.
It adds the ability to configure the link-mode which is required for the
implementation of loopback tests. It adds the APIs for clock test,
register test, interrupt test and memory test.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An out of bounds read of 2 bytes was discovered in cxgb3 with KASAN.
t3_config_rss() expects both arrays it gets as parameters to have
terminators. setup_rss(), the caller, forgets to add a terminator to
one of the arrays. Thankfully the iteration in t3_config_rss() stops
anyway, but in the last iteration the check for the terminator
is an out of bounds read.
Add the missing terminator to rspq_map[].
Reported-by: Jan Stancek <jstancek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes it so that i40e and i40evf can use GSO_PARTIAL to support
segmentation for frames with checksums enabled in outer headers. As a
result we can now send data over these types of tunnels at over 20Gb/s
versus the 12Gb/s that was previously possible on my system.
The advantage with the i40e parts is that this offload is mostly
transparent as the hardware still deals with the inner and/or outer IPv4
headers so the IP ID is still incrementing for both when this offload is
performed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
GCC 6 has a new warning which will display when you attempt to left
shift a signed value beyond the storage size of the type. I40E_MASK
generates a mask value for 32bit registers. Properly typecast the mask
value and place the values in parenthesis to prevent macro expansion
issues.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a device ID for X722.
Change-Id: I574f2345ab341de98a6a1c212d0603af853e48b0
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e_release_rx_desc was in two files, but was only used
and needed in txrx.c. Get rid of the extra copy.
Change-Id: I86e18239aa03531fc198b6c052847475084a9200
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was all over the place using signed or unsigned types
for vf_id, when it should always be signed.
This fixes warnings of type unsafe comparisons from gcc with W=2.
Change-Id: I2cb681f83d0f68ca124d2e4131e4ac0d9f8a6b22
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Aggregate return warnings are when struct types are returned
and must be copied to the lvalue with a struct copy by the compiler.
This fixes warnings of type aggregate-return from gcc with W=2.
Change-Id: I896b1bf514544bf0faeb458869d79914b9f1b168
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We have an uninitialized variable warning for valid_len for one case in
validate_vf_mesg. To fix this, just initialize it to 0 at the top of the
function and remove all of the now redundant assignments to 0 in the
individual cases.
Change-Id: Iacbd97f4c521ed8d662eef803a598d8707708cfd
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch syncs the VF code for the changes made to the PF for the RSS
hash tuple settings. Since the VF still cannot change the RSS hash
settings, change the code to make this clear to the user. Previously,
the default settings were returned in this function. However, the
default can be changed by the PF so this does not make sense anymore.
Change-Id: I085eaf005fc7978b440d2a1bf2b2dd7cadaff39b
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the code that implements the HMC AQ APIs and call these APIs.
This is done because these are obsolete APIs and are not supported
by firmware.
Change-ID: I5d771d8f37c3e16e7b0a972ff9b27e75aa2d05d4
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With this change a non trusted VF can never fall to promiscuous
mode when there is no room for a MAC/VLAN filter.
Change-Id: I8a155aa25c0bcdc6093414920c9ade4ee0bd20e8
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the VF is privileged/trusted it can do as it may please including
but not limited to hogging resources and playing unfair.
But if the VF is not privileged/trusted it still can add some number
(8) of MAC and VLAN addresses.
Other restrictions with respect to Port VLAN and normal VLAN still apply
to not privileged/trusted VF.
Change-Id: I3a9529201b184c8873e1ad2e300aff468c9e6296
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure a VF is not trusted/privileged until its explicitly
set for trust through the new NDO op interface.
Change-Id: I476385c290d2b4901d8fceb29de43546accdc499
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Accelerated RFS requires that ntuple filtering is enabled via
ethtool and driver supports ndo_rx_flow_steer.
When the ntuple filtering is enabled, we modify the l3_l4 ttc
rules to point on the aRFS flow tables and when the filtering
is disabled, we modify the l3_l4 ttc rules to point on the RSS
TIRs.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ndo_rx_flow_steer ndo.
A new flow steering rule will be composed from the
skb 4-tuple and added to the hardware aRFS flow table.
Each rule is stored in an internal hash table, if such
skb 4-tuple rule already exists we update the corresponding
hardware steering rule with the new destination.
For garbage collection rps_may_expire_flow will be
invoked for a limited amount of old rules upon any
ndo_rx_flow_steer invocation.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create the following four flow tables for aRFS usage:
1. IPv4 TCP - filtering 4-tuple of IPv4 TCP packets.
2. IPv6 TCP - filtering 4-tuple of IPv6 TCP packets.
3. IPv4 UDP - filtering 4-tuple of IPv4 UDP packets.
4. IPv6 UDP - filtering 4-tuple of IPv6 UDP packets.
Each flow table has two flow groups: one for the 4-tuple
filtering (full match) and the other contains * rule for miss rule.
Full match rule means a hit for aRFS and packet will be forwarded
to the dedicated RQ/Core, miss rule packets will be forwarded to
default RSS hashing.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocating CPU rmap and add entry for each IRQ.
CPU rmap is used in aRFS to get the RX queue number
of the RX completion interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the main flow table is used for two purposes:
One is to do mac filtering and the other is to classify
the packet l3-l4 header in order to steer the packet to
the right RSS TIR.
This design is very complex, for each configured mac address we
have to add eleven rules (rule for each traffic type), the same if the
device is put to promiscuous/allmulti mode.
This scheme isn't scalable for future features like aRFS.
In order to simplify it, the main flow table is split to two flow
tables:
1. l2 table - filter the packet dmac address, if there is a match
we forward to the ttc flow table.
2. TTC (Traffic Type Classifier) table - classify the traffic
type of the packet and steer the packet to the right TIR.
In this new design, when new mac address is added, the driver adds
only one flow rule instead of eleven.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slightly refactor and re-order the flow steering structs,
tables and data-bases for better self-containment and
flexibility to add more future steering phases
(tables/rules/data bases) e.g: aRFS.
Changes:
1. Move the vlan DB and address DB into their table structs.
2. Rename steering table structs to unique format: mlx5e_*_table,
e.g: mlx5e_vlan_table.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, namespace could be initialized only
with priorities with the same attributes.
Add support to initialize namespace with priorities
with different attributes(e.g. different number of levels).
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, consumers of the flow steering infrastructure can't
choose their own flow table levels and are limited to one
flow table per level. This just waste levels.
Instead, we introduce here the possibility to use multiple
flow tables in a level. The user is free to connect these
flow tables, while following the rule (FTEs in FT of level x
could only point to FTs of level y where y > x).
In addition this patch switch the order of the create/destroy
flow tables of the NIC(vlan and main).
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactors the flow steering namespace creation,
by changing the name num_fts to num_levels.
When new flow table is created, the driver assign new level
to this flow table therefore the meaning is equivalent.
Since downstream patches will introduce the ability to create more
than one flow table per level, the name num_fts is no
longer accurate.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This API is used for modifying the flow rule destination.
This is needed for modifying the pointed flow table by the
traffic type classifier rules to point on the aRFS tables.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new TIRs for direct access per RQ.
Now we have 2 available kinds of TIRs:
- indirect TIR per traffic type, each points to one RQT (RSS RQT)
same as before.
- New direct TIR per RQ, each points to RQT with a size of one
that forwards packets to that RQ only.
Driver will open max channels (num cores) direct TIRs by default,
they will be filled with the actual RQs once channels are allocated.
Needed for downstream aRFS and ethtool direct steering functionalities.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold the rtnl lock when calling vxlan_get_rx_port().
Fixes: b7aade1548 ("vxlan: break dependency with netdev drivers")
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch adds the required match table for device tree support
(and while at, fix the indent). It's also possible to specify the
MAC address in the DT blob.
Also add the corresponding binding documentation file.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current spi_read_buf function fails on SPI host masters which
are only half-duplex capable. Splitting the Tx and Rx part solves
this issue.
Tested on Raspberry Pi (full duplex) and I2SE Duckbill (half duplex).
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On new GMAC4 IP, MAC_MDIO_address register has been updated, and bitmaps
changed. This patch takes into account those changes.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new /sys/kernel/debug/ support to dump firmware mailbox commands
and replies for debugging purpose.
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new /sys/kernel/debug/ support to dump a firmware mailbox command
issued and replies for debugging purpose.
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indexes should generally be avoided. So we use reg rather than port-id to
index ports.
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because cpld-ctrl-reg property is offset base on cpld-syscon property,
we make it as a cell in the cpld-syscon property.
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a fixed-link DT subnode is used, the phy_device was looked up so
that a PHY ID string could be constructed and passed to phy_connect().
This is not necessary, as the device_node can be passed directly to
of_phy_connect() instead. This reuses the same codepath as if the
phy-handle DT property was used.
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@cambrionix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy-mode emac property was only being processed in the phy_id
or fixed-link cases. However if phy-handle was specified instead,
an error message would complain about the lack of phy_id or
fixed-link, and then jump past the of_get_phy_mode(). This would
result in the PHY mode defaulting to MII, regardless of what the
devicetree specified.
Fixes: 9e42f71526 ("drivers: net: cpsw: add phy-handle parsing")
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@cambrionix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an emac node has a phy-handle property that points to something
which is not a phy, then a segmentation fault will occur when the
interface is brought up. This is because while phy_connect() will
return ERR_PTR() on failure, of_phy_connect() will return NULL.
The common error check uses IS_ERR(), and so missed when
of_phy_connect() fails. The NULL pointer is then dereferenced.
Also, the common error message referenced slave->data->phy_id,
which would be empty in the case of phy-handle. Instead, use the
name of the device_node as a useful identifier. And in the phy_id
case add the error code for completeness.
Fixes: 9e42f71526 ("drivers: net: cpsw: add phy-handle parsing")
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9e42f71526 ("drivers: net: cpsw: add
phy-handle parsing") saved the "phy-handle" phandle into a new cpsw_priv
field. However, phy connections are per-slave, so the phy_node field should
be in cpsw_slave_data rather than cpsw_priv.
This would go unnoticed in a single emac configuration. But in dual_emac
mode, the last "phy-handle" property parsed for either slave would be used
by both of them, causing them both to refer to the same phy_device.
Fixes: 9e42f71526 ("drivers: net: cpsw: add phy-handle parsing")
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@cambrionix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pch_gbe_tx_ring.tx_lock is only used in the hard_xmit handler and
in the transmit completion reaper called from NAPI context.
Compile-tested only. Potential victims Cced.
Someone more knowledgeable may check if pch_gbe_tx_queue could
have some use for a mmiowb.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Cc: Darren Hart <dvhart@infradead.org>
Cc: Andy Cress <andy.cress@us.kontron.com>
Cc: bryan@fossetcon.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct mlx5e_channel_param is a large structure that is allocated
on the stack of mlx5e_open_channels, and with a recent change
it has grown beyond the warning size for the maximum stack
that a single function should use:
mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c: In function 'mlx5e_open_channels':
mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c:1325:1: error: the frame size of 1072 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
The function is already using dynamic allocation and is not in
a fast path, so the easiest workaround is to use another kzalloc
for allocating the channel parameters.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: d3c9bc2743 ("net/mlx5e: Added ICO SQs")
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size allocated for target->hwinfo and the number of bytes copied in it
should be consistent.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When configured in fixed link, the DaVinci emac driver sets the
priv->phydev to NULL and further ioctl calls to the phy_mii_ioctl()
causes the kernel to crash.
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Fixes: 1bb6aa56bb ("net: davinci_emac: Add support for fixed-link PHY")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When certain firmware variants are selected (via the sfboot utility) the
SFC7000 and SFC8000 series NICs don't support RSS. The driver still
tries (and fails) to insert filters with the RSS flag, and the NIC fails
to pass traffic.
When the firmware reports RSS_LIMITED suppress allocating a default RSS
context. The absence of an RSS context is picked up in filter insertion
and RSS flags are discarded.
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi_disable() can not be called with bh disabled, move locking just
around myri10ge_ss_lock_napi() .
Patches fixes following bug:
[ 114.278378] BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/dev.c:4383
<snip>
[ 114.313712] Call Trace:
[ 114.314943] [<ffffffff817010ce>] dump_stack+0x19/0x1b
[ 114.317673] [<ffffffff810ce7f3>] __might_sleep+0x173/0x230
[ 114.320566] [<ffffffff815b3117>] napi_disable+0x27/0x90
[ 114.323254] [<ffffffffa01e437f>] myri10ge_close+0xbf/0x3f0 [myri10ge]
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hyong-Youb Kim <hykim@myri.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ioremap() hidden behind the io_mapping_map_wc() convenience helper
can be used for remapping multiple pages. Extend the helper so that
future callers can use it for larger ranges.
Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@intel.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@intel.com>
Cc: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@linux.intel.com>
Cc: David Airlie <airlied@linux.ie>
Cc: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Cc: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: "Peter Zijlstra (Intel)" <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: David Hildenbrand <dahi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@kernel.org>
Cc: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org
Cc: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@kernel.org>
Link: http://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/msgid/1461833819-3991-3-git-send-email-chris@chris-wilson.co.uk
This patch fix spelling typos in printk from various part
of the codes.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-27
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Alex Duyck cleans up the feature flags since they are becoming pretty
"massive", the primary change being that we now build our features list
around hw_encap_features. Added support for IPIP and SIT offloads,
which should improvement in throughput for IPIP and SIT tunnels with
the offload enabled.
Mitch adds support for configuring RSS on behalf of the VFs, which removes
the burden of dealing with different hardware interfaces from the VF
drivers and improves future compatibility. Fix to ensure that we do not
panic by checking that the vsi_res pointer is valid before dereferencing
it, after which we can drink beer and eat peanuts.
Shannon does come housekeeping in i40e_add_fdir_ethtool() in preparation
for more cloud filter work. Added flexibility to the nvmupdate
facility by adding the ability to specify an AQ event opcode to wait on
after Exec_AQ request.
Michal adds device capability which defines if an update is available and
if a security check is needed during the update process.
Kamil just adds a device id to support X722 QSFP+ device.
Greg fixes an issue where a mirror rule ID may be zero, so do not return
invalid parameter when the user passes in a zero for a rule ID. Adds
support to steer packets to VSIs by VLAN tag alone while being in
promiscuous mode for multicast and unicast MAC addresses.
Jesse fixes the driver from offloading the VLAN tag into the skb any
time there was a VLAN tag and the hardware stripping was enabled, to
making sure it is enabled before put_tag.
v2: Dropped patch 8 ("i40e: Allow user to change input set mask for flow
director") while Kiran reworks a more generalized solution based
on feedback from David Miller.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for W5500 chip.
W5500 has similar register and memory organization with W5100 and W5200.
There are a few important differences listed below but it is still
possible to share common code with W5100 and W5200.
* W5500 register and memory are organized by multiple blocks. Each one
is selected by 16bits offset address and 5bits block select bits.
But the existing register access operations take u16 address. This change
extends the addess by u32 address and put offset address to lower 16bits
and block select bits to upper 16bits.
This change also adds the offset addresses for socket register and TX/RX
memory blocks to the driver private data structure in order to reduce
conditional switches for each chip.
* W5500 has the different register offset for socket interrupt mask
register. Newly added internal functions w5100_enable_intr() and
w5100_disable_intr() take care of the diffrence.
* W5500 has the different register offset for retry time-value register.
But this register is only used to verify that the reset value is correctly
read at initialization. So move the verification to w5100_hw_reset()
which already does different things for different chips.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If PAGE_SIZE is bigger than BNXT_RX_PAGE_SIZE, that means the native CPU
page is bigger than the maximum length of the RX BD. Divide the page
into multiple 32K buffers for the aggregation ring.
Add an offset field in the bnxt_sw_rx_agg_bd struct to keep track of the
page offset of each buffer. Since each page can be referenced by multiple
buffer entries, call get_page() as needed to get the proper reference
count.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RX BD length field of this device is 16-bit, so the largest buffer
size is 65535. For LRO and GRO, we allocate native CPU pages for the
aggregation ring buffers. It won't work if the native CPU page size is
64K or bigger.
We fix this by defining BNXT_RX_PAGE_SIZE to be native CPU page size
up to 32K. Replace PAGE_SIZE with BNXT_RX_PAGE_SIZE in all appropriate
places related to the rx aggregation ring logic.
The next patch will add additional logic to divide the page into 32K
chunks for aggrgation ring buffers if PAGE_SIZE is bigger than
BNXT_RX_PAGE_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only MSI-X can be used on a VF. The driver should fail initialization
if it cannot successfully enable MSI-X.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add necessary Linux Ethernet driver support for promiscuous mode
operation. Add a flag so the VF knows it is in promiscuous mode
and two state flags to discreetly track multicast and unicast
promiscuous states.
Change-Id: Ib2f2dc7a7582304fec90fc917ebb7ded21ba1de4
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
NFV use cases require the ability to steer packets to VSIs by VLAN tag
alone while being in promiscuous mode for multicast and unicast MAC
addresses. These two new functions support that ability.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was offloading the VLAN tag into the skb
any time there was a VLAN tag and the hardware stripping was
enabled. Just check to make sure it's enabled before put_tag.
Change-Id: Ife95290c06edd9a616393b38679923938b382241
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A mirror rule ID may be zero so do not return invalid parameter when the
user passes in a zero value for a rule ID.
Change-ID: I261b8c24725ce2c6ed32f859da81093dfcbe2970
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add device capability which defines if update is available and security
check is needed during update process.
Change-ID: I380787c878275e1df18b39198df3ee3666342282
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Minor overlapping changes in the conflicts.
In the macsec case, the change of the default ID macro
name overlapped with the 64-bit netlink attribute alignment
fixes in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Should have converted 'if (trylock)' to 'lock'.
Fixes: a6086a8937 ("drivers: net: remove NETDEV_TX_LOCKED")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Renesas RZ/A1H manual names the software reset bit in the software reset
register (ARSTR) ARST which makes a bit more sense than the ARSTR_ARSTR name
used now by the driver -- rename the latter to ARSTR_ARST.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sh_eth_check_reset() uses a bare number where EDMR_SRST_GETHER would fit,
i.e. the receive/trasmit software reset bits that comprise EDMR_SRST_GETHER
read as 1 while the corresponding reset is in progress and thus, when both
are 0, the reset is complete.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now as rx-vlan offload can be disabled, packets can be received
with vlan tag not stripped, which means is_first_ethertype_ip will
return false, for that we need to check if the hardware reported
csum OK so we will report CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for those packets.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ethtool -K <interface> rxvlan <on/off> to enable/disable
C-TAG vlan stripping by hardware.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add query MCIA, PMLP registers infrastructure and commands.
Add ethtool support for get_module_info() and get_module_eeprom()
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the needed hardware command and mlx5_ifc structs for managing LED
control.
Add set_phys_id ethtool callback to support ethtool -p flag.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new access register named Ports Check Mask Register (PCMR) to
control all HW checks on port. With this register, the driver can
enable/disable Hardware FCS validation.
When RXALL is enabled/disabled using ndo_set_features, enable/disable
fcs check at HW.
User can change HW configuration using rx-all flag at ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In current mlx5e ndo_set_features implementation, setting some features
can success while others can fail. Today, we return one error code which
doesn't reflect the current features status of the netdev at the end of
the ndo callback.
Set netdev->features with features which were successfully set in order
to keep the current status in case of failure. For this purpose, define
new Macro to set/unset specific feature in netdev->features.
This patch introduces a mechanism that uses feature handlers for each
feature.
Set features will call a generic handler, which will then call a specific
handler in his turn and update netdev->features according to it's return
value. Each specific handler is responsible to perform driver specific
actions, and updating params if needed.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose link_down_events counter through ethtool -S.
This counter is read from PPort statistics, then proccessed and stored as
a special handling software counter.
This counter is stored along software counters since it is the only PPort
counter that it's size is not 64 bits.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose counters providing information for each priority level (PCP) through
ethtool -S option and DCBNL.
This includes rx/tx bytes, frames, and pause counters.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VPort and software counters names are confusing and may be unclear, all
VPort counters now have a prefix of rx/tx_vport_*.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redesign ethtool statistics handling and reporting in the driver:
1. Move counters to a separate file (en_stats.h).
2. Remove unnecessary dependencies between stats and strings.
3. Use counter descriptors which hold a name and offset for each counter,
and will be used to decide which counters will be exposed.
For example when adding a new software counter to ethtool, instead of:
1. Add to stats struct.
2. Add to strings struct in the same order.
3. Change macro defining number of software counters.
The only thing needed is to link the new counter to a counter descriptor.
VPort counters are a set of hardware traffic counters created automatically
for each virtual port opened.
PPort counters are a set of counters describing per physical port
performance statistics.
These counters are gathered from hardware register and divided to groups
according to different protocols.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide rtnl_link_stats64 with information regarding physical errors to be
seen in ifconfig and ip tool.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
replace the trylock by a full spin_lock and remove TX_LOCKED return value.
Followup patch will remove TX_LOCKED from the kernel.
Cc: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These drivers already call netif_stop_queue() so we should not be called
unless tx space is available. Just free the skb and return TX_OK.
Followup patch will remove NETDEV_TX_LOCKED from the kernel.
Cc: linux-parisc@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Thomas Sailer <t.sailer@alumni.ethz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
similar to atl1c: lock is only used in ndo_start_xmit, but we also
advertised LLTX, so remove that as well and let core stack handle
tx locking.
Allows to remove the TX_LOCKED return value from the driver.
Cc: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AFAICS this is safe: the lock is only used in the .ndo_start_xmit
function and this driver does not set LLTX.
Gets rid of TX_LOCKED return value, followup patches will remove it.
Cc: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that get_phy_device() no longer returns NULL on error, we don't need
to check for it...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sh_eth_dev_init() is now always called with 'true' as the 2nd argument,
so that there's no more sense in having 2 parameters to this function...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for PF minimum bandwidth update
or configuration notified by management firmware.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for PF maximum bandwidth update
or configuration notified by management firmware.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds relevant APIs needed to configure WFQ
(Weighted fair queueing) values for the vports. WFQ configuration
is used per vport basis when minimum bandwidth update/configuration
is notified to the PF by the management firmware.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The firmware can send a set of asynchronous replies through FW_PORT_CMD
with DCBX information when that's negotiated with the Link Peer. The old
code always assumed that a FW_PORT_CMD reply was always a Get Port
Information message. This change conditionalizes the code to only handle
the Get Port Information messages and throws a warning if we don't
understand what we've been given.
Also refactor t4_handle_fw_rpl() so that core functionality performed by
t4_handle_get_port_info() for a specified port.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor t4_port_init() so that the core functionality is done by
t4_init_portinfo() for a particular port. Also rename variables to
sensible ones.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Decode and log port module error, unknown modules and unsupported
modules.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There could be race between t4_eth_xmit() and t4_free_sge_resources() while
freeing tx descriptors, take txq lock in t4_free_sge_resources(). We need
to stop the xmit frame path which runs in bottom half context while
unloading the driver using _bh variant of the lock. This is to prevent
the deadlock between xmit and driver unload.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new routine to print out general adapter information (various version
numbers, adapter name, part number, serial number, etc.) and remove
redundant information dumped in the Port Information.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the PF driver reports proper support, allow the PF driver to
configure RSS on the behalf of the VF driver. This will allow for RSS
support on future hardware without changes to the VF driver.
Unfortunately, the old RSS code still needs to stay as the driver needs
to be compatible with PF drivers that don't support this interface. But
this change still simplifies the data structures a bunch and makes this
code simpler to read and maintain.
Change-ID: I0375aad40788ecdc0cb24d5cfeccf07804e69771
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To add a little flexibility to the nvmupdate facility, this code adds the
ability to specify an AQ event opcode to wait on after the Exec_AQ request.
Change-ID: Iddbfd63c3de8df3edb9d3e90678b08989bc4946e
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A little bit of code cleanup in prep for more cloud filter work.
Change-ID: I0dc33ce0d4c207944336a07437640fef920c100c
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Under some circumstances the driver remove function may be called before
the driver is fully initialized. So we can't assume that we know where
our towel is at, or that all of the data structures are initialized.
To ensure that we don't panic, check that the vsi_res pointer is valid
before dereferencing it. Then drink beer and eat peanuts.
Change-ID: If697b4db57348e39f9538793e16aa755e3e1af03
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for configuring RSS on behalf of the VFs. This removes the
burden of dealing with different hardware interfaces from the VF
drivers, allowing for better future compatibility.
Change-ID: Icea75d3f37241ee8e447be5779e5abb53ddf04c0
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Looking over the documentation it turns out enabling IPIP and SIT offloads
for i40e is pretty straightforward. As such I decided to enable them with
this patch. In my testing I am seeing an improvement of 8 to 10 Gb/s
for IPIP and SIT tunnels with this offload enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The feature flags list for i40e and i40evf is beginning to become pretty
massive. I plan to add another 4 or so features to these drivers and
duplicating the flags for each and every flags list is becoming a bit
repetitive.
The primary change here is that we now build our features list around
hw_encap_features. After that we assign that to vlan_features,
hw_features, and finally map that onto features. In addition we end up
throwing features onto hw_encap_features that end up having no effect such
as the Rx offloads and SCTP_CRC. However that should have no impact and
makes things a bit easier for us as hw_encap_features is one of the less
updated features maps available.
For i40evf I went through and sanity checked a few features as well.
Specifically RXCSUM was being set as a read-only feature which didn't make
much sense. I have updated things so we can clear the NETIF_F_RXCSUM flag
since that is really a software feature and not a hardware one anyway so
disabling it is just a matter of ignoring the result from the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When multiple skb are TX-completed in a row, we might incorrectly keep
a timestamp of a prior skb and cause extra work.
Fixes: ec693d4701 ("net/mlx4_en: Add HW timestamping (TS) support")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first argument of pci_free_consistent has type struct pci_dev *, so use
NULL instead of 0.
The semantic patch that performs this transformation is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
@@
pci_free_consistent(
- 0
+ NULL
, ...)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Port mode offset for each dsaf port is different. The current code is not
so readability. This patch adds configuration named port-mode-offset to
make the code simple and more readability. If port-mode-offset isn't
exists, default value 0 will be used.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reset offset for each port in a dsaf is different. The current code is
not so readability. This patch adds configuration named port-rst-offset to
make the code simple and more readability. If this attribute doesn't exist,
default value of this attribute is equal to its port index.
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds attribute cpld_ctrl for dsaf port node, parses the syscon
for mac_cb from dts, and changes the method of access the cpld related
registers through syscon.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two kinds of dsaf device in hns, one is for service ports,
contains crossbar in it, can work under different mode. Another is for
debug port, only can work under "single-port" mode. The current code only
declared a dsaf device for both service ports and debug ports. This patch
separate it to three platform devices.
Here is the diagram of all port in one platform device(old):
CPU
|
| DSAF(one platform device)
-------------------------------------------------------------- /
| | | | | /
| PPE PPE PPE | /
| | | | | /
| | | | | /
| crossbar | | | /
| | | | |/
| ----------------------------------- | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| MAC MAC MAC MAC MAC MAC MAC MAC |
| | | | | | | | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | |
PHY PHY PHY PHY PHY PHY PHY PHY
Here is the diagram of separate all ports to three platform(new):
CPU
|
-----------------------------------
| | |
---------------------------------------------- --------- ---------
| | | | | | | |
| PPE | | PPE | | PPE |
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | |
| crossbar | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | |
| ---------------------------------- | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| MAC MAC MAC MAC MAC MAC | | MAC | | MAC |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
---------------------------------------------- --------- ---------
| | | | | | \ / | / |
PHY PHY PHY PHY PHY PHY \ / PHY / PHY
\ / /
\ / /
DSAF(three platform device)
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch tunes the header file by the alphabetical order.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides the read/write function for dsaf to
access the registers through syscon methods.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the subctrl reset offset for dsaf, this property is used to reset
xge/ge ports for different dsaf. If this attribute is not present,
default value 0 will be used.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch parse port-idx-in-ae in enet node. In NIC mode of DSAF, all 6
PHYs of service DSAF are taken as ethernet ports to the CPU. The
port-idx-in-ae can be 0 to 5. Here is the diagram:
+-----+---------------+
| CPU |
+-+-+-+---+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| | | | | | | |
debug debug service
port port port
(0) (0) (0-5)
In Switch mode of DSAF, all 6 PHYs of service DSAF are taken as physical
ports connect to a LAN Switch while the CPU side assume itself have one
single NIC connect to this switch. In this case, the port-idx-in-ae will
be 0 only.
+-----+-----+------+------+
| CPU |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| | service| port(0)
debug debug +------------+
port port | switch |
(0) (0) +-+-+-+-+-+-++
| | | | | |
external port
when port-idx-in-ae is not exists, old attribute port-id will be used
(only for compatible purpose, not recommended to use port-id in new code).
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As debug ports are moved from service dsaf to debug dsaf,
the interrupts offset should start from 0, So this patch
re-defines the offset index of debug ports.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new dsaf mode named "single-port" mode for debug port.
This mode only contains one debug port. This patch also changes the
method of distinguishing the port type.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The APIs for making this sort of configuration [e.g., via ethtool] are
already present in qede, but the current configuration flow in qed doesn't
respect it.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's some inconsistency in current logic determining whether the
link settings of a given interface can be changed; I.e., in all modes
other than the so-called `deault' mode the interfaces are forbidden from
changing the configuration - but even this rule is not applied to all
user APIs that may change the configuration.
Instead, let the core-module [qed] decide whether an interface can change
the configuration by supporting a new API function. We also revise the
current rule, allowing all interfaces to change their configurations while
laying the infrastructure for future modes where an interface would be
blocked from making such a configuration.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a getter for the interfaces private flags.
The only parameter currently supported is whether the interface is a
coupled function [required for supporting 100g].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a difference in statsitics' names starting at qed and
propagating to qede, where egress counters indicate ranges while ingress
counters indiciate high-end.
Align all statistcs to follow the same conventions - name indicates range.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The newly added x550em_a support causes a link failure on ARM because of
an overly long time passed into udelay():
ERROR: "__bad_udelay" [drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko] undefined!
There are multiple variants of the ixgbe_acquire_swfw_sync_*() function,
and the other ones all use msleep(), so we can safely assume that all
callers are allowed to sleep, which makes msleep() a better replacement
than mdelay().
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 49425dfc74 ("ixgbe: Add support for x550em_a 10G MAC type")
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch moves API negotiation into mac_ops. The general idea here is
that with HyperV on the way we need to make certain that anything that will
have different versions between HyperV and a standard VF needs to be
abstracted enough so that we can have a separate function between the two
so we can avoid changes in one breaking something in the other.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for partial GSO segmentation in the case of
tunnels. Specifically with this change the driver an perform segmentation
as long as the frame either has IPv6 inner headers, or we are allowed to
mangle the IP IDs on the inner header. This is needed because we will not
be modifying any fields from the start of the start of the outer transport
header to the start of the inner transport header as we are treating them
like they are just a block of IP options.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Also cleanup a case where we're bit shifting a value into place, and use
an unsigned constant. Make use of the unsigned postfix in places where
BIT() macro is not appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make use of GENMASK instead of open coding the equivalent operation
incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several areas of ixgbe were written before widespread usage of the
BIT(n) macro. With the impending release of GCC 6 and its associated new
warnings, some usages such as (1 << 31) have been noted within the ixgbe
driver source. Fix these wholesale and prevent future issues by simply
using BIT macro instead of hand coded bit shifts.
Also fix a few shifts that are shifting values into place by using the
'u' prefix to indicate unsigned. It doesn't strictly matter in these
cases because we're not shifting by too large a value, but these are all
unsigned values and should be indicated as such.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible on some systems that crosstalk could lead to link flap
on empty SFP+ cages. A new NVM bit was defined to let SW know it
needs to implement the work around which consists of verifying that
there is a module in the cage before acting on the LSC.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Somehow the wrong fc_setup function was used for x550em_a, so
correct that. Also set setup_link to NULL as its value is
determined later, just like it is with X550EM_x.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement per-queue statistics for packets, bytes and busy poll
specific counters.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This brings the logic closer to how we handle the stats in ixgbe and it
sets us up for introducing per-queue stats.
Use IXGBEVF_STAT and IXGBEVF_NETDEV_STAT for accessing the driver and
netdev stats respectively. This way we don't have to calculate the
stats based on register values which could lead to the counters not
being initialized properly when the interface is down.
IXGBEVF_QUEUE_STATS_LEN is set to include the number of queues.
Also some defines were renamed to use the IXGBEVF prefix.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use a new register to wait for previous register writes to complete
before issuing a register read. This is needed when slower links
are in use.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This field is used to record the RX queue index for a redirect action
passed via ring_cookie field in struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec which is
a u64 value.
For ex: after adding a filter rule to redirect to a VF using ethtool
# echo 4 > /sys/class/net/p4p1/device/sriov_numvfs
# ethtool -N p4p1 flow-type ip4 src-ip 192.168.0.1 action 0x100000000
querying for the rule shows the Action as 'Direct to queue 0'
# ethtool -n p4p1
4 RX rings available
Total 1 rules
Filter: 2045
Rule Type: Raw IPv4
Src IP addr: 192.168.0.1 mask: 0.0.0.0
Dest IP addr: 0.0.0.0 mask: 255.255.255.255
TOS: 0x0 mask: 0xff
Protocol: 0 mask: 0xff
L4 bytes: 0x0 mask: 0xffffffff
VLAN EtherType: 0x0 mask: 0xffff
VLAN: 0x0 mask: 0xffff
User-defined: 0x0 mask: 0xffffffffffffffff
Action: Direct to queue 0
With this fix, ethtool will report the right queue index even for VFs.
Action: Direct to queue 4294967296
Here 4294967296 corresponds to 0x100000000.
We need to update 'ethtool' to report the queue index as a Hex value so
that it is more user friendly and matches with the 'action' value that
is passed when adding the rule.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X550EM_a/x did not have a default value for mac->ops.setup_link which
was causing link issues for backplane devices.
This patch sets mac->ops.setup_link to ixgbe_setup_mac_link_X540 for
X550EM_a/x which is also default for X550. This will result in
mac->ops.setup_link calling the link setup function for the respective
PHY type in case we do not need a special function to deal with it.
Reported-by: Ken Cox <jkc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously the PF driver would only set VLAN spoof checking if
the VF had created VLANs. This was done by setting and checking
a counter (vlan_count) whenever a VLAN was created by the VF.
However it is possible for the vlan_count to be !=0 while there are
no VLANs assigned to the VF due to the count incrementing every
time a VLAN 0 is added on ifdown/up, which resulted in VLAN spoofing
always being set for those VFs.
This patch cleans up the logic by unconditionally setting VLAN based on
how the VF is configured (via ip link set ethX vf Y spoofchk on/off).
This change also resolves an issue where the VLAN spoofing can remain
set even after being disabled by the user due to the driver enabling
VLAN spoof checking every time a VLAN is added to the VF, but would
only allow changes in the setting if vlan_count != 0.
Also default_vf_vlan_id and vlans_enabled were removed from the
vf_data_storage structure since they are not being used in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Consolidate the logic behind configuring spoof checking:
Move the setting of the MAC, VLAN and Ethertype spoof checking into
ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_spoofchk().
Change ixgbe_set_mac_anti_spoofing() to set MAC spoofing per VF similar
to the VLAN and Ethertype functions - this allows us to call the helper
functions in ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_spoofchk() for all spoof check types and
only disable MAC spoof checking when creating MACVLAN.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch introduces kexec support for mlx5.
When switching kernels, kexec() calls shutdown, which unloads
the driver and cleans its resources.
In addition, remove unregister netdev from shutdown flow. This will
allow a clean shutdown, even if some netdev clients did not release their
reference from this netdev. Releasing The HW resources only is enough as
the kernel is shutting down
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The static is not required and breaks re-entrancy if it will be required.
Fixes: 2530236303 ("net/mlx5_core: Flow steering tree initialization")
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set and report vport MTU rather than physical MTU,
Driver will set both vport and physical port mtu and will
rely on the query of vport mtu.
SRIOV VFs have to report their MTU to their vport manager (PF),
and this will allow them to work with any MTU they need
without failing the request.
Also for some cases where the PF is not a port owner, PF can
work with MTU less than the physical port mtu if set physical
port mtu didn't take effect.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minimum MTU that can be set in Connectx4 device is 68.
This fixes the case where a user wants to set invalid MTU,
the driver will fail to satisfy this request and the interface
will stay down.
It is better to report an error and continue working with old
mtu.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For set/query MTU port firmware commands the MTU field
is 16 bits, here I changed all the "int mtu" parameters
of the functions wrapping those firmware commands to be u16.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the upcoming ConnectX-5 devices (PF and VF) to the list of
supported devices by the mlx5 driver.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bit 25 of eth_proto_capability in PTYS register is
1000Base-TT and not 100Base-T.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to
support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the error flow of adding flow rule to auto-grouped flow
table, we call to tree_remove_node.
tree_remove_node locks the node's parent, however the node's parent
is already locked by mlx5_add_flow_rule and this causes a deadlock.
After this patch, if we failed to add the flow rule, we unlock the
flow table before calling to tree_remove_node.
fixes: f0d22d1874 ('net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering autogrouped
flow table')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just updating the version as many fixes got
accumulated over 5.3.63
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both socfpga_dwmac_parse_data() in dwmac-socfpga.c and stmmac_dvr_probe()
in stmmac_main.c functions call devm_reset_control_get() to register an
reset controller for the stmmac. This results in an attempt to register
two reset controllers for the same non-shared reset line.
The first attempt to register the reset controller works fine. The second
attempt fails with warning from the reset controller core, see below.
The warning is produced because the reset line is non-shared and thus
it is allowed to have only up-to one reset controller associated with
that reset line, not two or more.
The solution has multiple parts. First, the original socfpga_dwmac_init()
is tweaked to use reset controller pointer from the stmmac_priv (private
data of the stmmac core) instead of the local instance, which was used
before. The local re-registration of the reset controller is removed.
Next, the socfpga_dwmac_init() is moved after stmmac_dvr_probe() in the
probe function. This order is legal according to Altera and it makes the
code much easier, since there is no need to temporarily register and
unregister the reset controller ; the reset controller is already registered
by the stmmac_dvr_probe().
Finally, plat_dat->exit and socfpga_dwmac_exit() is no longer necessary,
since the functionality is already performed by the stmmac core.
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1 at drivers/reset/core.c:187 __of_reset_control_get+0x218/0x270
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.6.0-rc4-next-20160419-00015-gabb2477-dirty #4
Hardware name: Altera SOCFPGA
[<c010f290>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c010b82c>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<c010b82c>] (show_stack) from [<c0373da4>] (dump_stack+0x94/0xa8)
[<c0373da4>] (dump_stack) from [<c011bcc0>] (__warn+0xec/0x104)
[<c011bcc0>] (__warn) from [<c011bd88>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x20/0x28)
[<c011bd88>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<c03a6eb4>] (__of_reset_control_get+0x218/0x270)
[<c03a6eb4>] (__of_reset_control_get) from [<c03a701c>] (__devm_reset_control_get+0x54/0x90)
[<c03a701c>] (__devm_reset_control_get) from [<c041fa30>] (stmmac_dvr_probe+0x1b4/0x8e8)
[<c041fa30>] (stmmac_dvr_probe) from [<c04298c8>] (socfpga_dwmac_probe+0x1b8/0x28c)
[<c04298c8>] (socfpga_dwmac_probe) from [<c03d6ffc>] (platform_drv_probe+0x4c/0xb0)
[<c03d6ffc>] (platform_drv_probe) from [<c03d54ec>] (driver_probe_device+0x224/0x2bc)
[<c03d54ec>] (driver_probe_device) from [<c03d5630>] (__driver_attach+0xac/0xb0)
[<c03d5630>] (__driver_attach) from [<c03d382c>] (bus_for_each_dev+0x6c/0xa0)
[<c03d382c>] (bus_for_each_dev) from [<c03d4ad4>] (bus_add_driver+0x1a4/0x21c)
[<c03d4ad4>] (bus_add_driver) from [<c03d60ac>] (driver_register+0x78/0xf8)
[<c03d60ac>] (driver_register) from [<c0101760>] (do_one_initcall+0x40/0x170)
[<c0101760>] (do_one_initcall) from [<c0800e38>] (kernel_init_freeable+0x1dc/0x27c)
[<c0800e38>] (kernel_init_freeable) from [<c05d1bd4>] (kernel_init+0x8/0x114)
[<c05d1bd4>] (kernel_init) from [<c01076f8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x3c)
---[ end trace 059d2fbe87608fa9 ]---
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Matthew Gerlach <mgerlach@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.
In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix memory leak in iwlwifi, from Matti Gottlieb.
2) Add missing registration of netfilter arp_tables into initial
namespace, from Florian Westphal.
3) Fix potential NULL deref in DecNET routing code.
4) Restrict NETLINK_URELEASE to truly bound sockets only, from Dmitry
Ivanov.
5) Fix dst ref counting in VRF, from David Ahern.
6) Fix TSO segmenting limits in i40e driver, from Alexander Duyck.
7) Fix heap leak in PACKET_DIAG_MCLIST, from Mathias Krause.
8) Ravalidate IPV6 datagram socket cached routes properly, particularly
with UDP, from Martin KaFai Lau.
9) Fix endian bug in RDS dp_ack_seq handling, from Qing Huang.
10) Fix stats typing in bcmgenet driver, from Eric Dumazet.
11) Openvswitch needs to orphan SKBs before ipv6 fragmentation handing,
from Joe Stringer.
12) SPI device reference leak in spi_ks8895 PHY driver, from Mark Brown.
13) atl2 doesn't actually support scatter-gather, so don't advertise the
feature. From Ben Hucthings.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (72 commits)
openvswitch: use flow protocol when recalculating ipv6 checksums
Driver: Vmxnet3: set CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for IPv6 packets
atl2: Disable unimplemented scatter/gather feature
net/mlx4_en: Split SW RX dropped counter per RX ring
net/mlx4_core: Don't allow to VF change global pause settings
net/mlx4_core: Avoid repeated calls to pci enable/disable
net/mlx4_core: Implement pci_resume callback
net: phy: spi_ks8895: Don't leak references to SPI devices
net: ethernet: davinci_emac: Fix platform_data overwrite
net: ethernet: davinci_emac: Fix Unbalanced pm_runtime_enable
qede: Fix single MTU sized packet from firmware GRO flow
qede: Fix setting Skb network header
qede: Fix various memory allocation error flows for fastpath
tcp: Merge tx_flags and tskey in tcp_shifted_skb
tcp: Merge tx_flags and tskey in tcp_collapse_retrans
drivers: net: cpsw: fix wrong regs access in cpsw_ndo_open
tcp: Fix SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK when handling dup acks
openvswitch: Orphan skbs before IPv6 defrag
Revert "Prevent NUll pointer dereference with two PHYs on cpsw"
VSOCK: Only check error on skb_recv_datagram when skb is NULL
...
qlcnic_attach_func requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Dept-GELinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vxlan_get_rx_port requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_en_start_port requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fm10k_open requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
be_open calls down to functions which expects rtnl lock to be held.
Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Cc: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@broadcom.com>
Cc: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Cc: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
atl2 includes NETIF_F_SG in hw_features even though it has no support
for non-linear skbs. This bug was originally harmless since the
driver does not claim to implement checksum offload and that used to
be a requirement for SG.
Now that SG and checksum offload are independent features, if you
explicitly enable SG *and* use one of the rare protocols that can use
SG without checkusm offload, this potentially leaks sensitive
information (before you notice that it just isn't working). Therefore
this obscure bug has been designated CVE-2016-2117.
Reported-by: Justin Yackoski <jyackoski@crypto-nite.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Fixes: ec5f061564 ("net: Kill link between CSUM and SG features.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Counts the number of RX buffer allocation failures and shows it
in ethtool statistics.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move mlx5e_handle_csum and eth_type_trans to the end of
mlx5e_build_rx_skb to gain some more time before accessing
skb->data, to reduce cache misses.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bit-op operation one line before is an explicit barrier
by itself.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of netdev_alloc_skb, we use the napi_alloc_skb function
which is designated to allocate skbuff's for RX in a
channel-specific NAPI instance, and implies the IP packet alignment.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the allocation of a linear (physically continuous) MPWQE fails,
we allocate a fragmented MPWQE.
This is implemented via device's UMR (User Memory Registration)
which allows to register multiple memory fragments into ConnectX
hardware as a continuous buffer.
UMR registration is an asynchronous operation and is done via
ICO SQs.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added ICO (Internal Control Operations) SQ per channel to be used
for driver internal operations such as memory registration for
fragmented memory and nop requests upon ifconfig up.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce the feature of multi-packet WQE (RX Work Queue Element)
referred to as (MPWQE or Striding RQ), in which WQEs are larger
and serve multiple packets each.
Every WQE consists of many strides of the same size, every received
packet is aligned to a beginning of a stride and is written to
consecutive strides within a WQE.
In the regular approach, each regular WQE is big enough to be capable
of serving one received packet of any size up to MTU or 64K in case of
device LRO is enabled, making it very wasteful when dealing with
small packets or device LRO is enabled.
For its flexibility, MPWQE allows a better memory utilization
(implying improvements in CPU utilization and packet rate) as packets
consume strides according to their size, preserving the rest of
the WQE to be available for other packets.
MPWQE default configuration:
Num of WQEs = 16
Strides Per WQE = 2048
Stride Size = 64 byte
The default WQEs memory footprint went from 1024*mtu (~1.5MB) to
16 * 2048 * 64 = 2MB per ring.
However, HW LRO can now be supported at no additional cost in memory
footprint, and hence we turn it on by default and get an even better
performance.
Performance tested on ConnectX4-Lx 50G.
To isolate the feature under test, the numbers below were measured with
HW LRO turned off. We verified that the performance just improves when
LRO is turned back on.
* Netperf single TCP stream:
- BW raised by 10-15% for representative packet sizes:
default, 64B, 1024B, 1478B, 65536B.
* Netperf multi TCP stream:
- No degradation, line rate reached.
* Pktgen: packet rate raised by 2-10% for traffic of different message
sizes: 64B, 128B, 256B, 1024B, and 1500B.
* Pktgen: packet loss in bursts of small messages (64byte),
single stream:
- | num packets | packets loss before | packets loss after
| 2K | ~ 1K | 0
| 8K | ~ 6K | 0
| 16K | ~13K | 0
| 32K | ~28K | 0
| 64K | ~57K | ~24K
As expected as the driver can receive as many small packets (<=64B) as
the number of total strides in the ring (default = 2048 * 16) vs. 1024
(default ring size regardless of packets size) before this feature.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for Striding RQ feature, which will need its own
RX handlers.
This patch does not change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Distribute default RSS table uniformly over the rings of the
close NUMA node, instead of all available channels.
This way we enforce the preference of close rings over far ones.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Connect all netdev RQs to this set of queue counters.
Also, add an "rx_out_of_buffer" counter to ethtool,
which indicates RX packet drops due to lack of receive
buffers.
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A queue counter can collect several statistics for one or more
hardware queues (QPs, RQs, etc ..) that the counter is attached to.
For Ethernet it will provide an "out of buffer" counter which
collects the number of all packets that are dropped due to lack
of software buffers.
Here we add device commands to alloc/query/dealloc queue counters.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By using napi_complete_done(), we allow fine tuning of
/sys/class/net/ethX/gro_flush_timeout for higher GRO aggregation
efficiency for a Gbit NIC.
Check commit 24d2e4a507 ("tg3: use napi_complete_done()") for details.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both bcm_sysport_tx_isr() and bcm_sysport_rx_isr() run in hard irq
context, we do not need to block irq again.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Count SW packet drops per RX ring instead of a global counter. This
will allow monitoring the number of rx drops per ring.
In addition, SW rx_dropped counter was overwritten by HW rx_dropped
counter, sum both of them instead to show the accurate value.
Fixes: a3333b35da ('net/mlx4_en: Moderate ethtool callback to [...] ')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently changing global pause settings is done via SET_PORT
command with input modifier GENERAL. This command is allowed
for each VF since MTU setting is done via the same command.
Change the above to the following scheme: before passing the
request to the FW, the PF will check whether it was issued
by a slave. If yes, don't change global pause and warn,
otherwise change to the requested value and store for
further reference.
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maintain the PCI status and provide wrappers for enabling and disabling
the PCI device. Performing the actions more than once without doing
its opposite results in warning logs.
This occurred when EEH hotplugged the device causing a warning for
disabling an already disabled device.
Fixes: 2ba5fbd62b ('net/mlx4_core: Handle AER flow properly')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move resume related activities to a new pci_resume function instead of
performing them in mlx4_pci_slot_reset. This change is needed to avoid
a hotplug during EEH recovery due to commit f2da4ccf8b ("powerpc/eeh:
More relaxed hotplug criterion").
Fixes: 2ba5fbd62b ('net/mlx4_core: Handle AER flow properly')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the DaVinci emac driver is removed and re-probed, the actual
pdev->dev.platform_data is populated with an unwanted valid pointer saved by
the previous davinci_emac_of_get_pdata() call, causing a kernel crash when
calling priv->int_disable() in emac_int_disable().
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address c8622a80
...
[<c0426fb4>] (emac_int_disable) from [<c0427700>] (emac_dev_open+0x290/0x5f8)
[<c0427700>] (emac_dev_open) from [<c04c00ec>] (__dev_open+0xb8/0x120)
[<c04c00ec>] (__dev_open) from [<c04c0370>] (__dev_change_flags+0x88/0x14c)
[<c04c0370>] (__dev_change_flags) from [<c04c044c>] (dev_change_flags+0x18/0x48)
[<c04c044c>] (dev_change_flags) from [<c052bafc>] (devinet_ioctl+0x6b4/0x7ac)
[<c052bafc>] (devinet_ioctl) from [<c04a1428>] (sock_ioctl+0x1d8/0x2c0)
[<c04a1428>] (sock_ioctl) from [<c014f054>] (do_vfs_ioctl+0x41c/0x600)
[<c014f054>] (do_vfs_ioctl) from [<c014f2a4>] (SyS_ioctl+0x6c/0x7c)
[<c014f2a4>] (SyS_ioctl) from [<c000ff60>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x1c)
Fixes: 42f59967a0 ("net: ethernet: davinci_emac: add OF support")
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to avoid an Unbalanced pm_runtime_enable in the DaVinci
emac driver when the device is removed and re-probed, and a
pm_runtime_disable() call in davinci_emac_remove().
Actually, using unbind/bind on a TI DM8168 SoC gives :
$ echo 4a120000.ethernet > /sys/bus/platform/drivers/davinci_emac/unbind
net eth1: DaVinci EMAC: davinci_emac_remove()
$ echo 4a120000.ethernet > /sys/bus/platform/drivers/davinci_emac/bind
davinci_emac 4a120000.ethernet: Unbalanced pm_runtime_enable
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Fixes: 3ba9738134 ("net: ethernet: davinci_emac: add pm_runtime support")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In firmware assisted GRO flow there could be a single MTU sized
segment arriving due to firmware aggregation timeout/last segment
in an aggregation flow, which is not expected to be an actual gro
packet. So If a skb has zero frags from the GRO flow then simply
push it in the stack as non gso skb.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skb's network header needs to be set before extracting IPv4/IPv6
headers from it.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch handles memory allocation failures for fastpath
gracefully in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cpsw_ndo_open() could try to access CPSW registers before
calling pm_runtime_get_sync(). This will trigger L3 error:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 21 at drivers/bus/omap_l3_noc.c:147 l3_interrupt_handler+0x220/0x34c()
44000000.ocp:L3 Custom Error: MASTER M2 (64-bit) TARGET L4_FAST (Idle): Data Access in Supervisor mode during Functional access
and CPSW will stop functioning.
Hence, fix it by moving pm_runtime_get_sync() before the first access
to CPSW registers in cpsw_ndo_open().
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for and handle IPv6 extended headers so that Tx checksum offload
can be done. Also use skb_checksum_help for unexpected cases. This was
originally discovered in ixgbe.
Reported-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update every header file and other locations to consistently use
Intel(R) instead of just Intel. Also update copyright year of files
which we modified.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When writing a new default redirection table, we needed to populate
a new RSS table using ethtool_rxfh_indir_default. We populated this
table into a region of memory allocated using kcalloc, but never checked
this for NULL. Fix this by moving the default table generation into
fm10k_write_reta. If this function is passed a table, use it. Otherwise,
generate the default table using ethtool_rxfh_indir_default, 4 at at
time.
Fixes: 0ea7fae440 ("fm10k: use ethtool_rxfh_indir_default for default redirection table")
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Deleting lport when multicast mode is configured to
FM10K_XCAST_MODE_ALLMULTI or FM10K_XCAST_MODE_PROMISC will result in
generating orphaned multicast-group entries in the switch manager.
Before deleting the lport, reset multicast mode to FM10K_XCAST_MODE_NONE
to flush out these multicast-group entries.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original comment may be read incorrectly as referring to checking
the *entire* length is zero. However, it merely checks only the reserved
bits of both length and reserved in a small amount of code. Update the
comment to indicate this is a clever trick and clearly spell out that it
only checks the reserve bits.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use a new #define FM10K_VLAN_OVERRIDE even though we're using the exact
same bit. The reason for this is clarity in the code, otherwise you can
read FM10K_VLAN_CLEAR and think it should be removed. Also add a comment
explaining why the FM10K_VLAN_OVERRIDE bit is set.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The diagram represents bit layout of the multi-bit VLAN update message
format. Typically these diagrams are drawn using some power of 2 as the
base, to more easily grasp where fields split. Although the numbers
above can make it somewhat easy to understand which bit you're looking
at, it makes the break points not line up. Re-draw the numbers using
base 8, and mark the bit values every 8 bits at the top. This should
make it more easy to grasp the table quickly.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
fm10k_tlv_parse_attr is supposed to return FM10K_NOT_IMPLEMENTED for any
TLV who's attribute id lies outside the range of results. It does not do
this today. In addition, the documentation does not indicate that other
attributes which are not implemented for a given TLV will be silently
ignored. Fix this. Clean up the logic so that we don't rely on the fact
that FM10K_NOT_IMPLEMENTED is greater than zero, as this can easily
cause confusion.
A future extension could look into some way of reporting unknown TLVs
in order to make issues more easily discoverable. We can't just return
FM10K_NOT_IMPLEMENTED here because we don't want to drop the entire
message if it has an unknown TLV.
While here, update the copyright year.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
fm10k_io_error_detected() does not need to call pci_disable_device(). In
the cases where the reset needs to occur, the stack flow will result in
calling fm10k_remove() which already disables the PCI device. If we
leave the pci_disable_device(), we result in a warning about disabling
an already disabled device.
Many PCI drivers do call pci_disable_device() in their .error_detected()
routines, but it does not appear to be required. In addition, these
drivers have a check "is_pci_enabled()" call in their remove routines,
which is how they chose to handle the duplicate device disable.
This seems incorrect, since the PCI device structure is reference
counted. It is very possible that the reference count for the PCI device
could be greater than 1. In this case, you would remove the PCI device
within the error_detected routine, reducing count to 1, then remove it
again in the remove function, reducing it to zero. This would result in
yet another disable somewhere else failing. Thus, we shouldn't be using
is_pci_enabled() to check for this issue. Instead, just remove the
extraneous pci_device_disable() found within the error_detected routine.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, any error responses from the switch manager after an
LPORT_MAP request are silently ignored. At most the mailbox message will
be reported as an error. This can result in unexpected behavior when the
switch manager has configured a port with zero bandwidth. Add support
for reading the fm10k_swapi_error structure from LPORT_MAP responses.
If the message contains the necessary TLV and has a non-zero error code,
report link down, clear the dglort_map, and delay the next
get_host_state call by a reasonable delay. Also log an error message
indicating that the LPORT_MAP request failed.
The delay ensures preventing an interrupt storm on the switch manager,
and reduces the number of mailbox messages we send in this scenario
drastically.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Multicast mode checking is no longer a requirement to perform unicast
and multicast address syncs. Specifically, a device operating in
promiscuous and/or all multicast mode is not excluded. The issue occurs
when the netdev is pre-configured to either multicast mode and is
enabled for the first time. The multicast-group table in the Switch
Manager will be missing obvious multicast entries associated to this
netdev.
Changes were also made to disallow unicast and multicast syncs with
VLAN 0. The Switch Manager considers VLAN 0 to be an invalid entry.
Requests with VLAN 0 by the netdev are only generated when the driver is
freshly installed and the default VID is not set.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The 1588 support within fm10k does not work correctly with the current
version of the switch management software, and likely never worked
correctly to begin with. Remove support for PTP/1588. Update copyright
year for all these files while we're touching them.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During an AER action response, we were calling fm10k_close without
holding the rtnl_lock() which could lead to possible RCU warnings being
produced due to 64bit stat updates among other causes. Similarly, we
need rtnl_lock() around fm10k_open during fm10k_io_resume. Follow the
same pattern elsewhere in the driver and protect the entire open/close
sequence.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use DRV_SUMMARY, similar to DRV_VERSION so that we don't have to
duplicate the driver summary in multiple places.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables bulk free in Tx cleanup for fm10k and cleans up the
boolean logic in the polling routines for fm10k in the hopes of avoiding
any mix-ups similar to what occurred with i40e and i40evf.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change fixes an (ab)use of the ethtool stats API, which could
result in corrupt memory or misleading stat output. The ethtool stats
API is not robust enough to handle varying number of statistics due to
how it requests the size and allocates memory. Remove the poorly conceived
support originally added for extra debug statistics. In the future,
a new stats API may open up the ability to display these statistics.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reduce duplicate code and the amount of indentation by adding
fm10k_add_stat_strings and fm10k_add_ethtool_stats functions which help
add fm10k_stat structures to the ethtool stats callbacks. This helps
increase ease of use for future stat additions, and increases code
readability.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This reverts commit cfe2556001
This can result in a "Unable to handle kernel paging request"
during boot. This was due to using an uninitialised struct member,
data->slaves.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@cambrionix.com>
Tested-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes couple error paths after allocation failures.
Atomic set of page reference counter is safe only if it is zero,
otherwise set can race with any speculative get_page_unless_zero.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
High order pages are optional here since commit 51151a16a6 ("mlx4: allow
order-0 memory allocations in RX path"), so here is no reason for depleting
reserves. Generic __netdev_alloc_frag() implements the same logic.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The w5100-spi driver front-end only makes sense when the w5100
core driver is enabled, not for a configuration that only has w5300:
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `w5100_spi_remove':
drivers/net/ethernet/wiznet/w5100-spi.c:277: undefined reference to `w5100_remove'
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `w5100_spi_probe':
drivers/net/ethernet/wiznet/w5100-spi.c:272: undefined reference to `w5100_probe'
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `w5200_spi_init':
drivers/net/ethernet/wiznet/w5100-spi.c:125: undefined reference to `w5100_ops_priv'
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `w5200_spi_readbulk':
drivers/net/ethernet/wiznet/w5100-spi.c:125: undefined reference to `w5100_ops_priv'
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `w5200_spi_writebulk':
drivers/net/ethernet/wiznet/w5100-spi.c:125: undefined reference to `w5100_ops_priv'
drivers/net/built-in.o:(.data+0x3ed1c): undefined reference to `w5100_pm_ops'
This adds an appropriate Kconfig dependency.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 630cf09751 ("net: w5100: support SPI interface mode")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VPD
Add pci_set_vpd_size() (Hariprasad Shenai)
cxgb4: Set VPD size so we can read both VPD structures (Hariprasad Shenai)
Freescale i.MX6 host bridge driver
Revert "PCI: imx6: Add support for active-low reset GPIO" (Fabio Estevam)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=oW8E
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.6-fixes-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull PCI fixes from Bjorn Helgaas:
"These are fixes for two issues:
- The VPD parsing code we added for v4.6 keeps some devices from
crashing, but also keeps cxgb4 from reading non-standard extra VPD
data that is relies on. Hariprasad added a way for the driver to
specify how much VPD is valid.
- The i.MX6 active-low reset GPIO support we added in v4.5 caused
regressions on some boards, so we're reverting that.
VPD:
Add pci_set_vpd_size() (Hariprasad Shenai)
cxgb4: Set VPD size so we can read both VPD structures (Hariprasad Shenai)
Freescale i.MX6 host bridge driver:
Revert "PCI: imx6: Add support for active-low reset GPIO" (Fabio Estevam)"
* tag 'pci-v4.6-fixes-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci:
cxgb4: Set VPD size so we can read both VPD structures
PCI: Add pci_set_vpd_size() to set VPD size
Revert "PCI: imx6: Add support for active-low reset GPIO"
Driver sets vlan_feature to netdev->features as hardware supports all of
them on vlan interface.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the fec driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix spelling typos found in printk
within various part of the kernel sources.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Some callers of nfp_net_reconfig() are in atomic context so
we used to busy wait for commands to complete. In worst case
scenario that means locking up a core for up to 5 seconds
when a command times out. Lets add a timer-based mechanism
of asynchronously checking whether reconfiguration completed
successfully for atomic callers to use. Non-atomic callers
can now just sleep.
The approach taken is quite simple because (1) synchronous
reconfigurations always happen under RTNL (or before device
is registered); (2) we can coalesce pending reconfigs.
There is no need for request queues, timer which eventually
takes a look at reconfiguration result to report errors is
good enough.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Meaning of data_len and meta_len RX WB descriptor fields is
slightly confusing. Add a comment with a diagram clarifying
the layout. Also remove the buffer length validation:
(a) it's imprecise for static rx-offsets; (b) if firmware
is buggy enough to DMA past the end of the buffer
WARN_ON_ONCE() doesn't seem like a strong enough response.
skb_put() will do the checking for us anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP_NET_RXR_MASK sounds like a mask which could be used on
NFP_NET_CFG_RXRS_ENABLE register but its value is quite
strange. In fact there are no users of this define so let's
just remove it. Same for TX rings.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Documentation in comments lacks CFG in some names.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason for those local variables to be static.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct checking error condition on wrong pointer -
copy/paste mistake most likely.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 64bit kernels, device stats are 64bit wide, not 32bit.
Fixes: 1c1008c793 ("net: bcmgenet: add main driver file")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the socfpga_dwmac_probe function, we have a call to socfpga_dwmac_setup,
which is already called from socfpga_dwmac_init later in the probe function.
Remove this extra call to socfpga_dwmac_setup.
Also we should not be calling socfpga_dwmac_setup() directly without wrapping
it around the proper reset assert/deasserts. That is because the
socfpga_dwmac_setup() is setting up PHY modes in the system manager, and it
is requires the EMAC's to be in reset during the PHY setup.
Reported-by: Matthew Gerlach <mgerlach@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for W5200 chip.
W5100 and W5200 have similar memory map although some of their offsets
are different. The register access sequences between them are different
but w5100 driver has abstraction layer for difference bus interface
modes so it is easy to add W5200 support to w5100 and w5100-spi drivers.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds new w5100-spi driver which shares the bus interface
independent code with existing w5100 driver.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SPI transfer routines are callable only from contexts that can sleep.
This adds ability to tell the core driver that the interface mode
cannot access w5100 register on atomic contexts. In this case,
workqueue and threaded irq are required.
This also corrects timeout period waiting for command register to be
automatically cleared because the latency of the register access with
SPI transfer can be interfered by other contexts.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The w5100 driver currently only supports direct and indirect bus
interface mode which use MMIO space for accessing w5100 registers.
In order to support SPI interface mode which is supported by W5100 chip,
this makes the bus interface abstraction layer more generic so that
separated w5100-spi driver can use w5100 driver as core module.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of sprinkle mmiowb over the driver code, move it into primary
register write callbacks. (w5100_write, w5100_write16, w5100_writebuf)
This is a preparation for supporting SPI interface which doesn't use
MMIO for accessing w5100 registers.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables netdev tunneling features and adds
TX/RX fastpath support for tunneling in driver.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables GENEVE tunnel on the adapter and
add support for driver hooks to configure UDP ports
for GENEVE tunnel offload to be performed by the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables VXLAN tunnel on the adapter and
add support for driver hooks to configure UDP ports
for VXLAN tunnel offload to be performed by the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds various structure/APIs needed to configure/enable different
tunnel [VXLAN/GRE/GENEVE] parameters on the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue with
alloc_ordered_workqueue.
Work items include getting tx/rx frame sizes, resetting MPI processor,
setting asic recovery bit so ordering seems necessary as only one work
item should be in queue/executing at any given time, hence the use of
alloc_ordered_workqueue.
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM flag has been set since ethernet devices seem to sit in
memory reclaim path, so to guarantee forward progress regardless of
memory pressure.
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Chelsio adapters have two VPD structures stored in the VPD:
- offset 0x000: an abbreviated VPD, and
- offset 0x400: the complete VPD.
After 104daa71b3 ("PCI: Determine actual VPD size on first access"), the
PCI core computes the valid VPD size by parsing the VPD starting at offset
0x0. That size only includes the abbreviated VPD structure, so reads of
the complete VPD at 0x400 fail.
Explicitly set the VPD size with pci_set_vpd_size() so the driver can read
both VPD structures.
[bhelgaas: changelog, split patches, rename to pci_set_vpd_size() and
return int (not ssize_t)]
Fixes: 104daa71b3 ("PCI: Determine actual VPD size on first access")
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Suggested-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only core revisions older than 4 use BGMAC_CMDCFG_SR_REV0. This mainly
fixes support for BCM4708A0KF SoCs with Ethernet core rev 5 (it means
only some devices as most of BCM4708A0KF-s got core rev 4).
This was tested for regressions on BCM47094 which doesn't seem to care
which bit gets used.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes Ethernet on D-Link DIR-885L with BCM47094 SoC. Felix reported
similar fix was needed for his BCM4709 device (Buffalo WXR-1900DHP?).
I tested this for regressions on BCM4706, BCM4708A0 and BCM47081A0.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement occupancy API introduced in devlink and mlxsw core. This is
done by accessing SBPM register for Port-Pool and SBSR for Port-TC
current and max occupancy values. Max clear is implemented using the
same registers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far it was possible to have one EMAD register access at a time,
locked by mutex. This patch extends this interface to allow multiple
EMAD register accesses to be in fly at once. That allows faster
processing on firmware side avoiding unused time in between EMADs.
Measured speedup is ~30% for shared occupancy snapshot operation.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow-up patch is going to need to use delayed work as well and
frequently. The FDB notification processing is already using that and
also quite frequently. It makes sense to create separate workqueue just
for mlxsw driver in this case and do not pollute system_wq.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since it is not possible to get and clear Port-Pool occupancy data using
SBSR register, there's a need to implement that using SBPM.
Extend pack helper and add unpack helper to get occupancy values.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This register allows to query HW for current and maximal buffer usage.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add middle layer in mlxsw core code to forward shared buffer occupancy
calls into specific ASIC drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement previously introduced mlxsw core shared buffer API.
For Spectrum, that is done utilizing registers SBPR, SBCM and SBPM.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed in following patch.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although the device supports max_buff magic values 0 and 0xff, these are
not exposed to the user via devlink.
Therefore, adjust the default values to be within configurable range.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in commit ff6551ec0c ("mlxsw: spectrum: Correctly
configure headroom size") control packets are directed to priority group
buffer 9 (PG9) in the ports' headroom buffers.
Since we don't want to drop control packets in case they can't be
admitted to the switch's shared buffer we bind PG9 to a different
ingress pool from the one used by all other PGs.
Unlike other PGs, we currently don't expose the binding between PG9 to a
pool and leave it fixed.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since there is no congestion control for CPU port traffic, we can change
the CPU port TC binding to pool 0 with min_buff and max_buff zeroed.
Remove initialization for pool egress pool 3 since it is no longer used
by dafault.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to achieve faster dumping of current setting and also in order
to provide possibility to get pool mode without a need to query hardware,
do cache the configuration in driver.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be consintent with rest of the registers (pm, cm) and use "pr" here.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Structs are in arrays so use array index as pool/tc/prio index. With
that, there is need to maintain separate arrays for ingress and egress.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pushed them into helper functions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add middle layer in mlxsw core code to forward shared buffer calls
into specific ASIC drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we have the ISS.CGIS bit set, we already know that gPTP interrupt has
happened, so an extra GIS register check at the end of ravb_ptp_interrupt()
seems superfluous. We can model the gPTP interrupt handler like all other
dedicated interrupt handlers in the driver and make it *void*.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for the following via ethtool:
- UDP configuration of RSS based on 2-tuple/4-tuple.
- RSS hash key.
- RSS indirection table.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds the required API for passing RSS-related configuration from qede.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inbox drivers don't need versioning scheme in order to guarantee
compatibility, as both qed and qede are compiled from same codebase.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Verma <rahul.verma@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Byte Queue Limits (BQL) support to bcmgenet driver.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-13
This series contains updates to i40e, i40evf and fm10k.
Alex fixes a bug introduced earlier based on his interpretation of the
XL710 datasheet. The actual limit for fragments with TSO and a skbuff
that has payload data in the header portion of the buffer is actually
only 7 fragments and the skb-data portion counts as 2 buffers, one for
the TSO header, and the one for a segment payload buffer.
Jacob fixes a bug where in a previous refactor of the code broke
multi-bit updates for VFs. The problem occurs because a multi-bit
request has a non-zero length, and the PF would simply drop any
request with the upper 16 bits set.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcmgenet_isr1() and bcmgenet_isr0() run in hard irq context,
we do not need to block irq again.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By using napi_complete_done(), we allow fine tuning
of /sys/class/net/ethX/gro_flush_timeout for higher GRO aggregation
efficiency for a Gbit NIC.
Check commit 24d2e4a507 ("tg3: use napi_complete_done()") for details.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VF uses a multi-bit update request to clear unused VLANs whenever it
resets. However, an accident in a previous refector broke multi-bit
updates for VFs, due to misreading a comment in fm10k_vf.c and
attempting to reduce code duplication. The problem occurs because
a multi-bit request has a non-zero length, and the PF would simply drop
any request with the upper 16 bits set.
We can't simply remove the check of the upper 16 bits and the call to
fm10k_iov_select vid, because this would remove the checks for default
VID and for ensuring no other VLANs can be enabled except pf_vid when it
has been set. To resolve that issue, this revision uses the
iov_select_vid when we have a single-bit update, and denies any
multi-bit update when the VLAN was administratively set by the PF. This
should be ok since the PF properly updates VLAN_TABLE when it assigns
the PF vid. This ensures that requests to add or remove the PF vid work
as expected, but a rogue VF could not use the multi-bit update as
a loophole to attempt receiving traffic on other VLANs.
Reported-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch addresses a bug introduced based on my interpretation of the
XL710 datasheet. Specifically section 8.4.1 states that "A single transmit
packet may span up to 8 buffers (up to 8 data descriptors per packet
including both the header and payload buffers)." It then later goes on to
say that each segment for a TSO obeys the previous rule, however it then
refers to TSO header and the segment payload buffers.
I believe the actual limit for fragments with TSO and a skbuff that has
payload data in the header portion of the buffer is actually only 7
fragments as the skb->data portion counts as 2 buffers, one for the TSO
header, and one for a segment payload buffer.
Fixes: 2d37490b82 ("i40e/i40evf: Rewrite logic for 8 descriptor per packet check")
Reported-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function compiles to 895 bytes of machine code.
Clearly, this isn't a time-critical function.
For one, it has a number of udelay(1) calls.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The clk API may return 0 on clk_get_rate, so we should check the result before
using it as a divisor.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On GMAC4.xx each descriptor contains 2 buffers of 16KB (each).
Initially, those 2 buffers was filled in dwmac4_rd_prepare_tx_desc but
it is actually not needed. Indeed, stmmac driver supports frame up to
9000 bytes (jumbo). So only one buffer is needed.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QID field gets set to the mac id. This made the DMA linked list queue
the traffic of each MAC on a different internal queue. However during long
term testing we found that this will cause traffic stalls as the multi
queue setup requires a more complete initialisation which is not part of
the upstream driver yet.
This patch removes the code setting the QID field, resulting in all
traffic ending up in queue 0 which works without any special setup.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The worker always touches both netdevs. It is ethernet core and not MAC
specific. We only need one worker, which belongs into the ethernets core
struct.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver supports 2 MACs. Both run on the same DMA ring. If we hit a TX
timeout we need to stop both netdevs before restarting them again. If we
don't do this, mtk_stop() wont shutdown DMA and the consecutive call to
mtk_open() wont restart DMA and enable IRQs.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inside the TX path there is a lock inside the tx_map function. This is
however too late. The patch moves the lock to the start of the xmit
function right before the free count check of the DMA ring happens.
If we do not do this, the code becomes racy leading to TX stalls and
dropped packets. This happens as there are 2 netdevs running on the
same physical DMA ring.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver supports 2 MACs. Both run on the same DMA ring. If we go
above/below the TX rings threshold value, we always need to wake/stop
the queue of both devices. Not doing to can cause TX stalls and packet
drops on one of the devices.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HW reset is triggered in the mtk_hw_init() function. There is no need to
also reset the core during probe.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code used to also support the PDMA engine, which had 2 packet pointers
per descriptor. Because of this we had to divide the result by 2 and round
it up. This is no longer needed as the code only supports QDMA.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original commit failed to set watchdog_timeo. This patch sets
watchdog_timeo to HZ.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The host_port field is constantly assigned to 0 and this value has
never changed (since time when cpsw driver was introduced. More over,
if this field will be assigned to non 0 value it will break current
driver functionality.
Hence, there are no reasons to continue maintaining this host_port
field and it can be removed, and the HOST_PORT_NUM and ALE_PORT_HOST
defines can be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ALE APIs expect to receive port masks as input values for arguments
port_mask, untag, reg_mcast, unreg_mcast. But there are few places in
code where port masks are passed left-shifted by cpsw_priv->host_port,
like below:
cpsw_ale_add_vlan(priv->ale, priv->data.default_vlan,
ALE_ALL_PORTS << priv->host_port,
ALE_ALL_PORTS << priv->host_port, 0, 0);
and cpsw is still working just because priv->host_port == 0
and has never ever been changed.
Hence, fix port_mask parameters in ALE APIs calls and drop
"<< priv->host_port" from all places where it's used to
shift valid port mask.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some dual port cards, link speeds on both ports have to be compatible.
Firmware will inform the driver when a certain speed is no longer
supported if the other port has linked up at a certain speed. Add
logic to handle this event by logging a message and getting the
updated list of supported speeds.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hypervisors (e.g. ESX) require the VF MAC address to be forwarded to
the PF for approval. In Linux PF, the call is not forwarded and the
firmware will simply check and approve the MAC address if the PF has not
previously administered a valid MAC address for this VF.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let firmware know that the driver is giving up control of the link so that
it can be shutdown if no management firmware is running.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
10GBaseT devices must autonegotiate to determine master/slave clocking.
Disallow forced speed in ethtool .set_settings() for these devices.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stop all Ethernet RX Queues before freeing up various Ingress/Egress
Queues, etc. We were seeing cases of Ingress Queues not getting serviced
during the shutdown process leading to Ingress Paths jamming up through
the chip and blocking the shutdown effort itself.
One such case involved the Firmware sending a "Flush Token" through the
ULP-TX -> ULP-RX path for an Ethernet TX Queue being freed in order to
make sure there weren't any remaining TX Work Requests in the pipeline.
But the return path was stalled by Ingress Data unable to be delivered to
the Host because those Ingress Queues were no longer being serviced.
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using the PTP fpga to hps clock source for the stmmac module
the appropriate bit in the System Manager FPGA Interface Group register
needs to be set. This is not set by the bootloader setup when the
HPS emac pins are being for this emac module.
This allows the PTP clock to be sourced from the FPGA and also connects
the PTP pps and ext trig signals to the stmmac PTP hardware.
Patch proposed by Phil Collins.
Signed-off-by: Phil Reid <preid@electromag.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The E-MAC interrupts are left disabled when the ring parameters are changed
via 'ethtool'. In order to fix this, it's enough to call sh_eth_dev_init()
with 'true' instead of 'false' for the second argument (which conveniently
allows us to remove the following code re-enabling E-DMAC interrupts and
reception).
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enables the use of multiple transmit and receive scrqs allowing the ibmvnic
driver to take advantage of multiqueue functionality. To achieve this, the
driver must implement the process of negotiating the maximum number of
queues allowed by the server. Initially, the driver will attempt to login
with the maximum number of tx and rx queues supported by the server. If
the server fails to allocate the requested number of scrqs, it will return
partial success in the login response. In this case, we must reinitiate
the login process from the request capabilities stage and attempt to login
requesting fewer scrqs.
Signed-off-by: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix copy&paste error and state the name of SBPM register correctly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same field, same values, so share the same enum.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of that, pass mlxsw_core and use a helper to get driver priv
from driver code. Looks much cleaner that way.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of passing around driver priv, pass struct mlxsw_core *
directly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove devlink port reg/unreg from spectrum and switchx2 code and rather
do the common work in core. That also ensures code separation where
devlink is only used in core.c.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since much of the required changes have already been made for
changing MTU at runtime let's use it for ring size changes as
well.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Soon ring resize will call this functions with values
different than the current configuration we need to
explicitly pass the ring count as parameter.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When changing MTU on running device first allocate new rings
and buffers and once it succeeds proceed with changing MTU.
Allocation of new rings is not really necessary for this
operation - it's done to keep the code simple and because
size of the extra ring memory is quite small compared to
the size of buffers.
Operation can still fail midway through if FW communication
times out. In that case we retry with old MTU (rings).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Free list buffer size needs to be propagated to few functions
as a parameter and added to struct nfp_net_rx_ring since soon
some of the functions will be reused to manage rings with
buffers of size different than nn->fl_bufsz.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FW reconfiguration in .ndo_open()/.ndo_stop() should reset/
restore queue state. Since we need IRQs to be disabled when
filling rings on RX path we have to move disable_irq() from
.ndo_open() all the way up to IRQ allocation.
nfp_net_start_vec() becomes trivial now so it's inlined.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Divide .ndo_open() and .ndo_stop() into logical, callable
chunks. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_[rt]x_ring_{alloc,free} should only allocate or free
ring resources without touching the device. Move setting
parameters in the BAR to separate functions. This will make
it possible to reuse alloc/free functions to allocate new
rings while the device is running.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want the .ndo_open() to have following structure:
- allocate resources;
- configure HW/FW;
- enable the device from stack perspective.
Therefore filling RX rings needs to be moved to the beginning
of .ndo_open().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate allocation of buffers from giving them to FW,
thanks to this it will be possible to move allocation
earlier on .ndo_open() path and reuse buffers during
runtime reconfiguration.
Similar to TX side clean up the spill of functionality
from flush to freeing the ring. Unlike on TX side,
RX ring reset does not free buffers from the ring.
Ring reset means only that FW pointers are zeroed and
buffers on the ring must be placed in [0, cnt - 1)
positions.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we never used flush without freeing the ring later
the functionality of the two operations is mixed.
Rename flush to ring reset and move there all the things
which have to be done after FW ring state is cleared.
While at it do some clean-ups.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to switch rings more easily on config changes
allocate them dynamically, separately from nfp_net structure.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_[rt]x_ring_init functions used to be called from probe
path only and some of their functionality was spilled to the
call site. In order to reuse them for ring reconfiguration
we need them to do all the init.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_{alloc|free}_rings contained strange mix of allocations
and vector initialization. Remove it, declare vector init as
a separate function and handle allocations explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to be able to disable the link state interrupt when
the device is brought down. We used to just free the IRQ
at the beginning of .ndo_stop(). As we now move towards
more ordered .ndo_open()/.ndo_stop() paths LSC allocation
should be placed in the "allocate resource" section.
Since the IRQ can't be freed early in .ndo_stop(), it is
disabled instead.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calculating the RX buffer length we need to account
for up to 2 VLAN tags. Rounding up to 1k is an relic of
a distant past and can be removed. While at it also remove
trivial print statement.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update ixgbe version number.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for x550em_a-based KR backplane devices.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for an SGMII backplane interface.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for SFPs with an external retimer.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move code that controls MDIO speed into a new function because
there will be more MACs that need the control.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Read the IXGBE_NW_MNG_IF_SEL register and use it to set interface
attributes.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Read the instance number from EEPROM and save it for later use.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now x550em_a devices will use a new method for PHY access that will
get the firmware token for each access.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for x550em_a 10G MAC type to the ixgbe driver. The new
MAC includes new firmware commands that need to be used to control
PHY and IOSF access, so that support is also added. The interface
supported is a native SFP+ interface.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Provide method pointers and use them to access IOSF-attached
devices. A new MAC will introduce a new access method.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add definitions for a x550em_a 10G MAC device with a native SFP
interface.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for a single-port X550 device.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables bulk free in Tx cleanup for ixgbevf and cleans up the
boolean logic in the polling routines for ixgbe and ixgbevf in the hopes of
avoiding any mix-ups similar to what occurred with i40e and i40evf.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to take the manageability semaphore when issuing firmware
commands to avoid problems. With this in place, the semaphore is
no longer taken in the ixgbe_set_fw_drv_ver_generic function, since
it will now always be taken by the ixgbe_host_interface_command
function.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean up the interface for issuing firmware commands to use a
void * instead of a u32 *. This eliminates a number of casts.
Also clean up ixgbe_host_interface_command in a few other ways,
eliminating comparisons with 0, redundant parens and minor
formatting issues.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function ixgbe_host_interface_command actually uses a multiple
of word sized buffer to do its business, but only checks against
the actual length passed in. This means that on read operations it
could be possible to modify locations beyond the length passed in.
Change the check to round up in the same way, just to avoid any
possible hazard.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the lan_id and func fields only ever hold small values, make
them u8 to avoid casts used to silence warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I noticed the SRAMREL registers are not referenced for any device,
so delete the definitions.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-06
This series contains updates to e1000, e1000e, igb and Kconfig.
Alex fixes igb where we were casting the MAC address as __beXX and then
passing it into le32_to_cpu, when we could simply cast as __lexx to
maintain consistency since it is already little endian. Then enabled
bulk free in transmit cleanup for igb.
John Holland enables igb to pickup the MAC address from a device tree
blob when CONFIG_OF has been enabled.
Doron Shikmoni fixes a bug in the output of "ethtool -m ethX" where
the data byte appeared duplicated.
Stefan fixes up e1000 and e1000e ethtool offline tests which were calling
dev_close() which causes IFF_UP to be cleared which removes teh interface
routes and some addresses, so use ndo_stop() instead.
Jiri Benc cleans up some old links in the Kconfig for Intel drivers where
we referred to a URL which is no longer valid. I am so glad Jiri has the
time in his day to spend clicking on and testing all the URL links in the
the kernel.
Arika Chen reverts the addition of a 'rtnl_unlock()' which had a unmatched
'rtnl_lock()' call before it.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 3eb14ea8d9 ("igb: Fix a deadlock in
igb_sriov_reinit")
It is the same as commit f468adc944 ("igb: missing rtnl_unlock in
igb_sriov_reinit()")
There is no rtnl_lock() in igb_resume before, rtnl_unlock will cause a
deadlock.
Signed-off-by: Arika Chen <arika.chen@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Kconfig for Intel NICs references two different URLs for the "Adapter
& Driver ID Guide". Neither of those two links works. The current URL seems
to be
http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/support/network-and-i-o/ethernet-products/000005584.html
but given it's apparently constantly changing, there's no point in having it
in the help text.
Just keep a generic pointer to http://support.intel.com. Hopefully, this one
will have a longer live. It still works, at least.
Furthermore, remove a link to "the latest Intel PRO/100 network driver for
Linux", this has no place in the mainline kernel and the latest Linux driver
it offers is from 2006, anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Correctly set the VLAN feature flags after setting the rest of the
netdev flags. And don't set them in hw_features, because these can't be
controlled by the VF driver.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add defines for input set mask (RSS, flow director, flexible payload),
including defines specific to IPv6.
Change-ID: Ie95ef7d0916a4d6ca011c194283f959774c8dce9
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The logic that checks AQ events for NVM done events is better kept
in nvm.c with the rest of the nvmupdate handling code.
Change-ID: I2ea58980df8ecaa3726b28a37bff3dfcb8df03dc
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add opcodes and structures to support RSS configuration by PF driver on
behalf of the VF drivers. This reduces complexity in the VF driver and
allows us to support future hardware designs without modifying the VF
driver.
Change-ID: I8c75765c630eacb71f95967f1109a198542593ac
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The NVM update status info should stay collected together, not
spread across different structs.
Change-ID: Ic16f9e9fd79945d865bb7226184c889884585025
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The VFs can request their queues to be set up into polling mode, rather
than interrupt mode, which works well for supporting things like DPDK,
but this should not be available when working in an multi-function
support device.
Change-ID: Id36792e4e7422db8f2033336507211f68f14ff6f
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds hook to support changing a VF from not-trusted
to trusted and vice-versa. Fixed the wrappers and function prototype.
Changed the dmesg to reflex the current state better. This patch also
disables turning on/off trusted VF in MFP mode.
Change-ID: Ibcd910935c01f0be1f3fdd6d427230291ee92ebe
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As it turns out, calling into other files from hot path hurts
performance a lot. In this case the majority of the time we
call "check FCoE" and the packet is *not* FCoE, but this call
was taking 5% of our total cycles spent on receive.
Change-ID: I080552c26e7060bc7b78504dc2763f6f0b3d8c76
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some of the tx_ring arguments can be deleted since they are not used.
Change-ID: I99275b0f191d7f63ec2f05061919904940c36f31
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A local variable could move down inside the context where it is used.
Change-ID: I9caba9e1eacf921037077f2665cbce83fd8e95d6
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch moves the HW flush routine to the end of the reset flow,
after the completion of writing to the device VFLR registers- the
benefit is to avoid problems in the passthrough routines.
Change-ID: Ieb56866f21895e6c1fc514b7328c3df79807a57c
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't set our internal debug_mask at startup unless we get specific signal
to from the debug module parameter.
This should take care of the issue with all the device capabilities getting
printed even when we hadn't asked for the debug info.
Change-ID: I7fbc6bd8b11ed9b0631ec018ff36015a04100b6c
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement the appropriate DCB ops and allow a user to configure certain
traffic classes as lossless.
The operation configures PFC for both the egress (respecting PFC frames)
and ingress (sending PFC frames) parts of the port.
At egress, when a PFC frame is received for a PFC enabled priority, then
all the priorities mapped to the same TC are stopped.
At ingress, the priority group (PG) buffers to which the enabled PFC
priorities are mapped are configured to be lossless. PFC frames will be
transmitted when the Xoff threshold is crossed.
The user-supplied delay parameter is used to determine the PG's size
according to the following formula:
PG_SIZE = PG_SIZE_LOSSY + delay * CELL_FACTOR + MTU
In the worst case scenario the delay will be made up of packets that
are all of size CELL_SIZE + 1, which means each packet will require
almost twice its true size when buffered in the switch. We therefore
multiply this value by the "cell factor", which is close to 2.
Another MTU is added in case the transmitting host already started
transmitting a maximum length frame when the PFC packet was received.
As with PAUSE enabled ports, when the port's MTU is changed both the
PGs' size and threshold are adjusted accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to add support for PFC as part of DCB ops, which requires us
to report the number of PFC frames sent and received per priority.
Add per priority counters in order to report number of PFC frames sent
and received per priority.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a packet ingress the switch it's placed in its assigned priority
group (PG) buffer in the port's headroom buffer while it goes through
the switch's pipeline. After going through the pipeline - which
determines its egress port(s) and traffic class - it's moved to the
switch's shared buffer awaiting transmission.
However, some packets are not eligible to enter the shared buffer due to
exceeded quotas or insufficient space. Marking their associated PGs as
lossless will cause the packets to accumulate in the PG buffer. Another
reason for packets accumulation are complicated pipelines (e.g.
involving a lot of ACLs).
To prevent packets from being dropped a user can enable PAUSE frames on
the port. This will mark all the active PGs as lossless and set their
size according to the maximum delay, as it's not configured by user.
+----------------+ +
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | | Delay
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Xon/Xoff threshold +----------------+ +
| | |
| | | 2 * MTU
| | |
+----------------+ +
The delay (612 [Cells]) was calculated according to worst-case scenario
involving maximum MTU and 100m cables.
After marking the PGs as lossless the device is configured to respect
incoming PAUSE frames (Rx PAUSE) and generate PAUSE frames (Tx PAUSE)
according to user's settings.
Whenever the port's headroom configuration changes we take into account
the PAUSE configuration, so that we correctly set the PG's type (lossy /
lossless), size and threshold. This can happen when:
a) The port's MTU changes, as it directly affects the PG's size.
b) A PG is created following user configuration, by binding a priority
to it.
Note that the relevant SUPPORTED flags were already mistakenly set by
the driver before this commit.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When configuring PAUSE frames and PFC we'll need to configure the
Xon/Xoff threshold for the priority group (PG) buffers.
Add the Xon/Xoff threshold fields to the PBMC register so that we can
configure these when needed.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the Port Flow Control Configuration (PFCC) register, which
configures both flow control and Priority-based Flow Control (PFC).
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow a user to set maximum rate for a particular TC using DCB ops.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the appropriate DCB ops and allow a user to configure:
* Priority to traffic class (TC) mapping with a total of 8
supported TCs
* Transmission selection algorithm (TSA) for each TC and the
corresponding weights in case of weighted round robin (WRR)
As previously explained, we treat the priority group (PG) buffer in the
port's headroom as the ingress counterpart of the egress TC. Therefore,
when a certain priority to TC mapping is configured, we also configure
the port's headroom buffer.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce basic infrastructure for DCB and add the missing ops in
following patches.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before introducing support for DCB ops we should first make sure we
initialize the relevant parts in the device correctly. Specifically, the
egress scheduling.
The device supports a superset of the 802.1Qaz standard with 4 hierarchy
levels that can be linked to each other in multiple ways and with
different transmission selection algorithms (TSA) employed between them.
However, since we only intend to support the 802.1Qaz standard we
flatten the hierarchies and let the user configure via DCB ops the TSA
and max rate shaper at the subgroup hierarchy (see figure below) and the
mapping between switch priority to traffic class. By default, all switch
priorities are mapped to traffic class 0, strict priority is employed
and max shaper is disabled.
Default configuration:
switch priority 0 ... switch priority 7
+ +
| |
+----------------------------------+
|
+--v--+ +-----+
Traffic Class | | | |
Hierarchy | TC0 | ... | TC7 |
| | | |
+--+--+ +--+--+
| |
+--v--+ +--v--+
Subgroup | SG0 | | SG7 |
Hierarchy | | | |
+-----+ +-----+
| TSA | | TSA |
+-----+ ... +-----+
| MAX | | MAX |
+--+--+ +--+--+
| |
+---------------+----------------+
|
+--v--+
Group | |
Hierarchy | GR0 |
| |
+--+--+
|
+--v--+
Port | |
Hierarchy | PR0 |
| |
+-----+
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of DCB ops we'll have to configure the priority to traffic class
mapping of a port.
Add the QoS Switch Traffic Class Table (QTCT) register, which configures
the mapping between the packet switch priority and traffic class on the
transmit port.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to introduce support for DCB, so we need to be able to
configure the traffic selection algorithm (TSA) used by each traffic
class (TC), as well as the bandwidth percentage allocated to each TC in
case of ETS.
Add the QoS ETS Element Configuration register, which controls the
above parameters.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In addition to the priority group (PG) buffers in the headroom, the
device enables the allocation of headroom shared buffer, which can
be shared between different PGs.
However, we are not going to use the headroom shared buffer and instead
allow the user to use its size for PGs or the switch's shared buffer.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last field of the PBMC register is at offset 0x64 and its size is
0x8, so the correct register's length is 0x6C bytes.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When packets ingress the switch they are assigned a switch priority and
directed to the corresponding priority group (PG) buffer in the port's
headroom buffer.
Since we now map all switch priorities to priority group 0 (PG0) by
default, there is no need to allocate the other priority groups during
initialization. The only exception is PG9, which is used for control
traffic.
At minimum, the PG should be able to store the currently classified
packet (pipeline latency isn't 0) and also the packets arriving during
the classification time. However, an incoming packet will not be
buffered if there is no available MTU-sized buffer space for storing it.
The buffer needed to accommodate for pipeline latency is variable and
needs to take into account both the current link speed and current
latency of the pipeline, which is time-dependent. Testing showed that
setting the PG's size to twice the current MTU is optimal.
Since PG9 is used strictly for control packets and not subject to flow
control, we are not going to resize it according to user configuration,
so we simply set it according to worst case scenario, which is twice the
maximum MTU.
In any case, later patches in the series will allow a user to direct
lossless flows to other PGs than PG0 and set their size to accommodate
for round-trip propagation delay.
The above change also requires us to resize the PG buffer whenever the
port's MTU is changed.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Buffers in the switch store packets in units called buffer cells. Add a
helper to convert from bytes to cells, so that the actual number of
cells required (result is round up) is returned.
Also, drop the SB (shared buffer) acronym from the BYTES_PER_CELL macro,
as this unit is also used in the ports' buffers and not only the
switch's shared buffer.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During transmission, the skb's priority is used to map the skb to a
traffic class, where the idea is to group priorities with similar
characteristics (e.g. lossy, lossless) to the same traffic class. By
default, all priorities are mapped to traffic class 0.
In the device, we model the skb's priority as the switch priority, which
is assigned to a packet according to its PCP value and ingress port
(untagged packets are assigned the port's default switch priority - 0).
At ingress, the packet is directed to a priority group (PG) buffer in
the port's headroom buffer according to the packet's switch priority and
switch priority to buffer mapping.
While it's possible to configure the egress mapping between skb's
priority (switch priority) and traffic class, there is no mechanism to
configure the ingress mapping to a PG.
In order to keep things simple and since grouping certain priorities into
a traffic class at egress also implies they should be grouped the same
at ingress, treat a PG as the ingress counterpart of an egress traffic
class.
Having established the above, during initialization map all the switch
priorities to PG0 in accordance with the Linux defaults for traffic
class mapping.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When packets ingress the switch they are assigned a switch priority
number that dictates the packet's priority group (PG) buffer in the
port's headroom buffer.
Add the Port Prio To Buffer (PPTB) register, which configures the switch
priority to PG mapping.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-05
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Colin Ian King cleaned up a redundant NULL check which was found by static
analysis.
Anjali enables geneve receive offload for XL710/X710 devices.
Mitch cleans up unused variable in i40e_vc_get_vf_resources_msg().
Fixed the driver to actually be able to adjust VLAN tagging features
through ethtool, as expected. Fixed a problem where VF resets would
get lost by the PF preventing the VF driver from initializing. Also
put users mind at ease by lowering some message levels since many of
these conditions can happen any time VFs are enabled or disabled and
are not really indicative a fatal problems, unless they happen
continuously.
Shannon disables the link polling to lessen the admin queue traffic
especially since the link event mask usage has been fixed recently.
Alex Duyck fixes the i40e and i40evf drivers to correctly update
checksums for frames up to 16776960 in length which should be more than
large enough for all possible TSO frames in the near future.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While initializing the phy, the stmmac driver sets the
PHY_IGNORE_INTERRUPT so the PAL won't call the adjust hook
that is needed, on some platforms, e.g. STi, to invoke the glue.
The patch allows the PAL to poll the stmmac_adjust_link just one time
in case of a switch is attached, setting later the PHY_IGNORE_INTERRUPT
flag.
Moving this kind of logic inside the adjust_link it makes sense to
anticipate the check for EEE that will never initialized in this
scenario.
Reported-by: Gabriel Fernandez <gabriel.fernandez@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Gabriel Fernandez <gabriel.fernandez@linaro.org>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Garbled output for "ethtool -m ethX", in igb-driven NICs with module /
plugin EEPROM (i.e. SFP information). Each output data byte appears
duplicated.
In igb_ethtool.c, igb_get_module_eeprom() is reading the EEPROM via i2c;
the eeprom offset for each word that's read via igb_read_phy_reg_i2c()
was passed in #words, whereas it needs to be a byte offset.
This patches fixes the bug.
Signed-off-by: Doron Shikmoni <doron.shikmoni@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Message level can be set through ethtool, so deprecate module parameter
which is used to set the same.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Intel i211 LOM PCIe Ethernet controllers' iNVM operates as an OTP
and has no external EEPROM interface [1]. The following allows the
driver to pickup the MAC address from a device tree blob when CONFIG_OF
has been enabled.
[1]
http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/embedded/products/networking/i211-ethernet-controller-datasheet.html
Signed-off-by: John Holland <jotihojr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables bulk free in Tx cleanup for igb and cleans up the
boolean logic in the polling routines for igb in the hopes of avoiding
any mix-ups similar to what occurred with i40e and i40evf.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were casting the addr as __beXX and then passing it into le32_to_cpu
because the device expects the MAC address to be in network order even
though the register set is little endian. Instead of casting it as __beXX
we can just cast it as __leXX in order to maintain consistency since the
region of memory is already in little endian order as far as we are
concerned.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With IPv4 and IPv6 now using the same format for checksums based on the
length of the frame we need to update the i40e and i40evf drivers so that
they correctly account for lengths greater than or equal to 64K.
With this patch the driver should now correctly update checksums for frames
up to 16776960 in length which should be more than large enough for all
possible TSO frames in the near future.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the Media Not Available flag to the link event mask. It seems
that event comes first if you have a DA cable pulled out, but there's no
follow-up event for Link Down; if you're not looking for MEDIA_NA you will
get no event, even though there's now no Link.
Change-ID: cb3340a2849805bb881f64f6f2ae810eef46eba7
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These conditions can happen any time VFs are enabled or disabled and are
not really indicative of fatal problems unless they happen continuously.
Lower the log level so that people don't get scared.
Change-ID: I1ceb4adbd10d03cbeed54d1f5b7f20d60328351d
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
100baseT/Full is now listed and supported link mode for 10GBaseT PHY.
This is a fix to list all the supported link modes of 10GBaseT PHY.
Change-ID: If2be3212ef0fef85fd5d6e4550c7783de2f915e9
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were passing in the seed where we should just be passing false
because we want the VSI table not the pf table.
Change-ID: I9b633ab06eb59468087f0c0af8539857e99f9495
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Periodic link polling was added when the link events were found not to be
trustworthy. This was the case early on, but was likely because the link
event mask was being used incorrectly. As this has been fixed in recent
code, we can disable the link polling to lessen the AQ traffic.
Change-ID: Id890b5ee3c2d04381fc76ffa434777644f5d8eb0
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Upon module remove, wait a little longer after requesting a reset before
checking to see if the firmware responded. This change prevents double
resets when the firmware is busy.
Change-ID: Ieedc988ee82fac1f32a074bf4d9e4dba426bfa58
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clear the VFLR bit immediately after triggering a reset instead of
waiting until after cleanup is complete. Make sure to trigger a reset
every time, not just if the PF is up.
These changes fix a problem where VF resets would get lost by the PF,
preventing the VF driver from initializing.
Change-ID: I5945cf2884095b7b0554867c64df8617e71d9d29
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new device ID is 0x37D3 and it should follow the same flows and
branding string as for 0x37D0.
Change-ID: Ia5ad4a1910268c4666a3fd46a7afffbec55b4fc2
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Users of ethtool were being given the mistaken impression that this
driver was able to change its VLAN tagging features, and were
disappointed that this was not actually the case. Implement
ndo_fix_features method so that we can adjust these flags as needed to
avoid false impressions.
Change-ID: I08584f103a4fa73d6a4128d472e4ef44dcfda57f
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This variable is vestigial, a remnant of the primordial code from which
this driver spawned. We can safely remove it.
Change-ID: I24e0fe338e7c7c50d27dc5515564f33caefbb93a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables the Capability for XL710/X710 devices with FW API
version higher than 1.4 to do geneve Rx offload.
Change-ID: I9a8f87772c48d7d67dc85e3701d2e0b845034c0b
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
active_vlans is an unsigned long array, hence a null check on this
array is superfluous and can be removed.
Detected with static analysis by smatch:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_debugfs.c:386
i40e_dbg_dump_vsi_seid() warn: this array is probably
non-NULL. 'vsi->active_vlans'
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Enable RX Checksum offload feature in the ibmvnic driver.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the VNIC driver to provide descriptors containing
L2/L3/L4 headers to firmware. This feature is needed
for greater hardware compatibility and enablement of checksum
and TCP offloading features.
A new function is included for the hypervisor call,
H_SEND_SUBCRQ_INDIRECT, allowing a DMA-mapped array of SCRQ
descriptor elements to be sent to the VNIC server.
These additions will help fully enable checksum offloading as
well as other features as they are included later.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dmadesc_set() is used for setting the Tx buffer DMA address, length,
and status bits on a Tx ring descriptor when a frame is being Tx'ed.
Always set the Tx buffer DMA address first, before updating the length
and status bits, i.e. giving the Tx descriptor to the hardware.
The reason this is a cleanup rather than a fix is that the hardware
won't transmit anything from a Tx ring until the TDMA producer index
has been incremented. As long as the dmadesc_set() writes complete
before the TDMA producer index write, life is good.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add frag_size = skb_frag_size(frag) and use it when needed.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Readability: Move nr_frags assignment a few lines down in order
to bundle index -> ring -> txq calculations together.
2. Readability: Add parentheses around nr_frags + 1.
3. Minor fix: Stop the Tx queue and throw the error message only if
the Tx queue hasn't already been stopped.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 82544 has code that adds one additional descriptor per data buffer.
However we weren't taking that into account when determining the descriptors
needed for the next transmit at the end of the xmit_frame path.
This change takes that into account by doubling the number of descriptors
needed for the 82544 so that we can avoid a potential issue where we could
hang the Tx ring by loading frames with xmit_more enabled and then stopping
the ring without writing the tail.
In addition it adds a few more descriptors to account for some additional
workarounds that have been added over time.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current code path is capable of grossly overestimating the number of
descriptors needed to transmit a new frame. This specifically occurs if
the skb contains a number of 4K pages. The issue is that the logic for
determining the descriptors needed is ((S) >> (X)) + 1. When X is 12 it
means that we were indicating that we required 2 descriptors for each 4K
page when we only needed one.
This change corrects this by instead adding (1 << (X)) - 1 to the S value
instead of adding 1 after the fact. This way we get an accurate descriptor
needed count as we are essentially doing a DIV_ROUNDUP().
Reported-by: Ivan Suzdal <isuzdal@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There was an error introduced with commit 3fced53507 ("i40e: X722 is
on the IOSF bus and does not report the PCI bus info"), where code was
added but the enabling flag is never set.
CC: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
CC: Stefan Assman <sassman@redhat.com>
Fixes: 3fced53507 ("i40e: X722 is on the IOSF bus ...")
Reported-by: Steve Best <sbest@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-05
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Stefan converts dev_close() to ndo_stop() for ethtool offline self test,
since dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interface routes and addresses.
Alex bumps up the size of the transmit data buffer to 12K rather than 8K,
which provides a gain in throughput and a reduction in overhead for
putting together the frame. Fixed an issue in the polling routines where
we were using bitwise operators to avoid the side effects of the
logical operators. Then added support for bulk transmit clean for skbs.
Jesse fixed a sparse issue in the type casting in the transmit code and
fixed i40e_aq_set_phy_debug() to use i40e_status as a return code.
Catherine cleans up duplicated code.
Shannon fixed the cleaning up of the interrupt handling to clean up the
IRQs only if we actually got them set up. Also fixed up the error
scenarios where we were trying to remove a non-existent timer or
worktask, which causes the kernel heartburn.
Mitch changes the notification of resets to the reset interrupt handler,
instead of the actual reset initiation code. This allows the VFs to get
properly notified for all resets, including resets initiated by different
PFs on the same physical device. Also moved the clearing of VFLR bit
after reset processing, instead of before which could lead to double
resets on VF init. Fixed code comment to match the actual function name.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If autoneg is off, we should always report the speed and duplex settings
even if it is link down so the user knows the current settings. The
unknown speed and duplex should only be used for autoneg when link is
down.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check that the forced speed is a valid speed supported by firmware.
If not supported, return -EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the PORT_CONN_NOT_ALLOWED async event handling logic. The driver
will print an appropriate warning to reflect the SFP+ module enforcement
policy done in the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the driver only sets bit 0 of the async_event_fwd fields.
To be compatible with the latest spec, we need to set the
appropriate event bits handled by the driver. We should be handling
link change and PF driver unload events, so these 2 bits should be
set.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow users to get|set EEE parameters.
v2: Added comment for preserving the tx_lpi_timer value in get_eee.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Add bnxt_hwrm_set_eee() function to setup EEE firmware parameters based
on the bp->eee settings.
2. The new function bnxt_eee_config_ok() will check if EEE parameters need
to be modified due to autoneg changes.
3. bnxt_hwrm_set_link() has added a new parameter to update EEE. If the
parameter is set, it will call bnxt_hwrm_set_eee().
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get EEE capability and the initial EEE settings from firmware.
Add "EEE is active | not active" to link up dmesg.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the new AUTONEG_PAUSE bit in the new interface to better
control autoneg flow control settings, independent of RX and TX
advertisement settings.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use new field names in API structs and stop using deprecated fields
auto_link_speed and auto_duplex in phy_cfg/phy_qcfg structs.
Update copyright year to 2016.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fm10k driver used its own code for generating a default indirection
table on device load, which was not the same as the default generated by
ethtool when indir_size of 0 is passed to SRXFH. Take advantage of
ethtool_rxfh_indir_default() and simplify code to write the redirection
table to reduce some code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
s/funciton/function to resolve a typo, and cleanup grammar on a few
comments regarding processing the VF mailboxes.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If 'attr_flag < (1 << (2 * FM10K_TEST_MSG_NESTED))' is ever false, err
will be used uninitialized.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reduce duplicate code and the amount of indentation by adding
fm10k_add_stat_strings and fm10k_add_ethtool_stats functions which help
add fm10k_stat structures to the ethtool stats callbacks. This helps
increase ease of use for future stat additions, and increases code
readability. Skip handling of the per-queue stats as these will be
reworked in a following patch.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During fm10k_io_error_detected we were clearing the interrupt scheme
before we freed the MBX IRQ. This causes a kernel panic because the MBX
IRQ are assigned after MSI-X initialization. Clearing the interrupt
scheme results in removing the MSI-X entry table. Fix this by freeing
the MBX IRQ before we clear the interrupt scheme, as we do elsewhere in
the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
fm10k_stop_hw_generic calls fm10k_disable_queues_generic, which may
return an error code indicating that the queues were not stopped within
the time limit. Notify the user by displaying a message in the kernel
message ring, in a similar way to how we notify the user when reset_hw
fails. There isn't much we can do to recover from this error, so
currently nothing else is done.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In fm10k_set_num_queues, we previously assigned the base template. This
would always be overwritten by either fm10k_set_qos_queues or
fm10k_set_rss_queues. In either case, we don't need the base values, so
we can just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
According to the C standard dereferencing a variable before it is
checked invokes undefined behavior, and thus compilers are free to
assume the check for NULL isn't necessary. Prevent this by re-ordering
the NULL check of msix_entries in fm10k_free_mbx_irq.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cleanup the remaining instances of using memcpy() instead of the preferred
ether_addr_copy().
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We don't need to crash the kernel in this instance so just warn about the
condition and play on.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use BIT() macro instead.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The semantic patch that makes this change is available
in scripts/coccinelle/misc/compare_const_fl.cocci.
More information about semantic patching is available at
http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Minor correction in the comment to reflect the correct function name
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the driver happens to read a register during the time in which the
device is undergoing reset, it will receive a value of 0xdeadbeef
instead of a valid value. Unfortunately, the driver may misinterpret
this as a valid value, especially if it's just looking for individual
bits.
Add an explicit check for this value when we are looking for admin queue
errors, and trigger reset recovery if we find it.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's no real error in an unknown event from the Firmware, we're just
posting a useful FYI notice, so this patch simply removes the "Error" word.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clear the VFLR bit after reset processing, instead of before. This
prevents double resets on VF init.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Notify VFs in the reset interrupt handler, instead of the actual
reset initiation code. This allows the VFs to get properly notified for
all resets, including resets initiated by different PFs on the same
physical device.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some error scenarios, we may find ourselves trying to remove a
non-existent timer or worktask. This causes the kernel some bit
of consternation, so don't do it.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Export to userspace the front panel name of the port, so that udev can
rename the ports accordingly. The convention suggested by switchdev
documentation is used:
1) Non-split: pX
2) Split: pXsY
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resources allocated for these bridges at init time cannot be later used
for other purposes. While current number is supported by the device,
it's mostly theoretical with regards to any real use case, which leads
to poor utilization of device's resources. Solve that by reducing the
number.
The long term plan is to make this value (along with others) user
configurable via devlink and write it to NVRAM, so that it can be used
during the next init. Until then we must hardcode such values.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dropping into debug mode in a failed probe, make sure that
the AdminQ is left alive for possible hand debug of driver and
firmware states.
Move the mutex_init calls earlier in probe so that if init fails,
the admin queue interface is still available for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When cleaning up the interrupt handling, clean up the IRQs only if
we actually got them set up. There are a couple of error recovery
paths that were violating this and causing the kernel a bit of
indigestion.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Williams, Mitch A <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_common.c typically uses i40e_status as a return code,
but got missed this one case.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When updating a VSI, save off the number of allocated and unallocated
VSIs as we do when adding a VSI.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes the duplicate definition of I40E_MAX_USER_PRIORITY
in i40e.h that is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Simple cast to fix a sparse warning.
Fixes: commit 5453205cd0 ("i40e/i40evf: Enable support for
SKB_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL_CSUM")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables bulk Tx clean for skbs. In order to enable it we need
to pass the napi_budget value as that is used to determine if we are truly
running in NAPI mode or if we are simply calling the routine from netpoll
with a budget of 0. In order to avoid adding too many more variables I
thought it best to pass the VSI directly in a fashion similar to what we do
on igb and ixgbe with the q_vector.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the polling routines for i40e and i40evf we were using bitwise operators
to avoid the side effects of the logical operators, specifically the fact
that if the first case is true with "||" we skip the second case, or if it
is false with "&&" we skip the second case. This fixes an earlier patch
that converted the bitwise operators over to the logical operators and
instead replaces the entire thing with just an if statement since it should
be more readable what we are trying to do this way.
Fixes: 1a36d7fadd ("i40e/i40evf: use logical operators, not bitwise")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The only error case is when the malloc fails, in which case the clean up
loop does nothing at all, so remove it
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
From what I can tell the practical limitation on the size of the Tx data
buffer is the fact that the Tx descriptor is limited to 14 bits. As such
we cannot use 16K as is typically used on the other Intel drivers. However
artificially limiting ourselves to 8K can be expensive as this means that
we will consume up to 10 descriptors (1 context, 1 for header, and 9 for
payload, non-8K aligned) in a single send.
I propose that we can reduce this by increasing the maximum data for a 4K
aligned block to 12K. We can reduce the descriptors used for a 32K aligned
block by 1 by increasing the size like this. In addition we still have the
4K - 1 of space that is still unused. We can use this as a bit of extra
padding when dealing with data that is not aligned to 4K.
By aligning the descriptors after the first to 4K we can improve the
efficiency of PCIe accesses as we can avoid using byte enables and can fetch
full TLP transactions after the first fetch of the buffer. This helps to
improve PCIe efficiency. Below is the results of testing before and after
with this patch:
Recv Send Send Utilization Service Demand
Socket Socket Message Elapsed Send Recv Send Recv
Size Size Size Time Throughput local remote local remote
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/s % S % U us/KB us/KB
Before:
87380 16384 16384 10.00 33682.24 20.27 -1.00 0.592 -1.00
After:
87380 16384 16384 10.00 34204.08 20.54 -1.00 0.590 -1.00
So the net result of this patch is that we have a small gain in throughput
due to a reduction in overhead for putting together the frame.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-04
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Pavel Tikhomirov fixes a typo where we were incrementing transmit stats
instead of receive stats on the receive side.
Emil updates the ixgbevf driver to use bit operations for setting and
checking the adapter state.
Chas Williams adds the new NDO trust feature check so that the VF guest
has the ability to set the unicast address of the interface, if it is a
trusted VF.
Alex cleans up the driver to that the only time we add a PF entry to the
VLVF is either for VLAN 0 or if the PF has requested a VLAN that a VF
is already using. Also adds support for generic transmit checksums,
giving the added advantage is that we can support inner checksum offloads
for tunnels and MPLS while still being able to transparently insert
VLAN tags. Lastly, changed ixgbe so that we can use the ethtool
rx-vlan-filter flag to toggle receive VLAN filtering on and off.
Mark cleans up the ixgbe driver by making all op structures that do not
change constants. Also fixed flow control for Xeon D KR backplanes, since
we cannot use auto-negotiation to determine the mode, we have to use
whatever the user configured.
Sowmini Varadhan updates ixgbe to use eth_platform_get_mac_address()
instead of the arch specific solution that was added by a previous
commit.
Don fixed an issue where it was possible that a system reset could occur
when we were holding the SWFW semaphore lock, which the next time the
driver loaded would see it incorrectly as locked.
v2: updated patch 8 of the series to include a minor flags issue where
we had lost NETIF_F_HW_TC and we were setting NETIF_F_SCTP_CRC in
two different areas, when we only needed/wanted it in one spot.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that we can use the ethtool rx-vlan-filter flag to
toggle Rx VLAN filtering on and off. This is basically just an extension
of the existing VLAN promisc work in that it just adds support for the
additional ethtool flag.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Added support to match on UDP fields in the transport layer.
Extended core logic to support multiple headers.
Verified with the following filters :
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 1 link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat match ip protocol 6 ff
u32 ht 1: order 2 \
match tcp src 1024 ffff match tcp dst 23 ffff action drop
handle 2: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 3 link 2: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat match ip protocol 17 ff
u32 ht 2: order 4 \
match udp src 1025 ffff match udp dst 24 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible on some HW that a system reset could occur when we are
holding the SWFW semaphore lock. So next time the driver was loaded we
would see it incorrectly as locked. This patch will recover from that state
by: Attempting to acquire the semaphore and then regardless of whether or
not it was acquire we immediately release it. This will force us into
a known good state.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This commit adds a callback which allows to adjust the maximum transmit
bitrate the card can output. This makes it possible to get a smooth
traffic instead of the default burst-y behaviour when trying to output
e.g. a video stream.
Much of the logic needed to get a correct bcnrc_val was taken from the
ixgbe_set_vf_rate_limit() function.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Pehlivanov <atomnuker@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Xeon D KR backplane is different from other backplanes,
in that we can't use auto-negotiation to determine the
mode. Instead, use whatever the user configured.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for generic Tx checksums to the ixgbevf driver. It
turns out this is actually pretty easy after going over the datasheet as we
were doing a number of steps we didn't need to.
In order to perform a Tx checksum for an L4 header we need to fill in the
following fields in the Tx descriptor:
MACLEN (maximum of 127), retrieved from:
skb_network_offset()
IPLEN (maximum of 511), retrieved from:
skb_checksum_start_offset() - skb_network_offset()
TUCMD.L4T indicates offset and if checksum or crc32c, based on:
skb->csum_offset
The added advantage to doing this is that we can support inner checksum
offloads for tunnels and MPLS while still being able to transparently
insert VLAN tags.
I also took the opportunity to clean-up many of the feature flag
configuration bits to make them a bit more consistent between drivers. In
the case of the VF drivers this meant adding support for SCTP CRCs, and
inner checksum offloads for MPLS and various tunnel types.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for generic Tx checksums to the ixgbe driver. It
turns out this is actually pretty easy after going over the datasheet as we
were doing a number of steps we didn't need to.
In order to perform a Tx checksum for an L4 header we need to fill in the
following fields in the Tx descriptor:
MACLEN (maximum of 127), retrieved from:
skb_network_offset()
IPLEN (maximum of 511), retrieved from:
skb_checksum_start_offset() - skb_network_offset()
TUCMD.L4T indicates offset and if checksum or crc32c, based on:
skb->csum_offset
The added advantage to doing this is that we can support inner checksum
offloads for tunnels and MPLS while still being able to transparently
insert VLAN tags.
I also took the opportunity to clean-up many of the feature flag
configuration bits to make them a bit more consistent between drivers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This commit converts commit c762dff24c ("ixgbe: Look up MAC address in
Open Firmware or IDPROM") to use eth_platform_get_mac_address()
added by commit c7f5d10549 ("net: Add eth_platform_get_mac_address()
helper.")
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The source for the ops structure contents are const, so make them
so. Copy them in place with structure assignments instead of memcpys.
Make the mbx_ops accessed by reference instead of making a copy of
the source structure. Update copyright date on the touched files.
Reported-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were adding VLAN 0 twice each time we restored the VLAN configuration.
Instead of doing it twice we can just start working through the active
VLANs from ID 1 on and skip the double write.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checkpatch suggests using ether_addr_copy over memcpy
to copy the mac address.
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit deals with a bunch of checkpatch suggestions
that without changing behavior make checkpatch happier.
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit takes care of the coding style warnings
that are mostly due to a different comment style and
lines over 80 chars, as well as a dangling else.
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
checkpatch.pl gave the following error:
ERROR: space required before the open parenthesis '('
+ for(; p < end; p++, offset += 4)
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch supports the following interrupts.
- One interrupt for multiple (timestamp, error, gPTP)
- One interrupt for emac
- Four interrupts for dma queue (best effort rx/tx, network control rx/tx)
This patch improve efficiency of the interrupt handler by adding the
interrupt handler corresponding to each interrupt source described
above. Additionally, it reduces the number of times of the access to
EthernetAVB IF.
Also this patch prevent this driver depends on the whim of a boot loader.
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: define bit names of registers]
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: add comment for gen3 only registers]
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: fix coding style]
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: update changelog]
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: gen3: fix initialization of interrupts]
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: gen3: fix clearing interrupts]
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: gen3: add helper function for request_irq()]
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: gen3: remove IRQF_SHARED flag for request_irq()]
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: revert ravb_close() and ravb_ptp_stop()]
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: avoid calling free_irq() to non-hooked interrupts]
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: make NC/BE interrupt handler a function]
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: make timestamp interrupt handler a function]
[ykaneko0929@gmail.com: timestamp interrupt is handled in multiple
interrupt handler instead of dma queue interrupt handler]
Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While doing the work on igb I realized there were a few cases where we were
still adding VLANs to the VLVF entries for the PF when they were not
needed. This patch cleans that up so that the only time we add a PF entry
to the VLVF is either for VLAN 0 or if the PF has requested a VLAN that a VF
is already using.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When running certain routing protocols like VRRP, VF guests need the
ability to set the unicast address of the interface. Extend the new ndo
trust feature to let the hypervisor trust a guest to set/update its own
unicast address.
Signed-off-by: Chas Williams <3chas3@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move the reset flags to adapter->state in order to make use of bit
operations.
This is an alternative patch to the one previously submitted by
John Greene.
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Reported-by: Scott Otto <otts62@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: John Greene <jogreene@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It seem to be non intentionally changed to Tx in
commit adc810900a ("ixgbe: Refactor busy poll socket code to address
multiple issues")
Lock is taken from ixgbe_low_latency_recv, and there under this
lock we use ixgbe_clean_rx_irq so it looks wrong for me to increment
Tx counter.
Yield stats can be shown through ethtool:
ethtool -S enp129s0 | grep yield
Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch just updates the driver to the version fully
tested on STi platforms. This version is Jan_2016.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the whole GMAC4 support inside the
stmmac d.d. now able to use the new HW and some new features
i.e.: TSO.
It is missing the multi-queue and split Header support at this
stage.
This patch also updates the driver version and the stmmac.txt.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to support the snps,dwmac-4.00 and snps,dwmac-4.10a
and related features on the platform driver.
See binding doc for further details.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For gmac3, the MMC addr map is: 0x100 - 0x2fc
For gmac4, the MMC addr map is: 0x700 - 0x8fc
So instead of adding 0x600 to the IO address when setup the mmc,
the RMON base address is saved inside the private structure and
then used to manage the counters.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the initial support for GMAC4 that includes
the main callbacks to setup the core module: including
Csum, basic filtering, mac address and interrupt (MMC,
MTL, PMT) No LPI added.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DMA behavior is linked to descriptor management:
-descriptor mechanism (Tx for example, but it is exactly the same for RX):
-useful registers:
-DMA_CH#_TxDesc_Ring_Len: length of transmit descriptor ring
-DMA_CH#_TxDesc_List_Address: start address of the ring
-DMA_CH#_TxDesc_Tail_Pointer: address of the last
descriptor to send + 1.
-DMA_CH#_TxDesc_Current_App_TxDesc: address of the current
descriptor
-The descriptor Tail Pointer register contains the pointer to the
descriptor address (N). The base address and the current
descriptor decide the address of the current descriptor that the
DMA can process. The descriptors up to one location less than the
one indicated by the descriptor tail pointer (N-1) are owned by
the DMA. The DMA continues to process the descriptors until the
following condition occurs:
"current descriptor pointer == Descriptor Tail pointer"
Then the DMA goes into suspend mode. The application must perform
a write to descriptor tail pointer register and update the tail
pointer to have the following condition and to start a new transfer:
"current descriptor pointer < Descriptor tail pointer"
The DMA automatically wraps around the base address when the end
of ring is reached.
Up to 8 DMA could be use but currently we only use one (channel0)
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the main header file to define all the
macro used for GMAC4 DMA and CORE parts.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of main changes of GMAC 4.xx IP is descriptors management.
-descriptors are only used in ring mode.
-A descriptor is composed of 4 32bits registers (no more extended
descriptors)
-descriptor mechanism (Tx for example, but it is exactly the same for RX):
-useful registers:
-DMA_CH#_TxDesc_Ring_Len: length of transmit descriptor
ring
-DMA_CH#_TxDesc_List_Address: start address of the ring
-DMA_CH#_TxDesc_Tail_Pointer: address of the last
descriptor to send + 1.
-DMA_CH#_TxDesc_Current_App_TxDesc: address of the current
descriptor
-The descriptor Tail Pointer register contains the pointer to the
descriptor address (N). The base address and the current
descriptor decide the address of the current descriptor that the
DMA can process. The descriptors up to one location less than the
one indicated by the descriptor tail pointer (N-1) are owned by
the DMA. The DMA continues to process the descriptors until the
following condition occurs:
"current descriptor pointer == Descriptor Tail pointer"
Then the DMA goes into suspend mode. The application must perform
a write to descriptor tail pointer register and update the tail
pointer to have the following condition and to start a new
transfer:
"current descriptor pointer < Descriptor tail pointer"
The DMA automatically wraps around the base address when the end
of ring is reached.
-New features are available on IP:
-TSO (TCP Segmentation Offload) for TX only
-Split header: to have header and payload in 2 different buffers
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
synopsys_uid is only used once after setup, to get synopsys_id
by using shitf/mask operation. It's no longer used then.
So, remove this temporary variable and directly compute
synopsys_id from setup routine.
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid lot of check in stmmac_main for display ring management
and support the GMAC4 chip, the display_ring function is moved
into dedicated descriptor file.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On next GMAC IP generation (4.xx), the way to get hw feature
is not the same than on previous 3.xx. As it is hardware
dependent, the way to get hw capabilities should be defined in dma ops of
each MAC IP. It will avoid also a huge computation of hw capabilities in
stmmac_main.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds support of pause ctrl for HNS V2, and this feature is lost
by HNS V1:
1) service ports can disable rx pause frame,
2) debug ports can open tx/rx pause frame.
And this patch updates the REGs about the pause ctrl when updated
status function called by upper layer routine.
Signed-off-by: Lisheng <lisheng011@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Missing device reference in IPSEC input path results in crashes
during device unregistration. From Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan.
2) Per-queue ISR register writes not being done properly in macb
driver, from Cyrille Pitchen.
3) Stats accounting bugs in bcmgenet, from Patri Gynther.
4) Lightweight tunnel's TTL and TOS were swapped in netlink dumps, from
Quentin Armitage.
5) SXGBE driver has off-by-one in probe error paths, from Rasmus
Villemoes.
6) Fix race in save/swap/delete options in netfilter ipset, from
Vishwanath Pai.
7) Ageing time of bridge not set properly when not operating over a
switchdev device. Fix from Haishuang Yan.
8) Fix GRO regression wrt nested FOU/GUE based tunnels, from Alexander
Duyck.
9) IPV6 UDP code bumps wrong stats, from Eric Dumazet.
10) FEC driver should only access registers that actually exist on the
given chipset, fix from Fabio Estevam.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (73 commits)
net: mvneta: fix changing MTU when using per-cpu processing
stmmac: fix MDIO settings
Revert "stmmac: Fix 'eth0: No PHY found' regression"
stmmac: fix TX normal DESC
net: mvneta: use cache_line_size() to get cacheline size
net: mvpp2: use cache_line_size() to get cacheline size
net: mvpp2: fix maybe-uninitialized warning
tun, bpf: fix suspicious RCU usage in tun_{attach, detach}_filter
net: usb: cdc_ncm: adding Telit LE910 V2 mobile broadband card
rtnl: fix msg size calculation in if_nlmsg_size()
fec: Do not access unexisting register in Coldfire
net: mvneta: replace MVNETA_CPU_D_CACHE_LINE_SIZE with L1_CACHE_BYTES
net: mvpp2: replace MVPP2_CPU_D_CACHE_LINE_SIZE with L1_CACHE_BYTES
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Clear the PDOWN bit on setup
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Introduce _mv88e6xxx_phy_page_{read, write}
bpf: make padding in bpf_tunnel_key explicit
ipv6: udp: fix UDP_MIB_IGNOREDMULTI updates
bnxt_en: Fix ethtool -a reporting.
bnxt_en: Fix typo in bnxt_hwrm_set_pause_common().
bnxt_en: Implement proper firmware message padding.
...
After enabling per-cpu processing it appeared that under heavy load
changing MTU can result in blocking all port's interrupts and
transmitting data is not possible after the change.
This commit fixes above issue by disabling percpu interrupts for the
time, when TXQs and RXQs are reconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initially the phy_bus_name was added to manipulate the
driver name but it was recently just used to manage the
fixed-link and then to take some decision at run-time.
So the patch uses the is_pseudo_fixed_link and removes
the phy_bus_name variable not necessary anymore.
The driver can manage the mdio registration by using phy-handle,
dwmac-mdio and own parameter e.g. snps,phy-addr.
This patch takes care about all these possible configurations
and fixes the mdio registration in case of there is a real
transceiver or a switch (that needs to be managed by using
fixed-link).
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Tested-by: Frank Schäfer <fschaefer.oss@googlemail.com>
Cc: Gabriel Fernandez <gabriel.fernandez@linaro.org>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinh.linux@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Phil Reid <preid@electromag.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 88f8b1bb41.
due to problems on GeekBox and Banana Pi M1 board when
connected to a real transceiver instead of a switch via
fixed-link.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Gabriel Fernandez <gabriel.fernandez@linaro.org>
Cc: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Cc: Frank Schäfer <fschaefer.oss@googlemail.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinh.linux@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixs a regression raised when test on chips that use
the normal descriptor layout. In fact, no len bits were set for
the TDES1 and no OWN bit inside the TDES0.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe CAVALLARO <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Cc: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
L1_CACHE_BYTES may not be the real cacheline size, use cache_line_size
to determine the cacheline size in runtime.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <jszhang@marvell.com>
Suggested-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
L1_CACHE_BYTES may not be the real cacheline size, use cache_line_size
to determine the cacheline size in runtime.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <jszhang@marvell.com>
Suggested-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to fix the following maybe-uninitialized warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvpp2.c:6007:18: warning: 'err' may be
used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <jszhang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 55cd48c821 ("net: fec: stop the "rcv is not +last, " error
messages") introduces a write to a register that does not exist in
Coldfire.
Move the FEC_FTRL register access inside the FEC_QUIRK_HAS_RACC 'if' block,
so that we guarantee it will not be used on Coldfire CPUs.
Reported-by: Greg Ungerer <gerg@uclinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta is also used in some Marvell berlin family SoCs which may
have 64bytes cacheline size. Replace the MVNETA_CPU_D_CACHE_LINE_SIZE
usage with L1_CACHE_BYTES.
And since dma_alloc_coherent() is always cacheline size aligned, so
remove the align checks.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <jszhang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvpp2 ip maybe used in SoCs which may have have 64bytes cacheline
size. Replace the MVPP2_CPU_D_CACHE_LINE_SIZE with L1_CACHE_BYTES.
And since dma_alloc_coherent() is always cacheline size aligned, so
remove the align checks.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <jszhang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-03-29
This series contains fixes to ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Tushar fixes an issue which was introduced with an earlier commit, where
hardware register RAR0 default MAC address does not get set properly.
Alex fixes two issues, first being the VXLAN port number should be stored
in network order instead of in host order. The second fix corrects the ATR
code to handle IPv6 extension headers. The issue was ATR code was assuming
that it would be able to use tcp_hdr for every TCP frame that came through,
but that is not the case, which resulted in bad filters being setup.
Mark fixes a use of usleep_range() to udelay() in the case where a lock
is being held.
Stefan fixes the offline self tests where ndo_stop() should be used instead
of ndo_close(), which causes IFF_UP to be cleared and interface routes get
removed.
Emil fixes the error case where we need to return an error when a MAC
address change is rejected by the PF. This helps prevent the user from
modifying the MAC address when the operation is not permitted.
Sridhar provides three fixes for ixgbe, all dealing with traffic class
offload handling.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To report flow control tx/rx settings accurately regardless of autoneg
setting, we should use link_info->req_flow_ctrl. Before this patch,
the reported settings were only correct when autoneg was on.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The typo caused the wrong flow control bit to be set.
Reported by: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of every padded firmware message is specified in the first
HWRM_VER_GET response message. Use this value to pad every message
after that.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing code does the following:
allocate completion ring
initialize completion ring doorbell
disable interrupts on this completion ring by writing to the doorbell
We can have a race where firmware sends an asynchronous event to the host
after completion ring allocation and before doorbell is initialized.
When this happens driver can crash while ringing the doorbell using
uninitialized value as part of handling the IRQ/napi request.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant.sreedharan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in the case where qed_slowpath_irq_req is not called, rc is not
assigned and so qed_int_igu_enable will return a garbage value.
Fix this by initializing rc to 0.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix support for 16 bit source/dest port matches in ixgbe model.
u32 uses a single 32-bit key value for both source and destination ports
starting at offset 0. So replace the 2 functions with a single function
that takes this key value/mask to program both source and dest ports.
Verified with the following filter:
#tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:10 u32 ht 800: link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat match ip protocol 6 ff
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 1:0:10 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 1024 ffff match tcp dst 80 ffff action drop
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 1:0:11 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 1025 ffff action drop
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 1:0:12 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp dst 81 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the incorrect check for mask in ixgbe_configure_clsu32 and
drop the 'mask' field that is not required in struct ixgbe_mat_field
Verified with the following filters:
#tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:1 u32 ht 800: \
match ip dst 10.0.0.1/8 match ip src 10.0.0.2/8 action drop
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:2 u32 ht 800: \
match ip dst 11.0.0.1/16 match ip src 11.0.0.2/16 action drop
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:3 u32 ht 800: \
match ip dst 12.0.0.1/24 match ip src 12.0.0.2/24 action drop
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:4 u32 ht 800: \
match ip dst 13.0.0.1/32 match ip src 13.0.0.2/32 action drop
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Check for handle ids when adding/deleting hash nodes OR adding/deleting
filter entries and limit them to max number of links or header nodes
supported(IXGBE_MAX_LINK_HANDLE).
Start from bit 0 when setting hash table bit-map.(adapter->tables)
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function is only used in ixgbe_main.c
Resolves a "missing prototype" warning when building the driver with W=1
Reported-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Return error when a MAC address change is rejected by the PF.
This will prevent the user from modifying the MAC address when
that operation is not permitted.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use udelay instead of usleep_range because this can be called while
a lock is held.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ATR code was assuming that it would be able to use tcp_hdr for
every TCP frame that came through. However this isn't the case as it
is possible for a frame to arrive that is TCP but sent through something
like a raw socket. As a result the driver was setting up bad filters in
which tcp_hdr was really pointing to the network header so the data was
all invalid.
In order to correct this I have added a bit of parsing logic that will
determine the TCP header location based off of the network header and
either the offset in the case of the IPv4 header, or a walk through the
IPv6 extension headers until it encounters the header that indicates
IPPROTO_TCP. In addition I have added checks to verify that the lowest
protocol provided is recognized as IPv4 or IPv6 to help mitigate raw
sockets using ETH_P_ALL from having ATR applied to them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The VXLAN port number should be stored in network order instead of in host
order as it is accessed from the hot-path in ATR. This way we can avoid
having to do any byte swaps in order to validate the port number.
I moved the vxlan_port value into a hole in the read-mostly region of the
adapter struct. This way it should be in a warm cache-line instead of in
some isolated region in memory when it needs to be accessed.
In addition I went through and stripped a bunch of unneeded ifdef flags
since having an extra variable present doesn't really hurt anything and
makes the code easier to read. I also went through and dropped the
NETIF_F_RXCSUM flag which was being set in hw_encap_features but provides
no value as the flag is not evaluated in the Rx path.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
commit c9f53e63c2 ("ixgbe: Refactor MAC address configuration code")
introduced code that doesn't set HW register RAR0 to default mac address
but FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF. Due to this, ixgbe HW discards all incoming packets
that doesn't have destination mac address equals to FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF.
This commit sets RAR0 correctly to default HW mac address.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
GPIOlib will print warning messages if we call GPIO functions without a
valid GPIO. Change the code to avoid doing so.
Signed-off-by: Charles Keepax <ckeepax@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It may fail to set coalesce usecs to HW, and Ethtool needs to know if it
is successful to cfg the parameter or not. So it needs return the errno by
dsaf.ko.
Signed-off-by: Lisheng <lisheng011@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The overtime setting and getting REGs in HNS V2 is defferent from HNS V1.
It needs to be distinguished between them if getting or setting the REGs.
Signed-off-by: Lisheng <lisheng011@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ravb_start_xmit dont call skb_tx_timestamp only when hardware
timestamping is requested: in the latter case software timestamps are
suppressed and thus the call of skb_tx_timestamp does not have any effect.
Instead call skb_tx_timestamp unconditionally in ravb_start_xmit, since
the function checks itself if software timestamping is required or should
be skipped due to hardware timestamping.
Signed-off-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to use post-decrement to ensure that irq_dispose_mapping is
also called on priv->rxq[0]->irq_no; moreover, if one of the above for
loops failed already at i==0 (so we reach one of these labels with
that value of i), we'll enter an essentially infinite loop of
out-of-bounds accesses.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Reviewed-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes two BUG_ON() used to notify about RX queue corruptions
on macb (not gem) hardware without actually handling the error.
The new code skips corrupted frames but still processes faultless frames.
Then it resets the RX queue before restarting the reception from a clean
state.
This patch is a rework of an older patch proposed by Neil Armstrong:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/371525/
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just updating version as many fixes got
accumulated over 1.00.00.34
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are only three patches this time, most other changes to
files in include/asm-generic tend to go through the tree of whoever
depends on the change.
Two patches are cleanups for stuff that is no longer needed,
the main change is to adapt the generic version of BUG_ON()
for CONFIG_BUG=n to make it behave consistently with BUG().
This avoids undefined behavior along with a number of warnings
about that undefined behavior in randconfig builds when
we keep going on after hitting a BUG_ON().
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=8tPL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'asm-generic-4.6' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arnd/asm-generic
Pull asm-generic updates from Arnd Bergmann:
"There are only three patches this time, most other changes to files in
include/asm-generic tend to go through the tree of whoever depends on
the change.
Two patches are cleanups for stuff that is no longer needed, the main
change is to adapt the generic version of BUG_ON() for CONFIG_BUG=n to
make it behave consistently with BUG().
This avoids undefined behavior along with a number of warnings about
that undefined behavior in randconfig builds when we keep going on
after hitting a BUG_ON()"
* tag 'asm-generic-4.6' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arnd/asm-generic:
asm-generic: remove old nonatomic-io wrapper files
asm-generic: default BUG_ON(x) to if(x)BUG()
asm-generic: page.h: Remove useless get_user_page and free_user_page
skb_len needs to be skb_headlen(skb) in bcmgenet_xmit_single().
Fragmented skbs can have only Ethernet + IP + TCP headers (14+20+20=54 bytes)
in the linear buffer, followed by the rest in fragments. Bumping skb_len to
ETH_ZLEN would be incorrect for this case, as it would introduce garbage
between TCP header and the fragment data.
This also works with regular/non-fragmented small packets < ETH_ZLEN bytes.
Successfully tested this on GENETv3 with 42-byte ARP frames.
For testing, I used:
ethtool -K eth0 tx-checksum-ipv4 off
ethtool -K eth0 tx-checksum-ipv6 off
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_timestamps
Fixes: 1c1008c793 ("net: bcmgenet: add main driver file")
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Add bytes_compl local variable to __bcmgenet_tx_reclaim() to collect
transmitted bytes. dev->stats updates can then be moved outside the
while-loop. bytes_compl is also needed for future BQL support.
2. When bcmgenet device uses Tx checksum offload, each transmitted skb
gets an extra 64-byte header prepended to it. Before this header is
prepended to the skb, we need to save the skb "wire" length in
GENET_CB(skb)->bytes_sent, so that proper Tx bytes accounting can
be done in __bcmgenet_tx_reclaim().
3. skb->len covers the entire length of skb, whether it is linear or
fragmented. Thus, when we clean the fragments, do not increase
transmitted bytes.
Fixes: 1c1008c793 ("net: bcmgenet: add main driver file")
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
macb_interrupt() should not use macb_writel(bp, ISR, <value>) but only
queue_writel(queue, ISR, <value>).
There is one IRQ and one set of {ISR, IER, IDR, IMR} [1] registers per
queue on gem hardware, though only queue0 is actually used for now to
receive frames: other queues can already be used to transmit frames.
The queue_readl() and queue_writel() helper macros are designed to access
the relevant IRQ registers.
[1]
ISR: Interrupt Status Register
IER: Interrupt Enable Register
IDR: Interrupt Disable Register
IMR: Interrupt Mask Register
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Fixes: bfbb92c446 ("net: macb: Handle the RXUBR interrupt on all devices")
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hilink status reg in HNS V2 is different from HNS v1. In HNS V2, It
distinguishes differnt lane status according to the bit-field of the reg.
As is shown below:
[0:0] ---> lane0
[1:1] ---> lane1
...
But the current driver reads the reg to get the hilink status ONLY
concidering HNS V1 situation. Here is a patch to support both of them.
Signed-off-by: Sheng Li <lisheng011@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a misuse of PTR as shown below:
ae_node = (void *)of_parse_phandle(dev->of_node,
"ae-handle",
0);
if (IS_ERR_OR_NULL(ae_node)) {
ret = PTR_ERR(ae_node);
dev_err(dev, "not find ae-handle\n");
goto out_read_prop_fail;
}
if the ae_node is NULL, PTR_ERR(ae_node) means it returns success. And the
return value should be -ENODEV.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In hns V1, common_poll should check and clean fbd pkts, because it
can not pend irq to clean them if there is no new pkt comes in.
But hns V2 hw fixes this bug, and will pend irq itself to do this.
So, for hns V2, we set ring_data->fini_process to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Sheng Li <lisheng011@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable head in hns_nic_tx_fini_pro has read a value, but it is
obviously no use. The patch will fix it.
And the comment is nothing to do with the routine, so it has to be removed
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The return values in the first two functions mdiobus_write()
are ignored. The patch will fix it.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It misses string format in function snprintf(), as below:
snprintf(buff, ETH_GSTRING_LEN, g_gmac_stats_string[i].desc);
It needs to add "%s" to fix it as below:
snprintf(buff, ETH_GSTRING_LEN, "%s", g_gmac_stats_string[i].desc);
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cycle index should be varied while the variable j is a fixed value.
The patch will fix this bug.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking bugfixes from David Miller:
"Several bug fixes rolling in, some for changes introduced in this
merge window, and some for problems that have existed for some time:
1) Fix prepare_to_wait() handling in AF_VSOCK, from Claudio Imbrenda.
2) The new DST_CACHE should be a silent config option, from Dave
Jones.
3) inet_current_timestamp() unintentionally truncates timestamps to
16-bit, from Deepa Dinamani.
4) Missing reference to netns in ppp, from Guillaume Nault.
5) Free memory reference in hv_netvsc driver, from Haiyang Zhang.
6) Missing kernel doc documentation for function arguments in various
spots around the networking, from Luis de Bethencourt.
7) UDP stopped receiving broadcast packets properly, due to
overzealous multicast checks, fix from Paolo Abeni"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (59 commits)
net: ping: make ping_v6_sendmsg static
hv_netvsc: Fix the order of num_sc_offered decrement
net: Fix typos and whitespace.
hv_netvsc: Fix the array sizes to be max supported channels
hv_netvsc: Fix accessing freed memory in netvsc_change_mtu()
ppp: take reference on channels netns
net: Reset encap_level to avoid resetting features on inner IP headers
net: mediatek: fix checking for NULL instead of IS_ERR() in .probe
net: phy: at803x: Request 'reset' GPIO only for AT8030 PHY
at803x: fix reset handling
AF_VSOCK: Shrink the area influenced by prepare_to_wait
Revert "vsock: Fix blocking ops call in prepare_to_wait"
macb: fix PHY reset
ipv4: initialize flowi4_flags before calling fib_lookup()
fsl/fman: Workaround for Errata A-007273
ipv4: fix broadcast packets reception
net: hns: bug fix about the overflow of mss
net: hns: adds limitation for debug port mtu
net: hns: fix the bug about mtu setting
net: hns: fixes a bug of RSS
...
Pull more SCSI target updates from Nicholas Bellinger:
"This series contains cxgb4 driver prerequisites for supporting iscsi
segmentation offload (ISO), that will be utilized for a number of
future v4.7 developments in iscsi-target for supporting generic hw
offloads"
* 'for-next-merge' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nab/target-pending:
cxgb4: update Kconfig and Makefile
cxgb4: add iSCSI DDP page pod manager
cxgb4, iw_cxgb4: move delayed ack macro definitions
cxgb4: move VLAN_NONE macro definition
cxgb4: update struct cxgb4_lld_info definition
cxgb4: add definitions for iSCSI target ULD
cxgb4, cxgb4i: move struct cpl_rx_data_ddp definition
cxgb4, iw_cxgb4, cxgb4i: remove duplicate definitions
cxgb4, iw_cxgb4: move definitions to common header file
cxgb4: large receive offload support
cxgb4: allocate resources for CXGB4_ULD_ISCSIT
cxgb4: add new ULD type CXGB4_ULD_ISCSIT
devm_ioremap_resource() returns ERR_PTR() value on error, it never
returns NULL, fix it and propagate the returned error upwards.
Fixes: 656e705243 ("net-next: mediatek: add support for MT7623 ethernet")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- A few minor core fixups needed for the next patch series
- The IB SRIOV series. This has bounced around for several versions.
Of note is the fact that the first patch in this series effects
the net core. It was directed to netdev and DaveM for each iteration
of the series (three versions total). Dave did not object, but did
not respond either. I've taken this as permission to move forward
with the series.
- The new Intel X722 iWARP driver
- A huge set of updates to the Intel hfi1 driver. Of particular interest
here is that we have left the driver in staging since it still has an
API that people object to. Intel is working on a fix, but getting
these patches in now helps keep me sane as the upstream and Intel's
trees were over 300 patches apart.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=t2Ko
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull more rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"Round two of 4.6 merge window patches.
This is a monster pull request. I held off on the hfi1 driver updates
(the hfi1 driver is intimately tied to the qib driver and the new
rdmavt software library that was created to help both of them) in my
first pull request. The hfi1/qib/rdmavt update is probably 90% of
this pull request. The hfi1 driver is being left in staging so that
it can be fixed up in regards to the API that Al and yourself didn't
like. Intel has agreed to do the work, but in the meantime, this
clears out 300+ patches in the backlog queue and brings my tree and
their tree closer to sync.
This also includes about 10 patches to the core and a few to mlx5 to
create an infrastructure for configuring SRIOV ports on IB devices.
That series includes one patch to the net core that we sent to netdev@
and Dave Miller with each of the three revisions to the series. We
didn't get any response to the patch, so we took that as implicit
approval.
Finally, this series includes Intel's new iWARP driver for their x722
cards. It's not nearly the beast as the hfi1 driver. It also has a
linux-next merge issue, but that has been resolved and it now passes
just fine.
Summary:
- A few minor core fixups needed for the next patch series
- The IB SRIOV series. This has bounced around for several versions.
Of note is the fact that the first patch in this series effects the
net core. It was directed to netdev and DaveM for each iteration
of the series (three versions total). Dave did not object, but did
not respond either. I've taken this as permission to move forward
with the series.
- The new Intel X722 iWARP driver
- A huge set of updates to the Intel hfi1 driver. Of particular
interest here is that we have left the driver in staging since it
still has an API that people object to. Intel is working on a fix,
but getting these patches in now helps keep me sane as the upstream
and Intel's trees were over 300 patches apart"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (362 commits)
IB/ipoib: Allow mcast packets from other VFs
IB/mlx5: Implement callbacks for manipulating VFs
net/mlx5_core: Implement modify HCA vport command
net/mlx5_core: Add VF param when querying vport counter
IB/ipoib: Add ndo operations for configuring VFs
IB/core: Add interfaces to control VF attributes
IB/core: Support accessing SA in virtualized environment
IB/core: Add subnet prefix to port info
IB/mlx5: Fix decision on using MAD_IFC
net/core: Add support for configuring VF GUIDs
IB/{core, ulp} Support above 32 possible device capability flags
IB/core: Replace setting the zero values in ib_uverbs_ex_query_device
net/mlx5_core: Introduce offload arithmetic hardware capabilities
net/mlx5_core: Refactor device capability function
net/mlx5_core: Fix caching ATOMIC endian mode capability
ib_srpt: fix a WARN_ON() message
i40iw: Replace the obsolete crypto hash interface with shash
IB/hfi1: Add SDMA cache eviction algorithm
IB/hfi1: Switch to using the pin query function
IB/hfi1: Specify mm when releasing pages
...
The driver calls gpiod_set_value() with GPIOD_OUT_* instead of 0 and 1, as
a result the PHY isn't really put back into reset state in macb_remove().
Moreover, the driver assumes that something else has set the GPIO direction
to output, so if it has not, the PHY may not be taken out of reset in
macb_probe() either...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Errata A-007273 (For FMan V3 devices only):
FMan soft reset is not finished properly if one
of the Ethernet MAC clocks is disabled
Workaround:
Re-enable all disabled MAC clocks through the DCFG_CCSR_DEVDISR2
register prior to issuing an FMAN soft reset.
Re-disable the MAC clocks after the FMAN soft reset is done.
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igal.liberman@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When set MTU to the minimum value 68, there are increasing number
of error packets occur, which is caused by the overflowed value of
mss. This patch fix the bug.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If mtu for debug port is set more than 1500, it may cause that packets
are dropped by ppe. So maximum value for debug port should be 1500.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In chip V1, the maximum mtu value is 9600. But in chip V2, it is 9728.
And it is always configurates as 9600 before this patch.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If trying to get receive flow hash indirection table by ethtool, it needs
to call .get_rxnfc to get ring number first. So this patch implements the
.get_rxnfc of ethtool. And the data type of rss_indir_table is u32, it has
to be multiply by the width of data type when using memcpy.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both .get_rxfh and .set_rxfh are always return 0, it should return result
from hardware when getting or setting rss. And the rss function should
return the correct data type.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the user manual of HNS V2 describs, XGE_DFX_CTRL_CFG.xge_dfx_ctrl_cfg
should be configed as zero if we want xge statistic reg to be read only.
But HNS V1 gets the other meanings. It needs to be identified the process
and then config it rightly.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending a pause frame out from GMACs, the packets' source MAC address
does not match the GMACs' MAC address. It causes by the condition before
the mac address setting routine for GMACs, the mac address cannot be set
into loacal mac table for service ports. It obviously the condition needs
to be deleted.
Signed-off-by: Sheng Li <lisheng011@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Debug ports receives lots of packets with dest mac addr does not match
local mac addr, because the filter is close, and it does not drop the
useless packets. This patch adds ON/OFF switch of filtering the packets
whose dest mac addr do not match the local addr in mac table. And the
switch is ON in initialization.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In chip V2, the default value of port id in tx BD is Zero. If it is not
configurated to the other value, all management packets will be sent out
from port0. So port_id in the tx BD needs to be updated when sending a
management packet.
In V2 chip, when sending mamagement packets, the driver should
config the port id to BD descs.
Signed-off-by: Sheng Li <lisheng011@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current upstreaming code fails to ping other IPv6 net device, because
the enet receives the multicast packets with the src mac addr which is the
same as its mac addr. These packets need to be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add files for common page pod manager,
both iSCSI initiator and target ULDs will
use common ppod manager for DDP.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Acked-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Chelsio iSCSI target offload driver
will register with cxgb4 driver as ULD of type
CXGB4_ULD_ISCSIT.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Acked-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Implement the modify HCA vport commands used to modify the parameters of
virtual HCA's ports.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Add a vf parameter to mlx5_core_query_vport_counter so we can call it to
query counters of virtual functions. Also update current users of the
API.
PFs may call mlx5_core_query_vport_counter with other_vport set to
indicate that they are querying a virtual function. The virtual
function to be queried is given by the vf parameter. Virtual function
numbering is zero based so the first VF is 0 and so on. When a PF
queries its own function, the other_vport parameter is cleared.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Define the necessary hardware structures for the offload
arithmetic capabilities and read/cache them on driver load.
Signed-off-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Device capability function was called similar in all places.
It was called twice for every queried parameter, while the
difference between calls was in HCA capability mode only.
The change proposed unify these calls into one function.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The change to use the generic DMA engine API in the smc911x
driver has led to a harmless warning about unused local variables:
smsc/smc911x.c: In function 'smc911x_probe':
smsc/smc911x.c:1796:20: error: unused variable 'param'
smsc/smc911x.c:1795:17: error: unused variable 'mask'
smsc/smc911x.c:1794:26: error: unused variable 'config'
This puts the variable declarations inside of the same #ifdef
that protects their use.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 79d3b59a93 ("net: smc911x: convert pxa dma to dmaengine")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
zero_gid is not used, so remove this redundant array.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Support more Realtek wireless chips, from Jes Sorenson.
2) New BPF types for per-cpu hash and arrap maps, from Alexei
Starovoitov.
3) Make several TCP sysctls per-namespace, from Nikolay Borisov.
4) Allow the use of SO_REUSEPORT in order to do per-thread processing
of incoming TCP/UDP connections. The muxing can be done using a
BPF program which hashes the incoming packet. From Craig Gallek.
5) Add a multiplexer for TCP streams, to provide a messaged based
interface. BPF programs can be used to determine the message
boundaries. From Tom Herbert.
6) Add 802.1AE MACSEC support, from Sabrina Dubroca.
7) Avoid factorial complexity when taking down an inetdev interface
with lots of configured addresses. We were doing things like
traversing the entire address less for each address removed, and
flushing the entire netfilter conntrack table for every address as
well.
8) Add and use SKB bulk free infrastructure, from Jesper Brouer.
9) Allow offloading u32 classifiers to hardware, and implement for
ixgbe, from John Fastabend.
10) Allow configuring IRQ coalescing parameters on a per-queue basis,
from Kan Liang.
11) Extend ethtool so that larger link mode masks can be supported.
From David Decotigny.
12) Introduce devlink, which can be used to configure port link types
(ethernet vs Infiniband, etc.), port splitting, and switch device
level attributes as a whole. From Jiri Pirko.
13) Hardware offload support for flower classifiers, from Amir Vadai.
14) Add "Local Checksum Offload". Basically, for a tunneled packet
the checksum of the outer header is 'constant' (because with the
checksum field filled into the inner protocol header, the payload
of the outer frame checksums to 'zero'), and we can take advantage
of that in various ways. From Edward Cree"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1548 commits)
bonding: fix bond_get_stats()
net: bcmgenet: fix dma api length mismatch
net/mlx4_core: Fix backward compatibility on VFs
phy: mdio-thunder: Fix some Kconfig typos
lan78xx: add ndo_get_stats64
lan78xx: handle statistics counter rollover
RDS: TCP: Remove unused constant
RDS: TCP: Add sysctl tunables for sndbuf/rcvbuf on rds-tcp socket
net: smc911x: convert pxa dma to dmaengine
team: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
bonding: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
net: fix a comment typo
ethernet: micrel: fix some error codes
ip_tunnels, bpf: define IP_TUNNEL_OPTS_MAX and use it
bpf, dst: add and use dst_tclassid helper
bpf: make skb->tc_classid also readable
net: mvneta: bm: clarify dependencies
cls_bpf: reset class and reuse major in da
ldmvsw: Checkpatch sunvnet.c and sunvnet_common.c
ldmvsw: Add ldmvsw.c driver code
...
When un-mapping skb->data in __bcmgenet_tx_reclaim(),
we must use the length that was used in original dma_map_single(),
instead of skb->len that might be bigger (includes the frags)
We simply can store skb_len into tx_cb_ptr->dma_len and use it
at unmap time.
Fixes: 1c1008c793 ("net: bcmgenet: add main driver file")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 85743f1eb3 ("net/mlx4_core: Set UAR page size to 4KB regardless
of system page size") introduced dependency where old VF drivers without
this fix fail to load if the PF driver runs with this commit.
To resolve this add a module parameter which disables that functionality
by default. If both the PF and VFs are running with a driver with that
commit the administrator may set the module param to true.
The module parameter is called enable_4k_uar.
Fixes: 85743f1eb3 ('net/mlx4_core: Set UAR page size to 4KB ...')
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge second patch-bomb from Andrew Morton:
- a couple of hotfixes
- the rest of MM
- a new timer slack control in procfs
- a couple of procfs fixes
- a few misc things
- some printk tweaks
- lib/ updates, notably to radix-tree.
- add my and Nick Piggin's old userspace radix-tree test harness to
tools/testing/radix-tree/. Matthew said it was a godsend during the
radix-tree work he did.
- a few code-size improvements, switching to __always_inline where gcc
screwed up.
- partially implement character sets in sscanf
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (118 commits)
sscanf: implement basic character sets
lib/bug.c: use common WARN helper
param: convert some "on"/"off" users to strtobool
lib: add "on"/"off" support to kstrtobool
lib: update single-char callers of strtobool()
lib: move strtobool() to kstrtobool()
include/linux/unaligned: force inlining of byteswap operations
include/uapi/linux/byteorder, swab: force inlining of some byteswap operations
include/asm-generic/atomic-long.h: force inlining of some atomic_long operations
usb: common: convert to use match_string() helper
ide: hpt366: convert to use match_string() helper
ata: hpt366: convert to use match_string() helper
power: ab8500: convert to use match_string() helper
power: charger_manager: convert to use match_string() helper
drm/edid: convert to use match_string() helper
pinctrl: convert to use match_string() helper
device property: convert to use match_string() helper
lib/string: introduce match_string() helper
radix-tree tests: add test for radix_tree_iter_next
radix-tree tests: add regression3 test
...
Convert the dma transfers to be dmaengine based, now pxa has a dmaengine
slave driver. This makes this driver a bit more PXA agnostic.
The driver was only compile tested. The risk is quite small as no
current PXA platform I'm aware of is using smc911x driver.
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were two issues here:
1) dma_mapping_error() return true/false but we want to return -ENOMEM
2) If dmaengine_prep_slave_sg() failed then "err" wasn't set but
presumably that should be -ENOMEM as well.
I changed the success path to "return 0;" instead of "return ret;" for
clarity.
Fixes: 94fe8c683c ('ks8842: Support DMA when accessed via timberdale')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MVNETA_BM has a dependency on MVNETA, so we can only select the former
if the latter is enabled. However, the code dependency is the reverse:
The mvneta module can call into the mvneta_bm module, so mvneta cannot
be a built-in if mvneta_bm is a module, or we get a link error:
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `mvneta_remove':
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:4211: undefined reference to `mvneta_bm_pool_destroy'
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `mvneta_bm_update_mtu':
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:1034: undefined reference to `mvneta_bm_bufs_free'
This avoids the problem by further clarifying the dependency so that
MVNETA_BM is a silent Kconfig option that gets turned on by the
new MVNETA_BM_ENABLE option. This way both the core HWBM module and
the MVNETA_BM code are always built-in when needed.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: dc35a10f68 ("net: mvneta: bm: add support for hardware buffer management")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checkpatch updates for sunvnet.c and sunvnet_common.c.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Young <aaron.young@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Rashmi Narasimhan <rashmi.narasimhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Chartre <Alexandre.Chartre@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ldmvsw.c driver
Details:
The ldmvsw driver very closely follows the sunvnet.c code and makes
use of the sunvnet_common.c code for core functionality.
A significant difference between sunvnet and ldmvsw driver is
sunvnet creates a network interface for each vnet-port *parent*
node in the MD while the ldmvsw driver creates a network interface
for every vsw-port node in the Machine Description (MD).
Therefore the netdev_priv() for sunvnet is a vnet structure while
the netdev_priv() for ldmvsw is a vnet_port structure.
Vnet_port structures allocated by ldmvsw have the vsw bit set.
When finding the net_device associated with a port, the common code keys
off this bit to use either the net_device found in the vnet_port or the
net_device in the vnet structure (see the VNET_PORT_TO_NET_DEVICE() macro in
sunvnet_common.h). This scheme allows the common code to work with
both drivers with minimal changes.
Similar to Xen, network interfaces created by the ldmvsw driver will always
have a HW Addr (i.e. mac address) of FE:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF and each will be
assigned the devname "vif<cfg_handle>.<port_id>" - where <cfg_handle> and
<port_id> are a unique handle/port pair assigned to the associated
vsw-port node in the MD.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Young <aaron.young@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Rashmi Narasimhan <rashmi.narasimhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Chartre <Alexandre.Chartre@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify sunvnet common code and data structures to be compatible
with both sunvnet and ldmvsw drivers.
Details:
Sunvnet operates on "vnet-port" nodes which appear in the Machine
Description (MD) in a guest domain. Ldmvsw operates on "vsw-port"
nodes which appear in the MD of a service domain.
A difference between the sunvnet driver and the ldmvsw driver is
the sunvnet driver creates a network interface (i.e. a struct net_device)
for every vnet-port *parent* "network" node. Several vnet-ports may appear
under this common parent network node - each corresponding to a common parent
network interface. Conversely, since bridge/vswitch software will need
to interface with every vsw-port in a system, the ldmvsw driver creates
a network interface (i.e. a struct net_device) for every vsw-port - not
every parent node as with sunvnet. This difference required some special
handling in the common code as explained below.
There are 2 key data structures used by the sunvnet and ldmvsw drivers
(which are now found in sunvnet_common.h):
1. struct vnet_port
This structure represents a vnet-port node in sunvnet and a vsw-port
in the ldmvsw driver.
2. struct vnet
This structure represents a parent "network" node in sunvnet and a parent
"virtual-network-switch" node in ldmvsw.
Since the sunvnet driver allocates a net_device for every parent "network"
node, a net_device member appears in the struct vnet. Since the ldmvsw
driver allocates a net_device for every port, a net_device member was
added to the vnet_port. The common code distinguishes which structure
net_device member to use by checking a 'vsw' bit that was added to the
vnet_port structure. See the VNET_PORT_TO_NET_DEVICE() marco in
sunvnet_common.h.
The netdev_priv() in sunvnet is allocated as a vnet. The netdev_priv()
in ldmvsw is a vnet_port. Therefore, any place in the common code
where a netdev_priv() call was made, a wrapper function was implemented
in each driver to first get the vnet and/or vnet_port (in a driver
specific way) and pass them as newly added parameters to the common
functions (see wrapper funcs: vnet_set_rx_mode() and vnet_poll_controller()).
Since these wrapper functions call __tx_port_find(), __tx_port_find() was
moved from the common code back into sunvnet.c. Note - ldmvsw.c does not
require this function.
These changes also required that port_is_up() be made
into a common function and thus it was given a _common suffix and
exported like the other common functions.
A wrapper function was also added for vnet_start_xmit_common() to pass a
driver-specific function arg to return the port associated with a given
struct sk_buff and struct net_device. This was required because
vnet_start_xmit_common() grabs a lock prior to getting the associated
port. Using a function pointer arg allowed the code to work unchanged
without risking changes to the non-trivial locking logic in
vnet_start_xmit_common().
Signed-off-by: Aaron Young <aaron.young@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Rashmi Narasimhan <rashmi.narasimhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Chartre <Alexandre.Chartre@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split sunvnet.c into sunvnet.c and sunvnet_common.c.
Details:
Since the sunvnet and ldmvsw drivers will both use common sunvnet code,
move the functions (and support functions) anticipated to be common code
from sunvnet.c to sunvnet_common.c. Similarly, sunvnet.h was renamed to
sunvnet_common.h. The sunvnet_common.c code will be compiled into the
kernel and act as a library of functions that are linked by either
(or both) drivers when loaded.
Function names for external functions in sunvnet_common.c (to be
called by both the sunvnet and ldmvsw drivers) were tagged with a "_common"
suffix to clearly designate them as common functions.
No functional changes as of yet... just moved code verbatim to the new
sunvnet_common.c/h files.
Makefile/Kconfig support added to build sunvnet_common.c file. The code
is included in the kernel if SUN_LDOMS is defined/selected.
NOTE - per the SubmittingPatches documentation, since the code was just
moved from one file another, the code was NOT checkpatch'd in this commit
to aid in review.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Young <aaron.young@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Rashmi Narasimhan <rashmi.narasimhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Chartre <Alexandre.Chartre@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not all adapters have FC-NPIV configured. If bnx2fc is used with such an
adapter, driver would read irrelevant data from the the nvram and log
"FC-NPIV table with bad length..." In system logs.
Simply accept that reading '0' as the feature offset in nvram indicates
the feature isn't there and return.
Reported-by: Andrew Patterson <andrew.patterson@hpe.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The result value is overwritten by a return value of
ravb_ptp_interrupt().
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running small packets [length < 256 bytes] traffic, packets were
being dropped due to invalid data in those packets which were
delivered by the driver upto the stack. Using pci_dma_sync_single_for_cpu
ensures copying latest and updated data into skb from the receive buffer.
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a dt mdio entry has been added least assume that we wont
search for phys attached. The DT and of_mdiobus_register already do
this. This stops DSA phys being found and phys created for them, as
this is handled by the DSA driver.
Signed-off-by: Phil Reid <preid@electromag.com.au>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was a missing unlock on the error path.
Fixes: 656e705243 ('net-next: mediatek: add support for MT7623 ethernet')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_phy_connect() returns NULL on error, it never returns error pointers.
Fixes: 656e705243 ('net-next: mediatek: add support for MT7623 ethernet')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No code changes. Since OCTEON is a Cavium product, move the driver to
the vendor directory to unclutter things a bit.
Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- cxgb4 updates
- nes updates
- unification of iwarp portmapper code to core
- add drain_cq API
- various ib_core updates
- minor ipoib updates
- minor mlx4 updates
- more significant mlx5 updates (including a minor merge conflict with
net-next tree...merge is simple to resolve and Stephen's resolution was
confirmed by Mellanox)
- trivial net/9p rdma conversion
- ocrdma RoCEv2 update
- srpt updates
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=kTkT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"Initial roundup of 4.6 merge window patches.
This is the first of two pull requests. It is the smaller request,
but touches for more different things (this is everything but what is
in or going into staging). The pull request for the code in
staging/rdma is on hold until after we decide what to do on the
write/writev API issue and may be partially deferred until 4.7 as a
result.
Summary:
- cxgb4 updates
- nes updates
- unification of iwarp portmapper code to core
- add drain_cq API
- various ib_core updates
- minor ipoib updates
- minor mlx4 updates
- more significant mlx5 updates (including a minor merge conflict
with net-next tree...merge is simple to resolve and Stephen's
resolution was confirmed by Mellanox)
- trivial net/9p rdma conversion
- ocrdma RoCEv2 update
- srpt updates"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (85 commits)
iwpm: crash fix for large connections test
iw_cxgb3: support for iWARP port mapping
iw_cxgb4: remove port mapper related code
iw_nes: remove port mapper related code
iwcm: common code for port mapper
net/9p: convert to new CQ API
IB/mlx5: Add support for don't trap rules
net/mlx5_core: Introduce forward to next priority action
net/mlx5_core: Create anchor of last flow table
iser: Accept arbitrary sg lists mapping if the device supports it
mlx5: Add arbitrary sg list support
IB/core: Add arbitrary sg_list support
IB/mlx5: Expose correct max_fast_reg_page_list_len
IB/mlx5: Make coding style more consistent
IB/mlx5: Convert UMR CQ to new CQ API
IB/ocrdma: Skip using unneeded intermediate variable
IB/ocrdma: Skip using unneeded intermediate variable
IB/ocrdma: Delete unnecessary variable initialisations in 11 functions
IB/core: Documentation fix in the MAD header file
IB/core: trivial prink cleanup.
...
Pull trivial tree updates from Jiri Kosina.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial:
drivers/rtc: broken link fix
drm/i915 Fix typos in i915_gem_fence.c
Docs: fix missing word in REPORTING-BUGS
lib+mm: fix few spelling mistakes
MAINTAINERS: add git URL for APM driver
treewide: Fix typo in printk
The success of CMA allocation largely depends on the success of
migration and key factor of it is page reference count. Until now, page
reference is manipulated by direct calling atomic functions so we cannot
follow up who and where manipulate it. Then, it is hard to find actual
reason of CMA allocation failure. CMA allocation should be guaranteed
to succeed so finding offending place is really important.
In this patch, call sites where page reference is manipulated are
converted to introduced wrapper function. This is preparation step to
add tracepoint to each page reference manipulation function. With this
facility, we can easily find reason of CMA allocation failure. There is
no functional change in this patch.
In addition, this patch also converts reference read sites. It will
help a second step that renames page._count to something else and
prevents later attempt to direct access to it (Suggested by Andrew).
Signed-off-by: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Acked-by: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net>
Cc: "Kirill A. Shutemov" <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky.work@gmail.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
It is possible, although unlikely, that probing will find the
phy_device for the first LMAC of a thunder BGX device, but then need
to fail with -EPROBE_DEFER on a subsequent LMAC. In this case, we
need to call put_device() on each of the phy_devices that were
obtained, but will be unused due to returning -EPROBE_DEFER.
Also, since we can break out of the probing loop early, we need to
explicitly call of_node_put() outside of the loop.
Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we selected MDIO_OCTEON, which after creating the Thunder
specific MDIO bus driver is much less useful.
Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch will make the driver more readability
The emac has the error and warnings if you run
'scripts/checkpatch.pl -f --subjective xxx' to check.
Let's clean up such trivial details.
Signed-off-by: Caesar Wang <wxt@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <trivial@kernel.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds to support the emac phy reset.
Different boards may require different phy reset duration. Add property
phy-reset-duration for emac driver, so that the boards that need
a longer reset duration can specify it in their device tree.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: Caesar Wang <wxt@rock-chips.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com>
Cc: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Iff sh_eth_phy_start() call fails in sh_eth_open(), the netif_start_queue()
call done by sh_eth_dev_init() is not undone. In order to deal with that,
stop calling netif_start_queue() from there, so that it can be called only
when the device is fully opened and sh_eth_dev_init() only deals with the
hardware initialization, symmetrically to sh_eth_dev_exit()...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When driver has hit a parity event, HW can no longer write to host memory.
As a result, Tx completions cannot be written to the host SB memory, and
waiting for Tx completions eventually timeout.
As driver is willing to delay as much as 1-2 seconds per Tx queue for its
draining and this delay is sequential, the time to recover might greatly
lengthen needlessly in case the recovery is done under multi-connection
traffic.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"The timer department delivers this time:
- Support for cross clock domain timestamps in the core code plus a
first user. That allows more precise timestamping for PTP and
later for audio and other peripherals.
The ptp/e1000e patches have been acked by the relevant maintainers
and are carried in the timer tree to avoid merge ordering issues.
- Support for unregistering the current clocksource watchdog. That
lifts a limitation for switching clocksources which has been there
from day 1
- The usual pile of fixes and updates to the core and the drivers.
Nothing outstanding and exciting"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (26 commits)
time/timekeeping: Work around false positive GCC warning
e1000e: Adds hardware supported cross timestamp on e1000e nic
ptp: Add PTP_SYS_OFFSET_PRECISE for driver crosstimestamping
x86/tsc: Always Running Timer (ART) correlated clocksource
hrtimer: Revert CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW support
time: Add history to cross timestamp interface supporting slower devices
time: Add driver cross timestamp interface for higher precision time synchronization
time: Remove duplicated code in ktime_get_raw_and_real()
time: Add timekeeping snapshot code capturing system time and counter
time: Add cycles to nanoseconds translation
jiffies: Use CLOCKSOURCE_MASK instead of constant
clocksource: Introduce clocksource_freq2mult()
clockevents/drivers/exynos_mct: Implement ->set_state_oneshot_stopped()
clockevents/drivers/arm_global_timer: Implement ->set_state_oneshot_stopped()
clockevents/drivers/arm_arch_timer: Implement ->set_state_oneshot_stopped()
clocksource/drivers/arm_global_timer: Register delay timer
clocksource/drivers/lpc32xx: Support timer-based ARM delay
clocksource/drivers/lpc32xx: Support periodic mode
clocksource/drivers/lpc32xx: Don't use the prescaler counter for clockevents
clocksource/drivers/rockchip: Add err handle for rk_timer_init
...
The smc91x driver defines a macro that compares its argument to
itself, apparently to get a true result while using its argument
to avoid a warning about unused local variables.
Unfortunately, this triggers a warning with gcc-6, as the comparison
is obviously useless:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c: In function 'smc_hardware_send_pkt':
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:563:14: error: self-comparison always evaluates to true [-Werror=tautological-compare]
if (!smc_special_trylock(&lp->lock, flags)) {
This replaces the macro with another one that behaves similarly,
with a cast to (void) to ensure the argument is used, and using
a literal 'true' as its value.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the local variable intializers in the driver turned out to be
pointless, kill 'em.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some literal values are actually already defined by macros, so let's use
them.
[gregory.clement@free-electrons.com: split intial commit in two
individual changes]
Signed-off-by: Dmitri Epshtein <dima@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit corrects error printing when shutting down the port.
[gregory.clement@free-electrons.com: split initial commit in two
individual changes]
Signed-off-by: Dmitri Epshtein <dima@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function eth_prepare_mac_addr_change() is called as part of MAC
address change. This function check if interface is running.
To enable change MAC address when interface is running:
IFF_LIVE_ADDR_CHANGE flag must be set to dev->priv_flags field
Fixes: c5aff18204 ("net: mvneta: driver for Marvell Armada 370/XP
network unit")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Dmitri Epshtein <dima@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the previous patch, the spinlock was not initialized. While it didn't
cause any trouble yet it could be a problem to use it uninitialized.
The most annoying part was the critical section protected by the spinlock
in mvneta_stop(). Some of the functions could sleep as pointed when
activated CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP. Actually, in mvneta_stop() we only
need to protect the is_stopped flagged, indeed the code of the notifier
for CPU online is protected by the same spinlock, so when we get the
lock, the notifer work is done.
Reported-by: Patrick Uiterwijk <patrick@puiterwijk.org>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the call to force the octeon-mdio driver to be loaded. Allow
the standard driver loading mechanisms to load the PHY drivers, and
use -EPROBE_DEFER to cause the BGX driver to be probed only after the
PHY drivers are available.
Reorder the setting of MAC addresses and PHY probing to allow BGX
LMACs with no attached PHY to still be assigned a MAC address.
Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta_percpu_notifier() hotplug callback lacks handling of the
CPU_DOWN_FAILED case. That means, if CPU_DOWN_PREPARE failes, the
driver is not well configured on the CPU.
Add handling for CPU_DOWN_FAILED[_FROZEN] hotplug notifier transition
to setup the driver.
Cc: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Anna-Maria Gleixner <anna-maria@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a bug introduced in e06a03b (fsl/fman: fix the pause_time test)
When pause_time is set to '0' - pause frames are disabled and
there's no need to apply dTSEC-A003 Errata workaround.
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igal.liberman@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The implementation of QP paravirtualization back in linux-3.7 included
some code that looks very dubious, and gcc-6 has grown smart enough
to warn about it:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c: In function 'verify_qp_parameters':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c:3154:5: error: statement is indented as if it were guarded by... [-Werror=misleading-indentation]
if (optpar & MLX4_QP_OPTPAR_ALT_ADDR_PATH) {
^~
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c:3144:4: note: ...this 'if' clause, but it is not
if (slave != mlx4_master_func_num(dev))
>From looking at the context, I'm reasonably sure that the indentation
is correct but that it should have contained curly braces from the
start, as the update_gid() function in the same patch correctly does.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 54679e1482 ("mlx4: Implement QP paravirtualization and maintain phys_pkey_cache for smp_snoop")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device_reset() function may fail, so we have to check
its return value, e.g. to make deferred probing work correctly.
gcc warns about it because of the warn_unused_result attribute:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c: In function 'mtk_probe':
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:1679:2: error: ignoring return value of 'device_reset', declared with attribute warn_unused_result [-Werror=unused-result]
This adds the trivial error check to propagate the return value
to the generic platform device probe code.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device drivers should not mess with the DMA mask directly,
but instead call dma_set_mask() etc if needed.
In case of the mtk_eth_soc driver, the mask already gets set
correctly when the device is created, and setting it again
is against the documented API.
This removes the incorrect setting.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dma_alloc_coherent() expects a dma_addr_t pointer as its argument,
not an 'unsigned int', and gcc correctly warns about broken
code in the mtk_init_fq_dma function:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c: In function 'mtk_init_fq_dma':
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:463:13: error: passing argument 3 of 'dma_alloc_coherent' from incompatible pointer type [-Werror=incompatible-pointer-types]
This changes the type of the local variable to dma_addr_t.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adjusted nicvf structure such that all elements used in hot
path like napi, xmit e.t.c fall into same cache line. This reduced
no of cache misses and resulted in ~2% increase in no of packets
handled on a core.
Also modified elements with :1 notation to boolean, to be
consistent with other element definitions.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of calling get_page() for every receive buffer carved out
of page, set page's usage count at the end, to reduce no of atomic
calls.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the hardware buffer management framework had been introduced,
let's use it.
Tested-by: Sebastian Careba <nitroshift@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Buffer manager (BM) is a dedicated hardware unit that can be used by all
ethernet ports of Armada XP and 38x SoC's. It allows to offload CPU on RX
path by sparing DRAM access on refilling buffer pool, hardware-based
filling of descriptor ring data and better memory utilization due to HW
arbitration for using 'short' pools for small packets.
Tests performed with A388 SoC working as a network bridge between two
packet generators showed increase of maximum processed 64B packets by
~20k (~555k packets with BM enabled vs ~535 packets without BM). Also
when pushing 1500B-packets with a line rate achieved, CPU load decreased
from around 25% without BM to 20% with BM.
BM comprise up to 4 buffer pointers' (BP) rings kept in DRAM, which
are called external BP pools - BPPE. Allocating and releasing buffer
pointers (BP) to/from BPPE is performed indirectly by write/read access
to a dedicated internal SRAM, where internal BP pools (BPPI) are placed.
BM hardware controls status of BPPE automatically, as well as assigning
proper buffers to RX descriptors. For more details please refer to
Functional Specification of Armada XP or 38x SoC.
In order to enable support for a separate hardware block, common for all
ports, a new driver has to be implemented ('mvneta_bm'). It provides
initialization sequence of address space, clocks, registers, SRAM,
empty pools' structures and also obtaining optional configuration
from DT (please refer to device tree binding documentation). mvneta_bm
exposes also a necessary API to mvneta driver, as well as a dedicated
structure with BM information (bm_priv), whose presence is used as a
flag notifying of BM usage by port. It has to be ensured that mvneta_bm
probe is executed prior to the ones in ports' driver. In case BM is not
used or its probe fails, mvneta falls back to use software buffer
management.
A sequence executed in mvneta_probe function is modified in order to have
an access to needed resources before possible port's BM initialization is
done. According to port-pools mapping provided by DT appropriate registers
are configured and the buffer pools are filled. RX path is modified
accordingly. Becaues the hardware allows a wide variety of configuration
options, following assumptions are made:
* using BM mechanisms can be selectively disabled/enabled basing
on DT configuration among the ports
* 'long' pool's single buffer size is tied to port's MTU
* using 'long' pool by port is obligatory and it cannot be shared
* using 'short' pool for smaller packets is optional
* one 'short' pool can be shared among all ports
This commit enables hardware buffer management operation cooperating with
existing mvneta driver. New device tree binding documentation is added and
the one of mvneta is updated accordingly.
[gregory.clement@free-electrons.com: removed the suspend/resume part]
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bulk free of SKBs happen transparently by the API call napi_consume_skb().
The napi budget parameter is needed by napi_consume_skb() to detect
if called from netpoll.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bulk free of SKBs happen transparently by the API call napi_consume_skb().
The napi budget parameter is usually needed by napi_consume_skb()
to detect if called from netpoll. In this patch it has an extra meaning.
For mlx4 driver, the mlx4_en_stop_port() call is done outside
NAPI/softirq context, and cleanup the entire TX ring via
mlx4_en_free_tx_buf(). The code mlx4_en_free_tx_desc() for
freeing SKBs are shared with NAPI calls.
To handle this shared use the zero budget indication is reused,
and handled appropriately in napi_consume_skb(). To reflect this,
variable is called napi_mode for the function call that needed
this distinction.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For pcie nic, after setting link speed and there is no link driver does not need
to do phy reset until link up.
For some pcie nics, to do this will also reset phy speed down counter and prevent
phy from auto speed down.
This patch fix the issue reported in following link.
https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/linux/+bug/1547151
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware now tells us that the reset is done by passing a magic value
via register. Use it to shorten the wait in case this is supported.
With old firmware, we still wait until the timeout is reached.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On AT91 SoCs, the User Register (USRIO) exposes a switch to configure the
"Reduced" or "Traditional" version of the Media Independent Interface
(RMII vs. MII or RGMII vs. GMII).
As on the older EMAC version, on GMAC, this switch is set by default to the
non-reduced type of interface, so use the existing capability and extend it to
GMII as well. We then keep the current logic in the macb_init() function.
The capabilities of sama5d2, sama5d4 and sama5d3 GEM interface are updated in
the macb_config structure to be able to properly enable them with a traditional
interface (GMII or MII).
Reported-by: Romain HENRIET <romain.henriet@l-acoustics.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is OF-DPA specific, used only there, similar to
ofdpa_port->ageing_time. So move it to OF-DPA code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the scenario where slowpath configuration isn't passing due to
various pause configurations affecting the chip, the theoretical time
required in worst-case-scenario to empty hw fifos sufficiently to
guarantee that slowpath configuration would flow is currently
insufficient.
This increases such a drain request to the theoretical maximum.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handle a new message from the MFW, one that indicate that the transciever
state has changed, and log that into the system logs.
Signed-off-by: Zvi Nachmani <Zvi.Nachmani@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver interaction with the managemnt firmware is done via mailbox
commands which the management firmware periodically sample, as well
as placing of additional data in set places in the shared memory.
Each PF has a single designated mailbox address, and all flows that
require messaging to the management should use it.
This patch does 2 things:
1. It re-defines the critical section surrounding the mailbox sending -
that section should include the setting of the shared memory as well as
the sending of the command [otherwise a race might send a command with
the data of a different command].
2. It moves the locking scheme from using mutices into using spinlocks.
This lays the groundwork for sending MFW commands from non-sleepable
contexts.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When device is configured for Multi-function mode, some older management
firmware might incorrectly notify interfaces of link changes while they
haven't requested the physical link configuration to be set.
This can create bizzare race conditions where unloading interfaces are
getting notified that the link is up.
Let the driver compensate - store the logical requested state of the link
and don't propagate notifications after protocol driver explicitly
requires the link to be unset.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't hide varibles used by the logging macros.
Miscellanea:
o Use the more common ##__VA_ARGS__ extension
o Add missing newlines to formats
o Realign arguments
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In rocker, ageing time is a per-port attribute, so the next time the FDB
cleanup timer fires should be set according to the lowest ageing time.
This will later allow us to delete the BR_MIN_AGEING_TIME macro, which was
added to guarantee minimum ageing time in the bridge layer, thereby breaking
existing behavior.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c62987bbd8 ("bridge: push bridge setting ageing_time down to
switchdev") added a check for minimum and maximum ageing time, but this
breaks existing behaviour where one can set ageing time to 0 for a
non-learning bridge.
Push this check down to the driver and allow the check in the bridge
layer to be removed. Currently ageing time 0 is refused by the driver,
but we can later add support for this functionality.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce offloading of skbedit mark action.
For example, to mark with 0x1234, all TCP (ip_proto 6) packets arriving
to interface ens9:
# tc qdisc add dev ens9 ingress
# tc filter add dev ens9 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower ip_proto 6 \
indev ens9 \
action skbedit mark 0x1234
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parse tc_cls_flower_offload into device specific commands and program
the hardware to classify and act accordingly.
For example, to drop ICMP (ip_proto 1) packets from specific smac, dmac,
src_ip, src_ip, arriving to interface ens9:
# tc qdisc add dev ens9 ingress
# tc filter add dev ens9 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower ip_proto 1 \
dst_mac 7c:fe:90:69:81:62 src_mac 7c:fe:90:69:81:56 \
dst_ip 11.11.11.11 src_ip 11.11.11.12 indev ens9 \
action drop
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend ndo_setup_tc() to support ingress tc offloading. Will be used by
later patches to offload tc flower filter.
Feature is off by default and could be enabled by issuing:
# ethtool -K eth0 hw-tc-offload on
Offloads flow table is dynamically created when first filter is
added.
Rules are saved in a hash table that is maintained by the consumer (for
example - the flower offload in the next patch).
When last filter is removed and no filters exist in the hash table, the
offload flow table is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the vlan and main flow tables to use priority 1. This will allow
the upcoming TC offload logic to use a higher priority (0) for the
offload steering table.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Restricting handle to TC_H_ROOT breaks the old instantiation of mqprio
to setup a hardware qdisc. This patch relaxes the test, to only check the
type.
Fixes: 08fb1da ("net/mlx5e: Support DCBNL IEEE ETS")
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to handle flow table entry destinations only if the action
associated with the rule is forwarding (MLX5_FLOW_CONTEXT_ACTION_FWD_DEST).
Fixes: 26a8145390 ('net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering firmware commands')
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the Makefile and Kconfig required to make the driver build.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ethernet support for MediaTek SoCs from the MT7623 family. These have
dual GMAC. Depending on the exact version, there might be a built-in
Gigabit switch (MT7530). The core does not have the typical DMA ring setup.
Instead there is a linked list that we add descriptors to. There is only
one linked list that both MACs use together. There is a special field
inside the TX descriptors called the VQID. This allows us to assign packets
to different internal queues. By using a separate id for each MAC we are
able to get deterministic results for BQL. Additionally we need to
provide the core with a block of scratch memory that is the same size as
the RX ring and data buffer. This is really needed to make the HW datapath
work. Although the driver does not support this yet, we still need to
assign the memory and tell the core about it for RX to work.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'commit 55482edc25
("qede: Add slowpath/fastpath support and enable hardware GRO")'
introduces below error when compiling net-next with "make ARCH=x86_64"
drivers/built-in.o: In function `qede_rx_int':
qede_main.c:(.text+0x6101a0): undefined reference to `tcp_gro_complete'
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o While the driver is in the middle of a MB completion processing
and it receives a spurious MB interrupt, it is mistaken as a good MB
completion interrupt leading to premature completion of the next MB
request. Fix the driver to guard against this by checking the current
state of MB processing and ignore the spurious interrupt.
Also added a stats counter to record this condition.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o atomic_t usage is incorrect as we are not implementing
any atomicity.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Queue Set Configuration code was always reserving room for a
Forwarded interrupt Queue even in the cases where we weren't using it.
Figure out how many Ports and Queue Sets we can support. This depends on
knowing our Virtual Function Resources and may be called a second time
if we fall back from MSI-X to MSI Interrupt Mode. This change fixes that
problem.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This avoids a race condition where a system that has network devices set up
to be automatically configured and we get the first Port Link Status
message from the firmware on the Asynchronous Firmware Event Queue before
we've enabled interrupts. If that happens, we end up losing the interrupt
and never realizing that the links has actually come up.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Iff dma_map_single() fails, 'rxdesc' should point to the last filled RX
descriptor, so that it can be marked as the last one, however the driver
would have already advanced it by that time. In order to fix that, only
fill an RX descriptor once all the data for it is ready.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a low memory situation, if netdev_alloc_skb() fails on a first RX ring
loop iteration in sh_eth_ring_format(), 'rxdesc' is still NULL. Avoid
kernel oops by adding the 'rxdesc' check after the loop.
Reported-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to create flow rule that forward packets
to the first flow table in the next priority (next priority
could be the first priority in the next namespace or the
next priority in the same namespace).
This feature could be used for DONT_TRAP rules or rules
that only want to mark the packet with flow tag.
In order to do it optimally, each flow table has list
of all rules that point to this flow table,
when a flow table is destroyed/created, we update the list
head correspondingly.
This kind of rule is created when destination is NULL and
action is MLX5_FLOW_CONTEXT_ACTION_FWD_NEXT_PRIO.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Create an empty flow table in the end of NIC rx namesapce.
Adding this flow table simplify the implementation of "forward
to next prio" rules.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Add pci_error_handler callbacks to support for pcie advanced error
recovery.
Signed-off-by: Satish Baddipadige <sbaddipa@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include the more useful port statistics in ethtool -S for the PF device.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include some of the port error counters (e.g. crc) in ->ndo_get_stats64()
for the PF device.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gather periodic port statistics if the device is PF and link is up. This
is triggered in bnxt_timer() every one second to request firmware to DMA
the counters.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadocm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow all autoneg speeds aupported by firmware to be advertised. If
the advertising parameter is 0, then all supported speeds will be
advertised.
Remove BNXT_ALL_COPPER_ETHTOOL_SPEED which is no longer used as all
supported speeds can be advertised.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The supported bits and advertising bits in ethtool have the same
definitions. The same is true for the firmware bits. So use the
common function to handle the conversion for both supported and
advertising bits.
v2: Don't use parentheses on function return.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And report actual pause settings to ETHTOOL_GPAUSEPARAM to let ethtool
resolve the actual pause settings.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include the conversion of pause bits and add one extra call layer so
that the same refactored function can be reused to get the link partner
advertisement bits.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, as well as one instance
(vxlan) of a bug fix in 'net' overlapping with code movement
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will always be passed if the soc is tested the loopback cases. This
patch will fix this bug.
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to Documentation/power/devices.txt
The driver should not use device_set_wakeup_enable() which is the policy
for user to decide.
Using device_init_wakeup() to initialize dev->power.should_wakeup and
dev->power.can_wakeup on driver initialization.
And use device_may_wakeup() on suspend to decide if WoL function should
be enabled on NIC.
Reported-by: Diego Viola <diego.viola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Guo-Fu Tseng <cooldavid@cooldavid.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise it might be back on resume right after going to suspend in
some hardware.
Reported-by: Diego Viola <diego.viola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Guo-Fu Tseng <cooldavid@cooldavid.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The adapter->pcicfg resource is either mapped via pci_iomap() or
derived from adapter->db. During be_remove() this resource was ignored
and so could remain mapped after remove.
Add a flag to track whether adapter->pcicfg was mapped or not, then
use that flag in be_unmap_pci_bars() to unmap if required.
Fixes: 25848c901 ("use PCI MMIO read instead of config read for errors")
Signed-off-by: Douglas Miller <dougmill@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch configures hardware to use GRO and adds support
for fastpath APIs to handle HW aggregated packets.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds mainly structures and APIs prototype changes
in order to give support for qede slowpath/fastpath support
for the same.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MFD_SYSCON depends on HAS_IOMEM so when selecting it avoid unmet
direct dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If skb_linearize fails, the driver should drop the packet
instead of trying to copy it into the bounce buffer.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The descriptor queues for sending (SDQs) and receiving (RDQs) packets
are managed by two counters - producer and consumer - which are both
16-bit in size. A queue is considered full when the difference between
the two equals the queue's maximum number of descriptors.
However, if the producer counter overflows, then it's possible for the
full queue check to fail, as it doesn't take the overflow into account.
In such a case, descriptors already passed to the device - but for which
a completion has yet to be posted - will be overwritten, thereby causing
undefined behavior. The above can be achieved under heavy load (~30
netperf instances).
Fix that by casting the subtraction result to u16, preventing it from
being treated as a signed integer.
Fixes: eda6500a98 ("mlxsw: Add PCI bus implementation")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we only support one VLAN filtering bridge we need to associate a
reference count with it, so that when the last port netdev leaves it, we
would know that a different bridge can be offloaded to hardware.
When a LAG device is memeber in a bridge and port netdevs are leaving
the LAG, we should always decrement the bridge's reference count, as it's
incremented for any port in the LAG.
Fixes: 4dc236c317 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Handle port leaving LAG while bridged")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
priv->mdio->irq used to be allocated and required freeing, but it
is now a fixed sized array and should no longer be free'd.
Issue detected using static analysis with CoverityScan
Fixes: e7f4dc3536 ("mdio: Move allocation of interrupts into core")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
priv->mdio->irq used to be allocated and required freeing, but it
is now a fixed sized array and should no longer be free'd.
Issue detected using static analysis with CoverityScan
Fixes: e7f4dc3536 ("mdio: Move allocation of interrupts into core")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
is actually "active high". Thanks for Troy Kisky for pointing
that out.
Since the patch is in linux-next, this patch is incremental and doesn't
replace the original patch.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Walle <bernhard@bwalle.de>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_platform.c:115:15-21: ERROR: application of sizeof to pointer
sizeof when applied to a pointer typed expression gives the size of
the pointer
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/misc/noderef.cocci
CC: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable workaround for MPC8548E erratum eTSEC 106,
"Excess delays when transmitting TOE=1 large frames".
(see commit 53fad77375 "gianfar: Enable eTSEC-20 erratum w/a
for P2020 Rev1")
This erratum was fixed in Rev 3.1.x.
Signed-off-by: Atsushi Nemoto <nemoto@toshiba-tops.co.jp>
Acked-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modern Intel systems supports cross timestamping of the network device
clock and Always Running Timer (ART) in hardware. This allows the
device time and system time to be precisely correlated. The timestamp
pair is returned through e1000e_phc_get_syncdevicetime() used by
get_system_device_crosststamp(). The hardware cross-timestamp result
is made available to applications through the PTP_SYS_OFFSET_PRECISE
ioctl which calls e1000e_phc_getcrosststamp().
Cc: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com>
Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: kevin.b.stanton@intel.com
Cc: kevin.j.clarke@intel.com
Cc: hpa@zytor.com
Cc: jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christopher S. Hall <christopher.s.hall@intel.com>
[jstultz: Reworked to use new interface, commit message tweaks]
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Since ezchip network driver is written with big endian EZChip platform it
is necessary to add support for little endian architecture.
The first issue is that the order of the bits in a bit field is
implementation specific. So all the bit fields are removed.
Named constants are used to access necessary fields.
And the second one is that network byte order is big endian.
For example, data on ethernet is transmitted with most-significant
octet (byte) first. So in case of little endian architecture
it is important to swap data byte order when we read it from
register. In case of unaligned access we can use "get_unaligned_be32"
and in other case we can use function "ioread32_rep" which reads all
data from register and works either with little endian or big endian
architecture.
And then when we are going to write data to register we need to restore
byte order using the function "put_unaligned_be32" in case of
unaligned access and in other case "iowrite32_rep".
The last little fix is a space between type and pointer to observe
coding style.
Signed-off-by: Lada Trimasova <ltrimas@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Noam Camus <noamc@ezchip.com>
Cc: Tal Zilcer <talz@ezchip.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the interface is opened (in be_open()) the routine
be_enable_if_filters() must be called to switch on the basic filtering
capabilities of an interface that are not changed at run-time.
These include the flags UNTAGGED, BROADCAST and PASS_L3L4_ERRORS.
Other flags such as MULTICAST and PROMISC must be enabled later by
be_set_rx_mode() based on the state in the netdev/adapter struct.
be_enable_if_filters() routine is wrongly trying to enable MULTICAST flag
without checking the current adapter state. This can cause the RX_FILTER
cmds to the FW to fail. This patch fixes this problem by only enabling
the basic filtering flags in be_enable_if_filters().
The VF must be able to issue RX_FILTER cmd with any filter flag, as long
as the PF allowed those flags (if_cap_flags) in the iface it provisioned
for the VF. This rule is applicable even when the VF doesn't have the
FILTMGMT privilege. There is a bug in BE3 FW that wrongly fails RX_FILTER
multicast programming cmds on VFs that don't have FILTMGMT privilege.
This patch also helps in insulating the VF driver from be_open failures due
to the FW bug. A fix for the BE3 FW issue will be available in
versions >= 11.0.283.0 and 10.6.334.0
Reported-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <venkatkumar.duvvuru@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We accidentally return IS_ERR(priv->base) which is 1 instead of
PTR_ERR(priv->base) which is the error code.
Fixes: 6c821bd9ed ('net: Add MOXA ART SoCs ethernet driver')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of ARCH_RENESAS in place of ARCH_SHMOBILE.
This is part of an ongoing process to migrate from ARCH_SHMOBILE to
ARCH_RENESAS the motivation for which being that RENESAS seems to be a more
appropriate name than SHMOBILE for the majority of Renesas ARM based SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new NET_DEVLINK infrastructure can be a loadable module, but the drivers
using it might be built-in, which causes link errors like:
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `mlx4_load_one':
:(.text+0x2fbfda): undefined reference to `devlink_port_register'
:(.text+0x2fc084): undefined reference to `devlink_port_unregister'
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `mlxsw_sx_port_remove':
:(.text+0x33a03a): undefined reference to `devlink_port_type_clear'
:(.text+0x33a04e): undefined reference to `devlink_port_unregister'
There are multiple ways to avoid this:
a) add 'depends on NET_DEVLINK || !NET_DEVLINK' dependencies
for each user
b) use 'select NET_DEVLINK' from each driver that uses it
and hide the symbol in Kconfig.
c) make NET_DEVLINK a 'bool' option so we don't have to
list it as a dependency, and rely on the APIs to be
stubbed out when it is disabled
d) use IS_REACHABLE() rather than IS_ENABLED() to check for
NET_DEVLINK in include/net/devlink.h
This implements a variation of approach a) by adding an
intermediate symbol that drivers can depend on, and changes
the three drivers using it.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 09d4d087cd ("mlx4: Implement devlink interface")
Fixes: c4745500e9 ("mlxsw: Implement devlink interface")
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change will also make Coverity happy by avoiding a theoretical NULL
pointer dereference; yet another reason is to use the above helper function
to tighten the code and make it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change will also make Coverity happy by avoiding a theoretical NULL
pointer dereference; yet another reason is to use the above helper function
to tighten the code and make it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ibmvnic_capability struct was defined incorrectly. The last two
elements of the struct are in the wrong order. In addition, the number
element should be 64-bit. Byteswapping functions are updated
as well.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I added this check in setup_tc to multiple drivers,
if (handle != TC_H_ROOT || tc->type != TC_SETUP_MQPRIO)
Unfortunately restricting to TC_H_ROOT like this breaks the old
instantiation of mqprio to setup a hardware qdisc. This patch
relaxes the test to only check the type to make it equivalent
to the check before I broke it. With this the old instantiation
continues to work.
A good smoke test is to setup mqprio with,
# tc qdisc add dev eth4 root mqprio num_tc 8 \
map 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 \
queues 0@0 1@1 2@2 3@3 4@4 5@5 6@6 7@7
Fixes: e4c6734eaa ("net: rework ndo tc op to consume additional qdisc handle paramete")
Reported-by: Singh Krishneil <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Reported-by: Jake Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
CC: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
CC: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
CC: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
CC: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
CC: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
CC: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, in a case of error, dev_err is using fman->dev
before its initialization and "(NULL device *)" is printed.
This patch fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igal.liberman@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch manages the case when you have an Ethernet MAC with
a "fixed link", and not connected to a normal MDIO-managed PHY device.
The test of phy_bus_name was not helpful because it was never affected
and replaced by the mdio test node.
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Fernandez <gabriel.fernandez@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Left over from c24588afc5
("atl1c: using fixed TXQ configuration for l2cb and l1c")
Signed-off-by: Eric Engestrom <eric.engestrom@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts the changed init order from commit 3647bc35bd
("dwc_eth_qos: Reset hardware before PHY start") and makes another fix
for the race.
It turned out that the reset state machine of the dwceqos hardware
requires PHY clocks to be present in order to complete the reset
cycle.
To plug the race with the phy state machine we defer link speed
setting until the hardware init has finished.
Signed-off-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since debug is hardcoded to 3, the defaults in the DWCEQOS_MSG_DEFAULT
macro are never used, which does not seem to be the intended behaviour
here. Set debug to -1 like other drivers so that DWCEQOS_MSG_DEFAULT is
actually used by default.
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabinv@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we are in non-atomic context here we can pass GFP_KERNEL to
dma_alloc_coherent(). This enables use of the CMA.
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabinv@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To prepare for using the CMA, we can not be in atomic context when
de-allocating DMA buffers.
The tx lock was needed only to protect the hw reset against the xmit
handler. Now we briefly grab the tx lock while stopping the queue to
make sure no thread is inside or will enter the xmit handler.
Signed-off-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The xmit handler and the tx_reclaim tasklet had a race on the tx_free
variable which could lead to a tx timeout if tx_free was updated after
the tx complete interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabinv@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function t4vf_wait_dev_ready() is already called in t4vf_prep_adapter(),
no need to call it again in adap_init0().
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a new function t4vf_fl_pkt_align() and use the same in SGE
initialization code to find out freelist packet alignment
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
T4 and T5 hardware will not coalesce Free List PCI-E Fetch Requests if
the Host Driver provides more Free List Pointers than the Fetch Burst
Minimum value. So if we set FBMIN to 64 bytes and the Host Driver
supplies 128 bytes of Free List Pointer data, the hardware will issue two
64-byte PCI-E Fetch Requests rather than a single coallesced 128-byte
Fetch Request. T6 fixes this. So, for T4/T5 we set the FBMIN value to 128
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use freelist capacity instead of freelist size while checking, if
freelist needs to be refilled
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VF administrative mac addresses (stored in the PF driver) are
initialized to zero when the PF driver starts up.
These addresses may be modified in the PF driver through ndo calls
initiated by iproute2 or libvirt.
While we allow the PF/host to change the VF admin mac address from zero
to a valid unicast mac, we do not allow restoring the VF admin mac to
zero. We currently only allow changing this mac to a different unicast mac.
This leads to problems when libvirt scripts are used to deal with
VF mac addresses, and libvirt attempts to revoke the mac so this
host will not use it anymore.
Fix this by allowing resetting a VF administrative MAC back to zero.
Fixes: 8f7ba3ca12 ('net/mlx4: Add set VF mac address support')
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Reported-by: Moshe Levi <moshele@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The limit of 63 is only for virtual functions while the actual enforcement
was for VFs plus physical functions, fix that.
Fixes: e57968a10b ('net/mlx4_core: Support the HA mode for SRIOV VFs too')
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the mac and vlan register/unregister/replace functions, the driver locks
the mac table mutex (or vlan table mutex) on both ports.
We move to use mutex_lock_nested() to prevent warnings, such as the one below.
[ 101.828445] =============================================
[ 101.834820] [ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ]
[ 101.841199] 4.5.0-rc2+ #49 Not tainted
[ 101.850251] ---------------------------------------------
[ 101.856621] modprobe/3054 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 101.862514] (&table->mutex#2){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffffa079c10e>] __mlx4_register_mac+0x87e/0xa90 [mlx4_core]
[ 101.874598]
[ 101.874598] but task is already holding lock:
[ 101.881703] (&table->mutex#2){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffffa079c0f0>] __mlx4_register_mac+0x860/0xa90 [mlx4_core]
[ 101.893776]
[ 101.893776] other info that might help us debug this:
[ 101.901658] Possible unsafe locking scenario:
[ 101.901658]
[ 101.908859] CPU0
[ 101.911923] ----
[ 101.914985] lock(&table->mutex#2);
[ 101.919595] lock(&table->mutex#2);
[ 101.924199]
[ 101.924199] * DEADLOCK *
[ 101.924199]
[ 101.931643] May be due to missing lock nesting notation
Fixes: 5f61385d2e ('net/mlx4_core: Keep VLAN/MAC tables mirrored in multifunc HA mode')
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Suggested-by: Doron Tsur <doront@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using the HW VPort counters for traffic (rx/tx packets/bytes)
statistics is wrong. This is because frames dropped due to steering or
out of buffer will be counted as received. To fix that, we move to use
the packet/bytes accounting done by the driver for what the netdev
reports out.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support [...]')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sum up rx/tx bytes in software as we do for rx/tx packets, to be reported
in upcoming statistics fix.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon changing num_channels, reset the RSS indirection table to
match the new value.
Fixes: 2d75b2bc8a ('net/mlx5e: Add ethtool RSS configuration options')
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should modify TIRs explicitly to apply the new RSS configuration.
The light ndo close/open calls do not "refresh" them.
Fixes: 2d75b2bc8a ('net/mlx5e: Add ethtool RSS configuration options')
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Readers/Writers lock for SW timecounter was acquired without disabling
interrupts on local CPU.
The problematic scenario:
* HW timestamping is enabled
* Timestamp overflow periodic service task is running on local CPU and
holding write_lock for SW timecounter
* Completion arrives, triggers interrupt for local CPU.
Interrupt routine calls napi_schedule(), which triggers rx/tx
skb process.
An attempt to read SW timecounter using read_lock is done, which is
already locked by a writer on the same CPU and cause soft lockup.
Add irqsave/irqrestore for when using the readers/writers lock for
writing.
Fixes: ef9814deaf ('net/mlx5e: Add HW timestamping (TS) support')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethtool LRO enable/disable is broken, as of today we only modify TCP
TIRs in order to apply the requested configuration.
Hardware requires that all TIRs pointing to the same RQ should share the
same LRO configuration. For that all other TIRs' LRO fields must be
modified as well.
Fixes: 5c50368f38 ('net/mlx5e: Light-weight netdev open/stop')
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the MLX5E_CQ_HAS_CQES optimization flag, the following buggy
flow might occur:
- Suppose RX is always busy, TX has a single packet every second.
- We poll a single TX cqe and clear its flag.
- We never arm it again as RX is always busy.
- TX CQ flag is never changed, and new TX cqes are not polled.
We revert this optimization.
Fixes: e586b3b0ba ('net/mlx5: Ethernet Datapath files')
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch just updates the driver to the version fully
tested on STi platforms. This version is Oct_2015.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a threshold now used to also limit the skb allocation
when use zero-copy. This is to avoid that there are incoherence
in the ring due to a failure on skb allocation under very
aggressive testing and under low memory conditions.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to allow this driver to copy tiny frames during the reception
process. This is giving more stability while stressing the driver on STi
embedded systems.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phy_bus_name can be NULL when "fixed-link" property isn't used.
Then, since "stmmac: do not poll phy handler when attach a switch",
phy_bus_name ptr needs to be checked before strcmp is called.
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch avoids to call the stmmac_adjust_link when
the driver is connected to a switch by using the FIXED_PHY
support. Prior this patch the phydev->irq was set as PHY_POLL
so periodically the phy handler was invoked spending useless
time because the link cannot actually change.
Note that the stmmac_adjust_link will be called just one
time and this guarantees that the ST glue logic will be
setup according to the mode and speed fixed.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to fill the first descriptor just before granting
the DMA engine so at the end of the xmit.
The patch takes care about the algorithm adopted to mitigate the
interrupts, then it fixes the last segment in case of no fragments.
Moreover, this new implementation does not pass any "ter" field when
prepare the descriptors because this is not necessary.
The patch also details the memory barrier in the xmit.
As final results, this patch guarantees the same performances
but fixing a case if small datagram are sent. In fact, this
kind of test is impacted if no coalesce is done.
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dirty index can be updated out of the loop where all the
tx resources are claimed. This will help on performances too.
Also a useless debug printk has been removed from the main loop.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch "inline" get_tx_owner and get_ls routines. It Results in a
unique read to tdes0, instead of three, to check TX_OWN and LS bits,
and other status bits.
It helps improve driver TX path by removing two uncached read/writes
inside TX clean loop for enhanced descriptors but not for normal ones
because the des1 must be read in any case.
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to optimize the way to manage the TDES inside the
xmit function. When prepare the frame, some settings (e.g. OWN
bit) can be merged. This has been reworked to improve the tx
performances.
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RDES0 register can be read several times while doing RX of a
packet.
This patch slightly improves RX path performance by reading rdes0
once for two operation: check rx owner, get rx status bits.
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Optimize tx_clean by avoiding a des3 read in stmmac_clean_desc3().
In ring mode, TX, des3 seems only used when xmit a jumbo frame.
In case of normal descriptors, it may also be used for time
stamping.
Clean it in the above two case, without reading it.
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
last_segment field is read twice from dma descriptors in stmmac_clean().
Add last_segment to dma data so that this flag is from priv
structure in cache instead of memory.
It avoids reading twice from memory for each loop in stmmac_clean().
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the code pulls out the length field when
unmapping a buffer directly from the descriptor. This will result
in an uncached read to a dma_alloc_coherent() region. There is no
need to do this, so this patch simply puts the value directly into
a data structure which will hit the cache.
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to rework the ring management now optimized.
The indexes into the ring buffer are always incremented, and
the entry is accessed via doing a modulo to find the "real"
position in the ring.
It is inefficient, modulo is an expensive operation.
The formula [(entry + 1) & (size - 1)] is now adopted on
a ring that is power-of-2 in size.
Then, the number of elements cannot be set by command line but
it is fixed.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch completely changes the descriptor layout to improve
the whole performances due to the single read usage of the
descriptors in critical paths.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch restructures the DMA bus settings and this is done
by introducing a new platform structure used for programming
the AXI Bus Mode Register inside the DMA module.
This structure can be populated from device-tree as documented in the
binding txt file.
After initializing the DMA, the AXI register can be optionally tuned
for platform drivers based.
This patch also reworks some parameters to make coherent the DMA
configuration now that AXI register is introduced.
For example, the burst_len is managed by using the mentioned axi
support above; so the snps,burst-len parameter has been removed.
It makes sense to provide the AAL parameter from DT to Address-Aligned
Beats inside the Register0 and review the PBL settings when initialize
the engine.
For PCI glue, rebuilding the story of this setting, it
was added to align a configuration so not for fixing some
known problem. No issue raised after this patch.
It is safe to use the default burst length instead of
tuning it to the maximum value
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to share the same reset procedure between dwmac100 and
dwmac1000 chips.
This will also help on enhancing the driver and support new chips.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of problems when initializing the chip, the error flows aren't
being properly done. Specifically, it's possible that the chip would be
left in a configuration allowing it [internally] to access the host
memory, causing fatal problems in the device that would require power
cycle to overcome.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current statistics logic is meant for L2, not for all future protocols.
Move this content to the proper designated file.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BB_A0 is a development model that is will not reach actual clients.
In fact, future firmware would simply fail to initialize such chip.
This changes the configuration into B0 instead of A0, and adds a safeguard
against the slim chance someone would actually try this with an A0 adapter
in which case probe would gracefully fail.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver learns the inner bar sized from a register configured by management
firmware, but older versions are not setting this register.
But since we know which values were configured back then, use them instead.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For RTL8168G/RTL8168H/RTL8411B/RTL8107E, enable this flag to eliminate
message "AMD-Vi: Event logged [IO_PAGE_FAULT device=01:00.0 domain=0x0002
address=0x0000000000003000 flags=0x0050] in dmesg.
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For consistency with other event data structs and to lessen
the chance of a mistake should one of the reserved fields become
used in the future, define the reserved fields as little-endian.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were no missing endianness conversions in this case, but the
fields of struct cfc_del_event_data should be defined as little-endian
to get rid of the ugly (__force __le32) casts.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's not really a bug, but it was odd that bnx2x_eq_int() read the
message data as if it were a cfc_del_event regardless of the event type.
It's cleaner to access only the appropriate member of union event_data
after checking the event opcode.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On ppc64 the PF did not receive messages from VFs correctly.
Fields of struct vf_pf_event_data are little-endian.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a VF is sending a message to the PF, it needs to trigger the PF
to tell it the message is ready.
The trigger did not work on ppc64. No interrupt appeared in the PF.
The bug is due to confusion about the layout of struct trigger_vf_zone.
In bnx2x_send_msg2pf() the trigger is written using writeb(), not
writel(), so the attempt to define the struct with a reversed layout on
big-endian is counter-productive.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnx2x crashes during the initialization of the 8021q module on ppc64.
The bug is a missing conversion from le32 in
bnx2x_handle_classification_eqe() when obtaining the cid value from
struct eth_event_data.
The fields in struct eth_event_data should all be declared as
little-endian and conversions added where missing.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch utilizes the attention infrastructure to log additional
information that relates only to specific HW blocks.
For some of those HW blocks, it also stops automatically disabling the
attention generation as the attention is considered benign and thus
should only be logged; No fear of it flooding the system.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each HW block contains common information about attention reasons,
raising a bit for each one of the different sub-reasons that caused it
to raise an attention.
This patch extends the infrastructure by allowing logging of the various
reasons causing the HW blocks to generate an attention.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HW is capable of generating attentnions for a multitude of reasons,
but current driver is enabling attention generation only for management
firmware [required for link notifications].
This patch enables almost all of the possible reasons for HW attentions,
logging the HW block generating the attention and preventing further
attentions from that source [to prevent possible attention flood].
It also lays the infrastructure for additional exploration of the various
attentions.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid double mapping of io mapped memory, Device page may be
mapped to non-cached(NC) or to write-combining(WC).
The code before this fix tries to map it both to WC and NC
contrary to what stated in Intel's software developer manual.
Here we remove the global WC mapping of all UARS
"dev->priv.bf_mapping", since UAR mapping should be decided
per UAR (e.g we want different mappings for EQs, CQs vs QPs).
Caller will now have to choose whether to map via
write-combining API or not.
mlx5e SQs will choose write-combining in order to perform
BlueFlame writes.
Fixes: 88a85f99e5 ('TX latency optimization to save DMA reads')
Signed-off-by: Moshe Lazer <moshel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling mlx5e_set_coalesce while the interface is down will result in
modifying CQs that don't exist.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4
Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CQ moderation is not supported by the device, print a warning on
netdevice load, and return error when trying to modify/query cq
moderation via ethtool.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4
Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By its role, there is no need to set all the other parameters
for the drop RQ.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For data cache locality considerations, we moved the nop and
csum_offload_inner within sq_stats struct as they are more
commonly accessed in xmit path.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of the pair (channel, tc), we now use a single number that
goes over all tx queues of a TC, for all TCs.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More proper to declare carrier state UP only after the channels
are ready for traffic.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only need to flush the irq handler to make sure it does not
queue a work into the global work queue after we start to flush it.
So using synchronize_irq() is more appropriate than a spin lock.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The two header files got moved to include/linux, and most
users were already converted, this changes the remaining drivers
and removes the files.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Allow a user to split or unsplit a port using the newly introduced
devlink ops.
Once split, the original netdev is destroyed and 2 or 4 others are
created, according to user configuration. The new ports are like any
other port, with the sole difference of supporting a lower maximum
speed. When unsplit, the reverse process takes place.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When splitting and unsplitting we'll destroy usable ports on the fly, so
mark them using a NULL pointer to indicate that their local port number
is free and can be re-used.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port netdevs are each associated with a different local port number
in the device. These local ports are grouped into groups of 4 (e.g.
(1-4), (5-8)) called clusters. The cluster constitutes the one of two
possible modules they can be mapped to. This mapping is board-specific
and done by the device's firmware during init.
When splitting a port by 4, the device requires us to first unmap all
the ports in the cluster and then map each to a single lane in the module
associated with the port netdev used as the handle for the operation.
This means that two port netdevs will disappear, as only 100Gb/s (4
lanes) ports can be split and we are guaranteed to have two of these
((1, 3), (5, 7) etc.) in a cluster.
When unsplit occurs we need to reinstantiate the two original 100Gb/s
ports and map each to its origianl module. Therefore, during driver init
store the initial local port to module mapping, so it can be used later
during unsplitting.
Note that a by 2 split doesn't require us to store the mapping, as we
only need to reinstantiate one port whose module is known.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When splitting a port we replace it with 2 or 4 other ports. To be able
to do that we need to remove the original port netdev and unmap it from
its module. However, we first mark it as disabled, as active ports
cannot be unmapped.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add middle layer in mlxsw core code to forward port split/unsplit calls
into specific ASIC drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement newly introduced devlink interface. Add devlink port instances
for every port and set the port types accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, there has been an mlx4-specific sysfs file allowing user to
change port type to either Ethernet of InfiniBand. This is very
inconvenient.
Allow to expose the same ability to set port type in a generic way
using devlink interface.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement newly introduced devlink interface. Add devlink port instances
for every port and set the port types accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
v2->v3:
-add dev param to devlink_register (api change)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the original series drivers would get offload requests for cls_u32
rules even if the feature bit is disabled. This meant the driver had
to do a boiler plate check on the feature bit before adding/deleting
the rule.
This patch lifts the check into the core code and removes it from the
driver specific case.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is used to send NVM_FIND_DIR_ENTRY messages which can return error
if the entry is not found. This is normal and the error message will
cause unnecessary alarm, so silence it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new function bnxt_do_send_msg() to do essentially the same thing
with an additional paramter to silence error response messages. All
current callers will set silent to false.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For everything to fit, we remove the PHY microcode version and replace it
with the firmware package version in the fw_version string.
Signed-off-by: Rob Swindell <swindell@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use appropriate firmware request header structure to prepare the
firmware messages. This avoids the unnecessary conversion of the
fields to 32-bit fields. Add appropriate endian conversion when
printing out the message fields in dmesg so that they appear correct
in the log.
Reported-by: Rob Swindell <swindell@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch, we used a hardcoded value of 500 msec as the default
value for firmware message response timeout. For better portability with
future hardware or debug platforms, use the value provided by firmware in
the first response and store it for all susequent messages. Redefine the
macro HWRM_CMD_TIMEOUT to the stored value. Since we don't have the
value yet in the first message, use the 500 ms default if the stored value
is zero.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tx and rx rings don't share the same completion ring, tx coalescing
parameters can be set differently from the rx coalescing parameters.
Otherwise, use rx coalescing parameters on shared completion rings.
Adjust rx coalescing default values to lower interrupt rate.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a function to set all the coalescing parameters. The function can
be used later to set both rx and tx coalescing parameters.
v2: Fixed function parameters formatting requested by DaveM.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't convert these to internal hardware tick values before storing
them. This avoids the confusion of ethtool -c returning slightly
different values than the ones set using ethtool -C when we convert
hardware tick values back to micro seconds. Add better comments for
the hardware settings.
Also, rename the current set of coalescing fields with rx_ prefix.
The next patch will add support of tx coalescing values.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During remove_one() when SRIOV is enabled, the PF driver
should broadcast PF driver unload notification to all
VFs that are attached to VMs. Upon receiving the PF
driver unload notification, the VF driver should print
a warning message to message log. Certain operations on the
VF may not succeed after the PF has unloaded.
Signed-off-by: Jeffrey Huang <huangjw@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the VF to setup its own MAC address if the PF has not administratively
set it for the VF. To do that, we should always store the MAC address
from the firmware. There are 2 cases:
1. The MAC address is valid. This MAC address is assigned by the PF and
it needs to override the current VF MAC address.
2. The MAC address is zero. The VF will use a random MAC address by default.
By storing this 0 MAC address in the VF structure, it will allow the VF
user to change the MAC address later using ndo_set_mac_address() when
it sees that the stored MAC address is 0.
v2: Expanded descriptions and added more comments.
Signed-off-by: Jeffrey Huang <huangjw@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use list_move_tail() to move MAC address entry from list of pending
to list of active entries. Simple list_add_tail() leaves the entry
also in the first list, this leads to list corruption.
Cc: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mlx5's mkey mechanism is also used for memory windows.
The current code base uses MR (memory region) naming, which is
inaccurate. Changing MR to mkey in order to represent its different
usages more accurately.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Added helper function to read IB standard error counters
via the PPCNT register.
The PPCNT register read command provides the 32-bit error counters
of both IB/RoCE link layer and transport layer.
Signed-off-by: Meny Yossefi <menyy@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Add support for receiving multicast/unicast traffic with
the don't trap rule.
Sniffing these packets requires a flow steering rule of type NORMAL
at priority 0 with flag IB_FLOW_ATTR_FLAGS_DONT_TRAP set.
Choosing between multicast or unicast is done via ethernet L2 dest_mac
mask and value:
- If mask is all zeros - unicast and multicast are set.
- If mask non zero - only mask with multicast bit 1 and rest 0 is
supported, the mac value will choose if it is
multicast or unicast rule.
If the mask multicast bit is on and some other bits are on too, it means
a request for specific multicast or unicast, this is not supported,
either receive all multicast or all unicast.
Only when limitations are met registered QP will receive requested type
but other QPs can receive same traffic if registered for it.
Otherwise, if limitations are not met, an error will be returned.
Limitations:
- Rule must be with priority 0.
- A0 mode is not supported.
- Sniffer QP cannot appear in any other flow steering rule.
Signed-off-by: Marina Varshaver <marinav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds a Client interface for i40iw driver
support. Also expands the Virtchannel to support messages
from i40evf driver on behalf of i40iwvf driver.
This client API is used by the i40iw and i40iwvf driver
to access the core driver resources brokered by the i40e driver.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This series provides support for iWARP applications to specify a TOS
value and have that map to a VLAN Priority for iw_cxgb4 iWARP connections.
In iw_cxgb4, when allocating an L2T entry, pass the skb_priority based
on the tos value in the cm_id. Also pass the correct tos value during
connection setup so the passive side gets the client's desired tos.
When sending the FLOWC work request to FW, if the egress device is
in a vlan, then use the vlan priority bits as the scheduling class.
This allows associating RDMA connections with scheduling classes to
provide traffic shaping per flow.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Recently, I fixed a bug in 3c59x:
commit 6e144419e4
Author: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Date: Wed Jan 13 12:43:54 2016 -0500
3c59x: fix another page map/single unmap imbalance
Which correctly rebalanced dma mapping and unmapping types. Unfortunately it
introduced a new bug which causes oopses on older systems.
When mapping dma regions, the last entry for a packet in the 3c59x tx ring
encodes a LAST_FRAG bit, which is encoded as the high order bit of the buffers
length field. When it is unmapped the LAST_FRAG bit is cleared prior to being
passed to the unmap function. Unfortunately the commit above fails to do that
masking. It was missed in testing because the system on which I tested it had
an intel iommu, the driver for which ignores the size field, using only the DMA
address as the token to identify the mapping to be released. However, on older
systems that rely on swiotlb (or other dma drivers that key off that length
field), not masking off that LAST_FRAG high order bit results in parsing a huge
size to be release, leading to all sorts of odd corruptions and the like.
Fix is easy, just mask the length with 0xFFF. It should really be
&(LAST_FRAG-1), but 0xFFF is the style of the file, and I'd like to make this
fix minimal and correct before making it prettier.
Appies to the net tree cleanly. All testing on both iommu and swiommu based
systems produce good results
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Steffen Klassert <klassert@mathematik.tu-chemnitz.de>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 5b6490def9 ("3c59x: Use setup_timer()") Amitoj
removed add_timer which sets up the epires timer. In this patch
the behavior is restore but it uses mod_timer which is a bit more
compact.
Signed-off-by: Stafford Horne <shorne@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We intended to return PTR_ERR() here instead of 1.
Fixes: 1f9993f682 ('rocker: fix a neigh entry leak issue')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-02-24
This series contains updates to e1000e, igb and igbvf.
Raanan provides updates for e1000e, first increases the ULP timer since it
now takes longer for the ULP exit to complete on Skylake. Fixes the
configuration of the internal hardware PHY clock gating mechanism, which was
causing packet loss due to mis configuring. Fixed additional ULP
configuration settings which were not being properly cleared after cable
connect in V-Pro capable systems. Added support for more i219 devices.
Takuma Ueba provides a fix for I210 where IPv6 autoconf test sometimes
fails due to DAD NS for link-local is not transmitted. To avoid this
issue, we need to wait until 1000BASE-T status register "Remote receiver
status OK".
Todd provides a patch to override EEPROM WoL settings for specific OEM
devices. Then renamed igb defines to be more generic, since the define
E1000_MRQC_ENABLE_RSS_4Q enables 4 and 8 queues depending on the part.
Roland Hii fixes an issue where only the half cycle time of less than or
equal to 70 millisecond uses the I210 clock output function. His patch
adds additional conditions when half cycle time is equal to 125 or 250 or
500 millisecond to use the clock output function.
Alex Duyck adds support for generic transmit checksums for igb and igbvf.
Jon Maxwell fixes an issues where customer applications are registering
and un-registering multicast addresses every few seconds which is leading
to many "Link is up" messages in the logs as a result of the
netif_carrier_off(netdev) in igbvf_msix_other(). So remove the
link is up message when registering multicast addresses.
Corinna Vinschen provides a fix for when switching off VLAN offloading on
i350, the VLAN interface becomes unusable.
Stefan Assmann updates the driver to use ndo_stop() instead of
dev_close() when running ethtool offline self test. Since dev_close()
causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the interfaces routes
and some addresses.
v2: Dropped patches 6-10 in the original series. Patch 6-7 added support
for character device for AVB and based on community feedback, we do not
want to do this. Patches 8-10 provided fixes to the problematic code
added in patches 6 & 7. So all of them must go!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop the `QL4xxx 40G/100G' and use `FastLinQ 4xxxx' instead.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't allow driver to probe on an adapter at a failed state;
Gracefully block the probe instead.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Module is using a binary firmware file and so should be marked as such.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several corner cases where driver might get a 2nd notification
about the same link change. Don't log any additional changes if the
physical carrier is already reported as it should.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a corner-case in HW where an SKB queued for transmission that
contains too many frags will cause FW to assert.
This patch solves this by linearizing the SKB if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device ID for the 10g module has changed. Populate the pci_ids table
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce the use of kobj_to_dev() helper function instead of open
coding it with container_of()
The Coccinelle semantic patch used to make this change is as follows:
//<smpl>
@@
expression a;
symbol kobj;
@@
- container_of(a, struct device, kobj)
+ kobj_to_dev(a)
//</smpl>
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
The Coccinelle semantic patch that fixes this problem is
as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
...
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
The Coccinelle semantic patch that fixes this problem is
as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert a call to init_timer and accompanying intializations of
the timer's data and function fields to a call to setup_timer.
The Coccinelle semantic patch that fixes this problem is
as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression t,f,d;
@@
-init_timer(&t);
+setup_timer(&t,f,d);
-t.data = d;
-t.function = f;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Thunderx pass 1.x and pass2 due to a HW errata default CQ
DROP_LEVEL of 0x80 is not sufficient to avoid CQ_WR_FULL Qset
error when packets are being received at >20Mpps resulting in
complete stall of packet reception.
This patch will configure it to 0x100 which is what is expected
by HW on Thunderx. On future passes of thunderx and other chips
HW default/reset value will be 0x100 or higher hence not overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerin.jacob@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix endianness for the 64-bit hardware timestamp value with
be64_to_cpu to support both PowerPC platforms and ARM platforms.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace get_of_u32 with standard helper function of_property_read_u32
since the latter can process cpu endianness.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There will be a log spam when there is no cable plugged. Please refer to
following links. https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=104351https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=107421
This issue is caused by runtime power management. When there is no cable
plugged, the driver will be suspend (runtime suspend) by OS and NIC will be
put into the D3 state. During this time, if OS call rtl8169_get_stats64()
to dump tally counter, because NIC is in D3 state, the register value read
by driver will return all 0xff. This will let driver think tally counter
flag is not toggled and then sends the warning message "rtl_counters_cond
== 1 (loop: 1000, delay: 10)" to kernel log.
For fixing this issue, 1.add checking driver's pm runtime status in
rtl8169_get_stats64(). 2.dump tally counter before going runtime suspend
for counter accuracy in runtime suspend.
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ether_setup sets IFF_TX_SKB_SHARING but this is not supported by
qca_spi as it modifies the skb on xmit.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Fixes: 291ab06ecf (net: qualcomm: new Ethernet over SPI driver for QCA7000)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently qcaspi_netdev_setup accidentally clears IFF_BROADCAST.
So fix this by keeping the flags from ether_setup.
Reported-by: Michael Heimpold <michael.heimpold@i2se.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Fixes: 291ab06ecf (net: qualcomm: new Ethernet over SPI driver for QCA7000)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The JMC260 network card fails to suspend/resume because the call to
jme_start_irq() was too early, moving the call to jme_start_irq() after
the call to jme_reset_link() makes it work.
Prior this change suspend/resume would fail unless /sys/power/pm_async=0
was explicitly specified.
Relevant bug report: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=112351
Signed-off-by: Diego Viola <diego.viola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_GENEVE is built as a loadable module, and bnx2x is built-in,
we get this link error:
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `bnx2x_open':
:(.text+0x33322): undefined reference to `geneve_get_rx_port'
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `bnx2x_sp_rtnl_task':
:(.text+0x3e632): undefined reference to `geneve_get_rx_port'
This avoids the problem by adding a separate Kconfig symbol named
CONFIG_BNX2X_GENEVE that is only enabled when the code is
reachable from the driver.
This is the same trick that BNX2X does for VXLAN support, and
is similar to how I40E handles both.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 883ce97d25 ("bnx2x: Add Geneve inner-RSS support")
Acked-By: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Problem: When switching off VLAN offloading on an i350, the VLAN
interface gets unusable. For testing, set up a VLAN on an i350
and some remote machine, e.g.:
$ ip link add link eth0 name eth0.42 type vlan id 42
$ ip addr add 192.168.42.1/24 dev eth0.42
$ ip link set dev eth0.42 up
Offloading is switched on by default:
$ ethtool -k eth0 | grep vlan-offload
rx-vlan-offload: on
tx-vlan-offload: on
$ ping -c 3 -I eth0.42 192.168.42.2
[...works as usual...]
Now switch off VLAN offloading and try again:
$ ethtool -K eth0 rxvlan off
Actual changes:
rx-vlan-offload: off
tx-vlan-offload: off [requested on]
$ ping -c 3 -I eth0.42 192.168.42.2
PING 192.168.42.2 (192.168.42.2) from 192.168.42.1 eth0.42: 56(84) bytes of da
ta.
--- 192.168.42.2 ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 0 received, 100% packet loss, time 1999ms
I can only reproduce it on an i350, the above works fine on a 82580.
While inspecting the igb source, I came across the code in igb_set_vmolr
which sets the E1000_VMOLR_STRVLAN/E1000_DVMOLR_STRVLAN flags once and
for all, and in all of the igb code there's no other place where the
STRVLAN is set or cleared. Thus, VLAN stripping is enabled in igb
unconditionally, independently of the offloading setting.
I compared that to the latest Intel igb-5.3.3.5 driver from
http://sourceforge.net/projects/e1000/ which in fact sets and clears the
STRVLAN flag independently from igb_set_vmolr in its own function
igb_set_vf_vlan_strip, depending on the vlan settings.
So I included the STRVLAN handling from the igb-5.3.3.5 driver into our
current igb driver and tested the above scenario again. This time ping
still works after switching off VLAN offloading.
Tested on i350, with and without addtional VFs, as well as on 82580
successfully.
Signed-off-by: Corinna Vinschen <vinschen@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A similar issue was addressed a few years ago in the following thread:
http://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg245877.html
At that time there were concerns that removing this statement may cause other
side effects. However the submitter addressed those concerns. But the dialogue
went cold. We have a new case where a customers application is registering and
un-registering multicast addresses every few seconds. This is leading to many
"Link is Up" messages in the logs as a result of the
"netif_carrier_off(netdev)" statement called by igbvf_msix_other(). Also on
some kernels it is interfering with the bonding driver causing it to failover
and subsequently affecting connectivity.
The Sourgeforge driver does not make this call and is therefore not affected.
If there were any side effects I would expect that driver to also be affected.
I have tested re-loading the igbvf driver and downing the adapter with the PF
entity on the host where the VM has this patch. When I bring it back up again
connectivity is restored as expected. Therefore I request that this patch gets
submitted.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maxwell <jmaxwell37@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for generic Tx checksums to the igbvf driver. It
turns out this is actually pretty easy after going over the datasheet as we
were doing a number of steps we didn't need to.
In order to perform a Tx checksum for an L4 header we need to fill in the
following fields in the Tx descriptor:
MACLEN (maximum of 127), retrieved from:
skb_network_offset()
IPLEN (maximum of 511), retrieved from:
skb_checksum_start_offset() - skb_network_offset()
TUCMD.L4T indicates offset and if checksum or crc32c, based on:
skb->csum_offset
The added advantage to doing this is that we can support inner checksum
offloads for tunnels and MPLS while still being able to transparently
insert VLAN tags.
I also took the opportunity to clean-up many of the feature flag
configuration bits to make them a bit more consistent between drivers. In
the case of the VF drivers this meant adding support for SCTP CRCs, and
inner checksum offloads for MPLS and various tunnel types.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for generic Tx checksums to the igb driver. It
turns out this is actually pretty easy after going over the datasheet as we
were doing a number of steps we didn't need to.
In order to perform a Tx checksum for an L4 header we need to fill in the
following fields in the Tx descriptor:
MACLEN (maximum of 127), retrieved from:
skb_network_offset()
IPLEN (maximum of 511), retrieved from:
skb_checksum_start_offset() - skb_network_offset()
TUCMD.L4T indicates offset and if checksum or crc32c, based on:
skb->csum_offset
The added advantage to doing this is that we can support inner checksum
offloads for tunnels and MPLS while still being able to transparently
insert VLAN tags.
I also took the opportunity to clean-up many of the feature flag
configuration bits to make them a bit more consistent between drivers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
E1000_MRQC_ENABLE_RSS_4Q enables 4 and 8 queues depending on the part
so rename to be generic.
Similarly, E1000_MRQC_ENABLE_VMDQ_RSS_2Q has no numeric meaning so
rename to be more generic.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In general case the maximum supported half cycle time of the synchronized
output clock is 70msec. Slower half cycle time than 70msec can be
programmed also as long as the output clock is synchronized to whole
seconds, useful specifically for generating a 1Hz clock.
Permitted values for the clock half cycle time are: 125,000,000 decimal,
250,000,000 decimal and 500,000,000 decimal (equals to 125msec, 250msec
and 500msec respectively).
Before this patch, only the half cycle time of less than or equal to 70msec
uses the I210 clock output function. This patch adds additional conditions
when half cycle time is equal to 125msec or 250msec or 500msec to use
clock output function.
Under other conditions, interrupt driven target time output events method
is still used to generate the desired clock output.
Signed-off-by: Roland Hii <roland.king.guan.hii@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Override EEPROM settings for specific OEM devices.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This e1000_phy_operations structure is never modified, so declare it as
const. Other structures of this type are already const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I210 device IPv6 autoconf test sometimes fails,
because DAD NS for link-local is not transmitted.
This packet is silently dropped.
This problem is seen only GbE environment.
igb_watchdog_task link up detection continues to the following process.
The following cases are observed:
1.PHY 1000BASE-T Status Register Remote receiver status bit is NG.
(NG status becomes OK after about 200 - 700ms)
2.In this case, the transfer packet is silently dropped.
1000BASE-T Status register
[Expected]: 0x3800 or 0x7800
[problem occurred]: 0x2800 or 0x6800
Frequency of occurrence: approx 1/10 - 1/40 observed
In order to avoid this problem,
wait until 1000BASE-T Status register "Remote receiver status OK"
After applying this patch, at least 400 runs succeed with no problems.
Signed-off-by: Takuma Ueba <t.ueba11@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i219 (4) and i219 (5) are the next LOM generations that will be
available on the next Intel platform (KabeLake).
This patch provides the initial support for the devices.
Signed-off-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There have been bugs caused by HW ULP configuration settings not being
properly cleared after cable connect in V-Pro capable systems.
This caused HW to get out of sync occasionally.
The fix ensures that ULP settings are cleared in HW after
LAN cable re-connect.
Signed-off-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on feedback from HW team, the configured value of the internal PHY
HW FIFO pointer gap was incorrect for non-gig speeds.
This patch provides the correct configuration.
Signed-off-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several packet loss issues were reported for which the root cause for
them was an incorrect configuration of internal HW PHY clock gating
mechanism by SW.
This patch provides the correct mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to system level changes introduced in Skylake, ULP exit takes
significantly longer to occur. Therefore, driver must wait longer for.
Signed-off-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Timestamp BD status updates that can be merged into the
same "do_tstamp" block, no need for extra save/restore
to the BD area. The code is more readable too.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the mapping of the head BD before the mapping of fragments.
The TOE (h/w offload) decision logic block can be also moved up
(as the TOE flag belongs to the head BD), resulting in more
localized code (TOE logic vs BD mapping code blocks).
Note that, for this h/w, the R (status) bit for the head BD of a S/G
frame needs to be written last for a reliable transmission.
For the fragmented skb case, a local variable is used to temporarily
store the status info of the first BD, replacing a BD status read.
A merge of 2 "if(do_tstamp)" blocks was also possible.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It needs very similar workarounds to the one on BCM4707. It was tested
on D-Link DIR-885L home router.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In QnQ configurations like Flex-10 where the VLANs are inserted by the
ASIC, on rare occasions the HW is encountering a scenario where the
final frame length ends to be greater than what the ASIC can support.
This is because when the TXULP pulls the TX WRB to check the length
of the frame to be transmitted it also adds the size of VLANs to be
inserted by the HW to the length of the frame indicated in the WRB,
which in some cases fails the range check. This causes a UE.
Avoid this by trimming the skb length to accommodate the VLAN insertion.
Signed-off-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When 16-bit integers are loaded on CPUs with high order native
register sizes, the CPU could use some extra ops before using them.
And currently some of the frequently used fields in the driver like
the producer and consumer indices of the queues are declared as u16.
This patch declares such fields as u32. With this change we see the
64-byte packets per second numbers improve by about 4%.
Signed-off-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TSO and TX checksum counters for tunneled, inner packets
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for TSO and TX checksum when using hw assisted,
tunneled offloads.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a VXLAN udp dport is added to device it will:
- Configure the hardware to offload the port (up to the max
supported).
- Advertise NETIF_F_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL and supported hw_enc_features.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add ifndef to en.h. needed for upcoming vxlan patchset.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use checksum complete for all IP packets, unless they are HW LRO,
in which case, use checksum unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement set/get WOL by ethtool and added the needed
device commands and structures to mlx5_ifc.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for DCBNL IEEE get/set max rate.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the set/get DCBNL IEEE PFC callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support the ndo_setup_tc callback and the needed methods
for multi TC/UP support, and removed the default_vlan_prio
from mlx5e_priv which is always 0, it was replaced with
hardcoded "0" in the new select queue method.
For that we now create MAX_NUM_TC num of TISs (one per prio)
on netdevice creation instead of priv->params.num_tc which
was always 1.
So far each channel had a single TXQ, Now each channel has a
TXQ per TC (Traffic Class).
Added en_dcbnl.c which implements the set/get DCBNL IEEE ETS,
set/get dcbx and registers the mlx5e dcbnl ops.
We still use the kernel's default TXQ selection method to select the
channel to transmit through but now we use our own method to select
the TXQ inside the channel based on VLAN priority.
In mlx5, as opposed to mlx4, tc group N gets lower priority than
tc group N+1.
CC: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add access functions to set and query a physical port TC groups
and prio parameters.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add access functions to set and query a physical port PFC
(Priority Flow Control) parameters.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the device physical port access functions are implemented in the
port.c file.
We just extract the exposure of these functions from driver.h into a
dedicated header file called port.h.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under some circumstances, e.g. when connecting to a switch, the ethernet
port will not be connected to a PHY. In that case a "fixed-link" DT node
can be used to replace it.
https://stackoverflow.com/questions/31046172/device-tree-for-phy-less-connection-to-a-dsa-switch
This patch adds support for the "fixed-link" node to the nb8800 driver.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Frias <sf84@laposte.net>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Cc: Mason <slash.tmp@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The arithmetic to zero pad the last 64-bit word in the push buffer is not
correct.
1. It should be pdata + length to get to the end.
2. 'pdata' is void pointer and passing it to PTR_ALIGN() will cast the
aligned pointer to void. Pass 'end' which is u64 pointer to PTR_ALIGN()
instead so that the aligned pointer - 1 is the last 64-bit pointer to data.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were changing return values and accidentally made
rocker_world_port_obj_vlan_add() into a no-op.
Fixes: fccd84d449 ('rocker: return -EOPNOTSUPP for undefined world ops')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/bcm7xxx.c
drivers/net/phy/marvell.c
drivers/net/vxlan.c
All three conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Looks like a lot, but mostly driver fixes scattered all over as usual.
Of note:
1) Add conditional sched in nf conntrack in cleanup to avoid NMI
watchdogs. From Florian Westphal.
2) Fix deadlock in nfnetlink cttimeout, also from Floarian.
3) Fix handling of slaves in bonding ARP monitor validation, from Jay
Vosburgh.
4) Callers of ip_cmsg_send() are responsible for freeing IP options,
some were not doing so. Fix from Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix per-cpu bugs in mvneta driver, from Gregory CLEMENT.
6) Fix vlan handling in mv88e6xxx DSA driver, from Vivien Didelot.
7) bcm7xxx PHY driver bug fixes from Florian Fainelli.
8) Avoid unaligned accesses to protocol headers wrt. GRE, from
Alexander Duyck.
9) SKB leaks and other problems in arc_emac driver, from Alexander
Kochetkov.
10) tcp_v4_inbound_md5_hash() releases listener socket instead of
request socket on error path, oops. Fix from Eric Dumazet.
11) Missing socket release in pppoe_rcv_core() that seems to have
existed basically forever. From Guillaume Nault.
12) Missing slave_dev unregister in dsa_slave_create() error path,
from Florian Fainelli.
13) crypto_alloc_hash() never returns NULL, fix return value check in
__tcp_alloc_md5sig_pool. From Insu Yun.
14) Properly expire exception route entries in ipv4, from Xin Long.
15) Fix races in tcp/dccp listener socket dismantle, from Eric
Dumazet.
16) Don't set IFF_TX_SKB_SHARING in vxlan, geneve, or GRE, it's not
legal. These drivers modify the SKB on transmit. From Jiri Benc.
17) Fix regression in the initialziation of netdev->tx_queue_len.
From Phil Sutter.
18) Missing unlock in tipc_nl_add_bc_link() error path, from Insu Yun.
19) SCTP port hash sizing does not properly ensure that table is a
power of two in size. From Neil Horman.
20) Fix initializing of software copy of MAC address in fmvj18x_cs
driver, from Ken Kawasaki"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (129 commits)
bnx2x: Fix 84833 phy command handler
bnx2x: Fix led setting for 84858 phy.
bnx2x: Correct 84858 PHY fw version
bnx2x: Fix 84833 RX CRC
bnx2x: Fix link-forcing for KR2
net: ethernet: davicom: fix devicetree irq resource
fmvj18x_cs: fix incorrect indexing of dev->dev_addr[] when copying the MAC address
Driver: Vmxnet3: Update Rx ring 2 max size
net: netcp: rework the code for get/set sw_data in dma desc
soc: ti: knav_dma: rename pad in struct knav_dma_desc to sw_data
net: ti: netcp: restore get/set_pad_info() functionality
MAINTAINERS: Drop myself as xen netback maintainer
sctp: Fix port hash table size computation
can: ems_usb: Fix possible tx overflow
Bluetooth: hci_core: Avoid mixing up req_complete and req_complete_skb
net: bcmgenet: Fix internal PHY link state
af_unix: Don't use continue to re-execute unix_stream_read_generic loop
unix_diag: fix incorrect sign extension in unix_lookup_by_ino
bnxt_en: Failure to update PHY is not fatal condition.
bnxt_en: Remove unnecessary call to update PHY settings.
...
While building keystone_defconfig of arm we are getting build failure
with the error:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_core.c:1846:31: error: invalid type argument of '->' (have 'struct tc_to_netdev')
if (handle != TC_H_ROOT || tc->type != TC_SETUP_MQPRIO)
^
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_core.c:1851:35: error: invalid type argument of '->' (have 'struct tc_to_netdev')
(dev->real_num_tx_queues < tc->tc))
^
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_core.c:1855:8: error: invalid type argument of '->' (have 'struct tc_to_netdev')
if (tc->tc) {
^
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_core.c:1856:28: error: invalid type argument of '->' (have 'struct tc_to_netdev')
netdev_set_num_tc(dev, tc->tc);
^
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_core.c:1857:21: error: invalid type argument of '->' (have 'struct tc_to_netdev')
for (i = 0; i < tc->tc; i++)
^
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_core.c: At top level:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_core.c:1879:2: warning: initialization from incompatible pointer type
.ndo_setup_tc = netcp_setup_tc,
^
The callback of ndo_setup_tc should be:
int (*ndo_setup_tc)(struct net_device *dev, u32 handle, __be16 protocol,
struct tc_to_netdev *tc);
But we missed marking the last argument as a pointer.
Fixes: 16e5cc6471 ("net: rework setup_tc ndo op to consume general tc operand")
CC: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudip.mukherjee@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current initialization sequence is lacking, causing some configurations
to fail.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy's firmware version isn't being parsed properly as it's
currently parsed like the rest of the 848xx phys.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a problem in current 84833 phy configuration -
in case 1Gb link is configured and jumbo-sized packets are being
used, device will experience RX crc errors.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when link is using KR2 it cannot be forced to any speed other
than 20g.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.om>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FW hsi contains regpairs, mostly for 64-bit address representations.
Since same paradigm is applied each time a regpair is filled, this
introduces a new utility macro for setting such regpairs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each configuration element send via ramrod requires a Slow Path Queue
entry. This slightly changes the way such an entry is configured, but
contains mostly semantic changes [where more parameters are gathered
in a sub-struct instead of being directly passed].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to HW design, some of the memories are wide-bus and access to those
needs to be sequentialized on a per-HW-block level; Read/write to a
given HW-block might break other read/write to wide-bus memory done at
~same time.
Status blocks initialization in CAU is done into such a wide-bus memory.
This moves the initialization into using DMAE which is guaranteed to be
safe to use on such memories.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initial driver submission used GFP_ATOMIC almost inclusively when
allocating memory. We now remedy this point, using GFP_KERNEL where
it's possible.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dm9000 driver doesn't work in at least one device-tree
configuration, spitting an error message on irq resource :
[ 1.062495] dm9000 8000000.ethernet: insufficient resources
[ 1.068439] dm9000 8000000.ethernet: not found (-2).
[ 1.073451] dm9000: probe of 8000000.ethernet failed with error -2
The reason behind is that the interrupt might be provided by a gpio
controller, not probed when dm9000 is probed, and needing the probe
deferral mechanism to apply.
Currently, the interrupt is directly taken from resources. This patch
changes this to use the more generic platform_get_irq(), which handles
the deferral.
Moreover, since commit Fixes: 7085a7401b ("drivers: platform: parse
IRQ flags from resources"), the interrupt trigger flags are honored in
platform_get_irq(), so remove the needless code in dm9000.
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel@ziswiler.com>
Cc: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Tested-by: Sergei Ianovich <ynvich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix incorrect indexing of dev->dev_addr[] when copying the MAC address
of FMV-J182 at buf[5].
Signed-off-by: Ken Kawasaki <ken_kawasaki@nifty.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SW data field in descriptor can be used by software to hold private
data for the driver. As there are 4 words available for this purpose,
use separate macros to place it or retrieve the same to/from
descriptors. Also do type cast of data types accordingly.
Cc: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Cc: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the pad to sw_data as per description of this field in the hardware
spec(refer sprugr9 from www.ti.com). Latest version of the document is
at http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/sprugr9h/sprugr9h.pdf and section 3.1
Host Packet Descriptor describes this field.
Define and use a constant for the size of sw_data field similar to
other fields in the struct for desc and document the sw_data field
in the header. As the sw_data is not touched by hw, it's type can be
changed to u32.
Rename the helpers to match with the updated dma desc field sw_data.
Cc: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Cc: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 8990777914 ("netcp: try to reduce type confusion in
descriptors") introduces a regression in Kernel 4.5-rc1 and it breaks
get/set_pad_info() functionality.
The TI NETCP driver uses pad0 and pad1 fields of knav_dma_desc to
store DMA/MEM buffer pointer and buffer size respectively. And in both
cases for Keystone 2 the pointer type size is 32 bit regardless of
LAPE enabled or not, because CONFIG_ARCH_DMA_ADDR_T_64BIT originally
is not expected to be defined.
Unfortunately, above commit changed buffer's pointers save/restore
code (get/set_pad_info()) and added intermediate conversation to u64
which works incorrectly on 32bit Keystone 2 and causes TI NETCP driver
crash in RX/TX path due to "Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer"
exception. This issue was reported and discussed in [1].
Hence, fix it by partially reverting above commit and restoring
get/set_pad_info() functionality as it was before.
[1] https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg95361.html
Cc: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Cc: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
CC: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reported-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PHY link state is not chaged in GENETv2 caused by the previous
commit 49f7a471e4 ("net: bcmgenet: Properly configure PHY to ignore
interrupt") was set to PHY_IGNORE_INTERRUPT in bcmgenet_mii_probe().
The internal PHY should use phy_mac_interrupt() when not in use
PHY_POLL. The statement for phy_mac_interrupt() has two conditions. The
first condition to check GENET_HAS_MDIO_INTR is not related PHY link
state, so this patch removes it.
Fixes: 49f7a471e4 ("net: bcmgenet: Properly configure PHY to ignore interrupt")
Signed-off-by: Jaedon Shin <jaedon.shin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we fail to update the PHY, we should print a warning and continue.
The current code to exit is buggy as it has not freed up the NIC
resources yet.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix bnxt_update_phy_setting() to check the correct parameters when
determining whether to update the PHY. Requested line speed/duplex should
only be checked for forced speed mode. This avoids unnecessary link
interruptions when loading the driver.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When shutting down the NIC, we shutdown async event processing before
freeing all the rings. If there is a link change event during reset, the
driver may miss it and the link state may be incorrect after the NIC is
re-opened. Poll the link at the end of __bnxt_open_nic() to get the
correct link status.
Signed-off-by Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements set_per_queue_coalesce for i40e driver.
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements get_per_queue_coalesce for i40e driver.
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For i40e driver, each vector has its own ITR register. However, there
are no concept of queue-specific settings in the driver proper. Only
global variable is used to store ITR values. That will cause problems
especially when resetting the vector. The specific ITR values could be
lost.
This patch move rx_itr_setting and tx_itr_setting to i40e_ring to store
specific ITR register for each queue.
i40e_get_coalesce and i40e_set_coalesce are also modified accordingly to
support queue-specific settings. To make it compatible with old ethtool,
if user doesn't specify the queue number, i40e_get_coalesce will return
queue 0's value. While i40e_set_coalesce will apply value to all queues.
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vpd strings are left justified, in a fixed length array, with possible
trailing white space and no NUL. So fix them up before calling kstrto*().
This is a recent regression which causes cxgb3 to fail to load.
Fixes: e72c932 ("cxgb3: Convert simple_strtoul to kstrtox")
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Interrupts registered by RoCE driver are not unregistered when
msix interrupts are disabled during error recovery causing a
crash. Detach the adapter instance from RoCE driver when error
is detected to complete the cleanup. Attach the driver again after
the adapter is recovered from error.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As requested by Rob Herring on patch
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/580862/.
This is a new property that it's still in net-next and has never been
used in production, so we are not breaking anything with the
incompatible binding change.
Signed-off-by: Sergio Prado <sergio.prado@e-labworks.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we reset a VF, its VSI goes away, and it gets a new one. So don't
hang on to the now-stale local VSI pointer. It just leads to suffering
and kernel panics.
Change-ID: Ia8823b4e85893e95e963acee284968022b29177a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to suspend scheduling or any pending service task during driver
unload process, so that new task will not be scheduled. This patch sets
the suspend flag bit during reload which avoids service task execution.
Change-ID: I017c57b5d6656564556e3c5387da671369a572ac
Signed-off-by: Pandi Kumar Maharajan <pandi.maharajan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the new AdminQ functions for safely accessing the Rx control
registers that may be affected by heavy small packet traffic.
We can't use AdminQ calls in i40e_clear_hw() because the HW is being
initialized and the AdminQ is not alive. We recently added an AQ
related replacement for reading PFLAN_QALLOC, and this patch puts
back the original register read.
Change-ID: Ib027168c954a5733299aa3a4ce5f8218c6bb5636
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the new AdminQ functions for safely accessing the Rx control
registers that may be affected by heavy small packet traffic.
Change-ID: Ibb00983e8dcba71f4b760222a609a5fcaa726f18
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the new opcodes and struct used for asking the firmware to update Rx
control registers that need extra care when being accessed while under
heavy traffic - e.g. sustained 64byte packets at line rate on all ports.
The firmware will take extra steps to be sure the register accesses
are successful.
The registers involved are:
PFQF_CTL_0
PFQF_HENA
PFQF_FDALLOC
PFQF_HREGION
PFLAN_QALLOC
VPQF_CTL
VFQF_HENA
VFQF_HREGION
VSIQF_CTL
VSILAN_QBASE
VSILAN_QTABLE
VSIQF_TCREGION
PFQF_HKEY
VFQF_HKEY
PRTQF_CTL_0
GLFCOE_RCTL
GLFCOE_RSOF
GLQF_CTL
GLQF_SWAP
GLQF_HASH_MSK
GLQF_HASH_INSET
GLQF_HSYM
GLQF_FC_MSK
GLQF_FC_INSET
GLQF_FD_MSK
PRTQF_FD_INSET
PRTQF_FD_FLXINSET
PRTQF_FD_MSK
Change-ID: I56c8144000da66ad99f68948d8a184b2ec2aeb3e
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Return from i40e_vsi_reinit_setup() if vsi param is NULL.
This makes this code consistent with all the other code that
checks for NULL before using one of the VSI pointers accessed
with an indexed variable. (Indexed VSI pointers are
intentionally set to NULL in i40e_vsi_clear() and
i40e_remove().
Change-ID: I3bc8b909c70fd2439334eeae994d151f61480985
Signed-off-by: John Underwood <johnx.underwood@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds 7 new register definitions for programming the
parser, flow director and RSS blocks in the HW.
Change-ID: I31e76673125275f3c69a14c646361919d04dc987
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This fixes an issue where a previously removed message
has returned. Changing the message type to dev_dbg
leaves the info, if desired, but takes it out of normal
everyday usage. Also changed call to only provide port
data when its valid and not when its not (delete case).
Change-ID: Ief6f33b915f6364c24fa8e5789c2fc3168b5e2ed
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Just like Tx queues don't wait for Rx queues to be disabled before
DCB has been reconfigured.
Check the queues are disabled only after the DCB configuration has
been applied to the VSI(s) managed by the PF driver.
In case of any timeout issue a PF reset to recover.
Change-ID: Ic51e94c25baf9a5480cee983f35d15575a88642c
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When linking with particular PHY types (ex: copper PHY), the amount of
time it takes for the GLGEN_RSTAT_DEVSTATE to be set increases greatly,
which can lead to a timeout and failure to load the driver.
Change-ID: If02be0dfcd7c57fdde2d5c81cd63651260cd2029
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where the ethtool identify adapter
functionality did not work for some copper PHY's. Without this
patch, the blink led functionality fails on some parts. This
patch adds PHY write code to blink led's on parts where this
functionality is contained in the PHY rather than the MAC.
Change-ID: Iee7b3453f61d5ffd0b3d03f720ee4f17f919fcc2
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds functions to blink led on devices using
10GBaseT PHY since MAC registers used in other designs
do not work in this device configuration.
Change-ID: Id4b88c93c649fd2b88073a00b42867a77c761ca3
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On all of the other Intel drivers we place checksum close to TSO as they
have a significant amount in common and it can help to reduce the decision
tree for how to handle the frame as the first check in TSO is to see if
checksumming is offloaded, and if it is not we can skip _BOTH_ TSO and Tx
checksum offload based on a single check.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to rewrite the logic for how we determine if we can
transmit the frame or if it needs to be linearized.
The previous code for this function was using a mix of division and modulus
division as a part of computing if we need to take the slow path. Instead
I have replaced this by simply working with a sliding window which will
tell us if the frame would be capable of causing a single packet to span
several descriptors.
The logic for the scan is fairly simple. If any given group of 6 fragments
is less than gso_size - 1 then it is possible for us to have one byte
coming out of the first fragment, 6 fragments, and one or more bytes coming
out of the last fragment. This gives us a total of 8 fragments
which exceeds what we can allow so we send such frames to be linearized.
Arguably the use of modulus might be more exact as the approach I propose
may generate some false positives. However the likelihood of us taking much
of a hit for those false positives is fairly low, and I would rather not
add more overhead in the case where we are receiving a frame composed of 4K
pages.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In an upcoming patch I would like to have access to the descriptor count
used for the data portion of the frame. For this reason I am splitting up
the descriptor count function from the function that stops the ring.
Also in order to try and reduce unnecessary duplication of code I am moving
the slow-path portions of the code out of being inline calls so that we can
just jump to them and process them instead of having to build them into
each function that calls them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-02-18
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Alex Duyck provides all the patches in the series to update and fix the
drivers. Fixed the driver to drop the outer checksum offload on UDP
tunnels, since the issue is that the upper levels of the stack never
requested such an offload and it results in possible errors. Updates the
TSO function to just use u64 values, so we do not have to end up casting
u32 values. In the TSO path, factored out the L4 header offsets allowing
us to ignore the L4 header offsets when dealing with the L3 checksum and
length update. Consolidates all of the spots where we were updating
either the TCP or IP checksums in the TSO and checksum path into the TSO
function. Fixed two issues by adding support for IPv4 encapsulated in
IPv6, first issue was the fact that iphdr(skb)->protocol was being used to
test for the outer transport protocol which breaks IPv6 support. The second
was that we cleared the flag for v4 going to v6, but we did not take care
of txflags going the other way. Added support for IPv6 extension headers
in setting up the Tx checksum. Added exception handling to the Tx
checksum path so that we can handle cases of TSO where the frame is bad,
or Tx checksum where we did not recognize a protocol. Fixed a number of
issues to make certain that we are using the correct protocols when
parsing both the inner and outer headers of a frame that is mixed between
IPv4 and IPv6 for inner and outer. Updated the feature flags to reflect
the newly enabled/added features.
Sorry, no witty patch descriptions this time around, probably should
let Mitch help in writing patch descriptions for Alex. :-)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e5d3a51cef ("bnx2x: extend DCBx support") was missing HSI
changes for big-endian machine, breaking compilation on such
platforms.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the code for determining the L4 protocol and L3 header
length so that when IPv6 extension headers are being used we can determine
the offset and type of the L4 protocol.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Recent changes should have enabled support for IPv6 based tunnels and
support for TSO with outer UDP checksums. As such we can update the
feature flags to reflect that.
In addition we can clean-up the flags that aren't needed such as SCTP and
RXCSUM since having the bits there doesn't add any value.
I also found one spot where we were setting the same flag twice. It looks
like it was probably a git merge error that resulted in the line being
duplicated. As such I have dropped it in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Recent changes should have enabled support for IPv6 based tunnels and
support for TSO with outer UDP checksums. As such we can update the
feature flags to reflect that.
In addition we can clean-up the flags that aren't needed such as SCTP and
RXCSUM since having the bits there doesn't add any value.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
All of the documentation in the datasheets for the XL710 do not call out
any reason to exclude support for IPv6 based tunnels. As such I am
dropping the code that was excluding these tunnel types from having their
port numbers recognized. This way we can take advantage of things such as
checksum offload for inner headers over IPv6 based VXLAN or GENEVE
tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch contains a number of fixes to make certain that we are using
the correct protocols when parsing both the inner and outer headers of a
frame that is mixed between IPv4 and IPv6 for inner and outer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The XL722 has support for providing the outer UDP tunnel checksum on
transmits. Make use of this feature to support segmenting UDP tunnels with
outer checksums enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is mostly a minor clean-up for the Rx checksum path in order to avoid
some of the unnecessary conditional checks that were being applied.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Device would start receiving only vlan-tagged traffic with tags matching
that of one of the configured vlan IDs, unless:
- Device is expliicly placed in PROMISC mode.
- Device exhausts its vlan filter credits.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today, interfaces are working in vlan-promisc mode; But once
vlan filtering offloaded would be supported, we'll need a method to
control it directly [e.g., when setting device to PROMISC, or when
running out of vlan credits].
This adds the necessary API for L2 client to manually choose whether to
accept all vlans or only those for which filters were configured.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Failure of kzalloc should cause the enclosing function
to return -ENOMEM, not -ENODEV.
Additionally, removed the following checkpatch warnings:
ERROR: spaces required around that '==' (ctx:VxV)
ERROR: space required before the open parenthesis '('
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!lp"
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add exception handling to the Tx checksum path so that we can handle cases
of TSO where the frame is bad, or Tx checksum where we didn't recognize a
protocol
Drop I40E_TX_FLAGS_CSUM as it is unused, move the CHECKSUM_PARTIAL check
into the function itself so that we can decrease indent.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
